PORTFOLIO	
  
CLASS	
  SKILLS	
  INVENTORY	
  
CORE	
  COURSES	
  
COURSE	
   SKILL	
  LEARNED	
   DESCRIPTION	
  OF	
  
SKILL	
  USE	
  
TABBED	
  SKILL	
  
AREA	
  
ARTIFACT	
  
NUTR	
  1100	
   Process	
  to	
  maintain	
  
our	
  food	
  supply	
  
(growing,	
  harvesting,	
  
processing,	
  
packaging,	
  
transporting,	
  
marketing,	
  
consuming,	
  and	
  
disposing	
  of	
  
food/food	
  packages)	
  
Sustainability	
  of	
  the	
  
food	
  system	
  and	
  the	
  
impact	
  of	
  the	
  food	
  
system	
  on	
  
nutritional	
  well	
  
being	
  
Food	
  system	
   Food	
  Safety	
  Paper	
  
NUTR	
  1000	
   Formulate	
  dietary	
  
recommendations	
  
for	
  3	
  day	
  food	
  record	
  
Assess	
  patient	
  and	
  
client	
  food	
  intake	
  to	
  
formulate	
  dietary	
  
recommendations	
  	
  
Food	
  and	
  
Nutrition	
  
Nutrient	
  Analysis	
  
Project	
  	
  
NUTR	
  2000	
   Examining	
  nutritional	
  
needs	
  and	
  unique	
  
concerns	
  to	
  foster	
  
optimal	
  growth	
  and	
  
development	
  during	
  
the	
  lifespan	
  	
  
Current	
  research	
  
used	
  to	
  plan	
  and	
  
implement	
  
recommendations	
  
for	
  dietary	
  change	
  
during	
  the	
  stages	
  of	
  
life	
  
Food	
  and	
  
Nutrition	
  
Pregnancy	
  Case	
  
Study	
  	
  
NUTR	
  2200	
   Preparation	
  of	
  foods	
  
with	
  emphasis	
  on	
  
food	
  
macromolecules.	
  
Food	
  regulation	
  and	
  
sensory	
  analysis	
  
Examined	
  and	
  
assessed	
  prepared	
  
food	
  
Food	
  Production	
   Lab	
  report:	
  	
  
	
  
Fats	
  and	
  Oils	
  	
  
	
  
Sensory	
  Analysis	
  of	
  
Cereals	
  
	
  
Flour	
  and	
  Gluten	
  
Formation	
  
NUTR	
  2220	
   Food	
  preparation	
   Examined	
  and	
  
assessed	
  prepared	
  
food	
  
Food	
  Production	
   Term	
  Project	
  
	
  
Term	
  Project	
  
Performed	
  
NUTR	
  2990	
   Awareness,	
  
organization,	
  
proactive	
  
Examining	
  the	
  
philosophy,	
  goals,	
  
organization,	
  and	
  
requirements	
  of	
  
Food	
  and	
  
Nutrition	
  
ACEND and CDR
Assignment 	
  
applied	
  nutrition	
  
professions	
  
NUTR	
  3300	
   Food	
  purchasing	
  and	
  
preparation	
  
Examining	
  large	
  
food	
  production,	
  
menu	
  planning,	
  
recipe	
  
standardization,	
  
food	
  cost,	
  and	
  
service	
  in	
  
institutions	
  
Food	
  Production	
   Food	
  for	
  Fifty	
  
Project	
  
NUTR	
  3000	
   Macro-­‐	
  and	
  micro	
  
digestion,	
  
metabolism,	
  and	
  
utilization	
  at	
  the	
  
cellular	
  level.	
  	
  
Evaluation	
  of	
  the	
  
recommended	
  
intake	
  for	
  the	
  
prevention	
  of	
  
chronic	
  disease	
  and	
  
health	
  maintenance	
  
Food	
  and	
  
Nutrition	
  
Caffeine	
  Metabolism	
  
Project/Presentation	
  
	
  
Exam	
  1	
  Study	
  Sheet	
  
NUTR	
  3100	
   Medical	
  nutrition	
  
therapy	
  
Prevention	
  of	
  
diseases	
  
(overweight/obesity,	
  
hypertension,	
  
hyperlipidemia,	
  
diabetes	
  mellitus,	
  
and	
  kidney	
  disease	
  
Nutrition	
  Care	
  
Process	
  
Obesity	
  Case	
  Study	
  
	
  
Diabetes	
  Case	
  Study	
  
	
  
Renal	
  Disease	
  Case	
  
Study	
  
NUTR	
  3600	
   Communicating	
  
health	
  and	
  nutrition	
  
advice	
  to	
  consumers	
  
Studying	
  food	
  and	
  
nutrition	
  in	
  different	
  
cultures	
  
Communication	
  	
   Culture	
  Project	
  
NUTR	
  4901	
   Organizing,	
  
communication,	
  &	
  
food	
  trends	
  
Lead	
  discussions	
  and	
  
share	
  professional	
  
experiences	
  
Food	
  and	
  
Nutrition	
  	
  
Interdisciplinary	
  
Presentation	
  
(upcoming)	
  
NUTR	
  4100	
   Public	
  speaking,	
  
Medical	
  nutrition	
  
therapy,	
  enteral	
  and	
  
parenteral	
  nutrition	
  
Assessing	
  
prevention	
  and	
  
treatments	
  of	
  
diseases	
  
(gastrointestinal,	
  
pulmonary,	
  and	
  
wasting	
  disease)	
  
Nutrition	
  Care	
  
Process	
  
ADIME	
  Note:	
  
Pulmonary	
  Case	
  
Study	
  
	
  
SCIENCE/ANALYSIS	
  	
  COURSES	
  
COURSE	
   SKILL	
  LEARNED	
   DESCRIPTION	
  OF	
  
SKILL	
  USE	
  
TABBED	
  SKILL	
  
AREA	
  
ARTIFACT	
  
BIOS	
  1030	
   Structure	
  and	
  
function	
  of	
  the	
  
human	
  body	
  	
  
Studying	
  the	
  cells,	
  
tissues,	
  and	
  
integumentary,	
  
skeletal,	
  muscular,	
  
and	
  nervous	
  
system,	
  digestive,	
  
Education	
  and	
  
Wellness	
  
Cardiovascular	
  
Disease	
  	
  
BIOS	
  1300	
   Screening	
  
assessment	
  	
  
BIOS	
  1310	
   urinary,	
  
reproductive,	
  
cardiovascular,	
  
lymphatic,	
  
respiratory,	
  
endocrine	
  system,	
  
and	
  acid	
  base	
  
balance	
  
N/A	
  
BIOS	
  2210	
   Understanding	
  of	
  the	
  
history	
  and	
  life	
  of	
  
microorganisms	
  
Discussions	
  of	
  the	
  
interactions	
  
between	
  humans	
  
and	
  microbes	
  
(vaccines,	
  
antibiotics,	
  
biotechnology,	
  
immunity,	
  disease	
  
transmission,	
  food	
  
spoilage.	
  Reading	
  
current	
  topics	
  of	
  
infectious	
  diseases	
  
affecting	
  human	
  
organ	
  systems	
  
Education	
  &	
  
Wellness	
  
Writing	
  Assignment:	
  
Microbial	
  Growth	
  
BIOS	
  2215	
   Bacteria	
  paper	
  
BIOS	
  2250	
   Recognize	
  normal	
  
and	
  abnormal	
  
chromosome	
  
constitutions,	
  gene-­‐
protein	
  
interrelationships,	
  
and	
  factors	
  that	
  
cause	
  mutations	
  of	
  
genes	
  and	
  
chromosomes.	
  
Assess	
  patterns	
  of	
  
inheritance	
  	
  
Education	
  &	
  
Wellness	
  
Genetics	
  map	
  
CHEM	
  1200	
   Understanding	
  of	
  
atomic	
  and	
  
molecular	
  structures,	
  
periodic	
  table,	
  states	
  
of	
  matter	
  gases,	
  
solutions,	
  energy	
  
changes,	
  acids,	
  
bases,	
  equilibrium,	
  
and	
  nuclear	
  
chemestry	
  
Surveying	
  organic	
  
chemistry	
  and	
  
biochemistry	
  
N/A	
   N/A	
  
CHEM	
  1210	
   N/A	
  
CHEM	
  3010	
   N/A	
  
CHEM	
  4890	
   N/A	
  
MATH	
  1200	
   Equations,	
  functions	
  
and	
  graphs,	
  including	
  
linear	
  equations	
  and	
  
systems,	
  
polynomials,	
  rational	
  
and	
  radical	
  
Assessed	
  
individuals	
  using	
  
SPSS	
  software.	
  The	
  
mean,	
  standard	
  
deviation,	
  
normality,	
  
Communication	
  
and	
  Research	
  	
  
N/A	
  
	
  
PSY	
  2110	
  
Final	
  written	
  
report/presentation:	
  
Caffeine	
  
consumption	
  
expressions,	
  
quadratic	
  equations,	
  
exponential	
  and	
  
logarithmic	
  function,	
  
and	
  inequalities.	
  
Descriptive	
  and	
  
inferential	
  statistics	
  	
  
homogeneity	
  of	
  
variance,	
  
independence	
  of	
  
observation,	
  and	
  
critical	
  value	
  were	
  
detected	
  to	
  
support	
  hypothesis	
  	
  
between	
  
underclassman,	
  
upperclassman,	
  and	
  
graduates	
  
	
  
EXPH	
  1490	
  
Understanding	
  
human	
  movement	
  
and	
  the	
  foundation	
  
of	
  wellness	
  and	
  
health	
  related	
  
physical	
  fitness	
  	
  
Assessing	
  
individuals	
  body	
  
movements	
  	
  
Education	
  and	
  
wellness	
  
Exercise,	
  
Prescription,	
  
evaluation,	
  and	
  
programing	
  
assignment	
  	
  
	
  
BUSINESS	
  	
  COURSES	
  
COURSE	
   SKILL	
  LEARNED	
   DESCRIPTION	
  OF	
  
SKILL	
  USE	
  
TABBED	
  SKILL	
  
AREA	
  
ARTIFIACT	
  
ACCT	
  1010	
  
	
  
ACCT	
  1020	
  
	
  Analyzing,	
  external	
  
financial	
  reporting,	
  
elementary	
  capital	
  
budgeting,	
  master	
  
and	
  flexible	
  
budgeting,	
  cost	
  
behavior,	
  cost	
  control,	
  
and	
  making	
  
managerial	
  decisions.	
  	
  
Use	
  of	
  high	
  low	
  
method	
  and	
  
regression	
  to	
  
determine	
  expected	
  
sales.	
  	
  
Management	
  &	
  
Leadership	
  
Excel	
  
Assignment	
  
	
  
MGT	
  2000	
  
Solving	
  problems	
  
facing	
  managers	
  and	
  
administrators	
  
Using	
  concepts	
  and	
  
principles	
  from	
  
behavioral	
  sciences	
  
and	
  other	
  applicable	
  
disciplines	
  	
  
Management	
  &	
  
Leadership	
  
Class	
  Outline	
  
	
  
MGT	
  3300	
  
N/A	
  
	
  
ECON	
  1030	
  
Analyzing	
  prices,	
  
markets,	
  production,	
  
wages,	
  interest,	
  rent,	
  
and	
  profit	
  
Analysis	
  of	
  how	
  
capitalistic	
  system	
  
determines	
  what,	
  
how,	
  and	
  for	
  whom	
  
to	
  produce	
  
N/A	
   N/A	
  
MKT	
  2020	
  
	
  
Understanding	
  of	
  
marketing	
  activities,	
  
decisions,	
  and	
  terms.	
  
Problem	
  solving,	
  
analyzing	
  marketing	
  
environments	
  
Social	
  media	
  
marketing	
  on	
  
Facebook	
  for	
  local	
  
CrossFit	
  gym	
  	
  
Management	
  &	
  
Leadership	
  
SEO	
  Project	
  
	
  
	
  
SOCIAL	
  SCIENCE	
  	
  COURSES	
  
COURSE	
   SKILL	
  LEARNED	
   DESCRIPTION	
  OF	
  
SKILL	
  USE	
  
TABBED	
  SKILL	
  
AREA	
  
ARTIFACT	
  
	
  
PSY	
  1010	
  
Understanding,	
  
acceptance	
  
Surveyed	
  behavior,	
  
sensation,	
  
perception,	
  
learning,	
  memory,	
  
human	
  
development,	
  social	
  
processes,	
  
personality,	
  and	
  
abnormal	
  behavior	
  
N/A	
   N/A	
  
	
  
ANTH	
  1010	
  
Human	
  cultures	
  and	
  
societies,	
  
understanding	
  human	
  
diversity	
  
Considerations	
  of	
  
anthropological	
  
theories,	
  methods,	
  
and	
  ethics	
  in	
  the	
  
context	
  of	
  
contemporary	
  
culture	
  change,	
  
taking	
  into	
  account	
  
processes	
  of	
  
colonialism,	
  
globalization,	
  and	
  
development.	
  	
  
Communication	
  
and	
  Research	
  
Museum	
  
artifact	
  
COMS	
  1010	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Analyzing	
  oral	
  
communication	
  in	
  
human	
  relationships	
  
Serving	
  others	
  and	
  
analyzing	
  their	
  
responses	
  and	
  
reactions	
  
Communication	
  
and	
  Research	
  
Communication	
  
in	
  action	
  	
  
	
  
	
  ART	
  
Creativity,	
  open	
  
minded	
  
Assessing	
  “input”	
  at	
  
the	
  Bicentennial
Park	
  
Seeing	
  &	
  Knowing	
  
Visual	
  Art	
  
Seeing	
  and	
  
Knowing	
  Visual	
  
Art	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
GENERAL	
  EDUCATION	
  	
  COURSES	
  
COURSE	
   SKILL	
  LEARNED	
   DESCRIPTION	
  OF	
  
SKILL	
  USE	
  
TABBED	
  SKILL	
  
AREA	
  
ARTIFACT	
  
	
  
ENGL	
  1510	
  
Composing	
  and	
  
revising	
  expository	
  
essays	
  that	
  are	
  well	
  
organized,	
  logically	
  
Nonfictional	
  
reading,	
  research	
  
material,	
  and	
  
effective	
  
Communication	
  
and	
  Research	
  	
  
Multimodal	
  
Argument	
  	
  
	
  
Literary	
  analysis	
  	
  
 
Cons	
  3450J	
  
coherent,	
  and	
  
effective	
  for	
  their	
  
purpose	
  and	
  
audience.	
  	
  
Investigating	
  and	
  
analyzing	
  current	
  
issues	
  and	
  concerns	
  in	
  
the	
  Human	
  and	
  
Consumer	
  Sciences	
  
profession	
  specific	
  to	
  
nutrition	
  	
  
communication	
  with	
  
selected	
  audience	
  	
  
Letter	
  to	
  
executive	
  
director	
  
	
  
HLTH	
  2300	
  
Understanding	
  of	
  
medical	
  terminology 	
  
Terms	
  associated	
  
with	
  body	
  systems,	
  
disease	
  processes,	
  
laboratory	
  tests,	
  and	
  
clinical	
  procedures	
  
Education	
  &	
  
Wellness	
  
N/A	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
	
  
	
  
Food	
  System	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrition	
  1100	
  
Food consumption is an important part of our lives. Food gives our body the energy that we need
to function and in order to survive we all must eat. It is important to fuel our bodies with healthy foods
that are rich in nutrients. Unfortunately, we live in a society where it is very difficult to consume healthy
products. Most of us are aware that some foods are filled with a high content of saturated fat, sodium, and
preservatives. What we do not know is where our food is grown, how it is processed, and the unnecessary
amount of antibiotics that we unknowingly consume. There are many problems within the food system
that go unnoticed and for our safety that needs to change. The author of Fair Foods believes that we need
to focus on implementing a new food system for the future and I could not agree more.
Many of the safety problems that we have within our food system begin on the farm where our
livestock is raised. Animals are being shoved in overly crowded unsanitary areas with no room to walk
around. This makes it easy for diseases to spread. Animals that carry the disease bring them into the
slaughterhouses. One contaminated animal can contaminate thousands of pounds of meat, which is
extremely unhealthy for us. Contaminated foods can greatly affect our well-being. Animals should not be
treated this way. It is unhealthy for both the animals and the consumers. Serious health problems can
arise from consuming bad meat or eggs. In the book the author talks about a single production company
in Iowa. They were forced to recall more than 380 million eggs due to the risk of salmonella. The author
of the book mentioned that it is difficult to find where the toxicity occurred due to over crowded areas. No
one truly knows who is responsible for the problem.
Animals need to be living in an environment where they are free to roam around. Instead of
animal sitting in their own feces polluting the environment they can instead be wandering outdoors
naturally fertilizing the soil. This will decrease the spread of diseases, which in turn will decrease the
amount of antibiotics given to animals.
Infections today are increasing because we are becoming so resistant to antibiotics. Animals are
confined to small areas where they are walking on top of each other. This is not healthy for the animals
and makes it easy for diseases to spread. In order to prevent the spread of diseases they use antibiotics.
The large corporations only care about one thing and that is making a profit. In our generation we are
genetically altering our animals to grow much larger and in a shorter period of time. They are injecting all
sorts of antibiotics into these animals resulting in weight gain. This is not healthy for our bodies either.
Cutting back on the antibiotics used for livestock would be extremely beneficial. Eighty percent of
antibiotics in the United States are used on livestock to prevent diseases and promote growth. When we
consume the meat we are becoming infected with the resistant bacteria. I do not think that we should
totally get rid of the antibiotics that help control diseases because this could lead to serious health
problems. However, I definitely think that we should avoid giving the animals antibiotics that make them
grow larger. I do not think that these antibiotics are absolutely necessary. The animals can grow naturally.
This will help us to not become resistant to antibiotics. If the bacterium does not respond to the antibiotics
that we take then this could be very harmful. We do not want antibiotics to loose its effectiveness.
Antibiotics given to the animals, as a growth hormone needs to stop. If we do not stop injecting animals
with all sorts of antibiotics then we are all going to suffer the consequences in the future.
Another safety problem begins where our crops are produced. We are all encouraged to eat
organic fruits and vegetables because they are free of pesticides. We should not have to worry about this.
Some people cannot afford to pay the extra money to buy organic foods. Farmers should not be using so
many drugs on crops because they can be very toxic to humans. Pesticide exposure is linked to
Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson disease, autism, and endometriosis. Yes, it prevents animals from getting
to the food and sometimes prolongs the growing season but is it worth it? Do the benefits outweigh the
consequences? I agree with the author of the book. I do not think it is worth the risks. However, not all
people have this mindset. The individuals making a profit do not have a problem with pesticides. I read an
article online that stated “The use of pesticides provides safe, pure and disease free products to the society
and aids in safeguarding public health. The market and food stores all over the world sell food that is safe,
nutritious and available at affordable prices than ever before” (Kapoor 1). I do not think that this
statement is true. Consuming pesticides is neither safe nor healthy for our bodies. Long-term exposure
can cause problems within the reproductive, endocrine, immune, and nervous system. They also can cause
cancer, mental deficits, and lung damage.
Overall, we need to make a change within the current food system. There is way too much wrong
going on that is posing a threat to all consumers. Animals are being shoved in tiny spaces where diseases
are bound to spread, antibiotics are unnecessarily being used as growth hormones, and all of our crops are
contaminated with numerous amounts of pesticides. We need to begin implementing policies now for the
health and safety of our future.
References
Szpyrka. (n.d.). Assessment of Consumer Exposure Related to Improper Use of Pesticides in the Region of
Southeastern Poland., 1-1. Retrieved December 4, 2014.
Kapoor. (n.d.). Benefits Of Pesticides | Benefits Of. Retrieved December 4, 2014, from
http://benefitof.net/benefits-of-pesticides/
Hesterman, O. (2011). Our Broken Food System. In Fair food: Growing a healthy, sustainable food
system for all (pp. 16-20).
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
	
  
	
  
Food	
  and	
  Nutrition	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrition	
  1000	
  
Three-Day Average
DRI Report
Sydney Crowley scrowley075@yahoo.com Printed: 10/10/2013
Profile
Active Profile: Sydney Crowley
Height: 5 ft. 6 inches
Weight: 130 lbs.
Age: 18 years
BMI: 21
Gender: Female
Pregnancy: Not Pregnant
Activity Level: Active
Smoker: No
Strict Vegetarian/Vegan: No
Nutrient DRI
Energy
Kilocalories 2019.0 kcal
Protein 50.12 g Daily requirement based on grams per kilogram of
Carbohydrate 328.09 - 227.14 g 45%-65% of kilocalories
Fat, Total 78.52 - 44.87 g No recommendation
Fat
Saturated Fat < 22.4 g Less than 10% of calories
Monounsaturated Fat * No recommendation
Monounsaturated Fat * No recommendation
Polyunsaturated Fat * No recommendation
Trans Fatty Acid * No recommendation
Cholesterol
< 300.0 mg Less than 300.0 mg
recommended
Essential Fatty Acids
Omega-6 Linoleic 11.00 g
Omega-3 Linolenic 1.10 g
Carbohydrates
Dietary Fiber, Total 26.0 g
Sugar, Total * No recommendation
Other
Water 2.30 L
Alcohol * No recommendation
Vitamins
Thiamin 1.00 mg
Riboflavin 1.00 mg
Niacin 14.00 mg
Vitamin B6 1.20 mg
Vitamin B12 2.40 μg
Folate (DFE) 400.00 μg
Vitamin C 65.00 mg
Vitamin D (ug) 15.00 μg DRI Adequate Intake
Vitamin A (RAE) 700.00 μg
Vitamin A (IU) 2333.00 IU
Alpha-T ocopherol 15.00 mg
Minerals
Calcium 1300.00 mg DRI Adequate Intake
Iron 15.00 mg
Magnesium 360.00 mg
Potassium
4700.00 mg DRI Adequate
Intake
Zinc 9.00 mg
Sodium
1500.00 mg DRI Adequate
Intake
Macronutrient Ranges
09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013
1.1k 1.0k 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0.0
Actual Recommended
Carbs Protein Fat Alcohol
Recommended Yours
Carbs
45%-
65%
909-1312
kCal
55
%
1125
kCal
Protei
n
10%-
35%
202-707
kCal
17
%
342
kCal
Fats
20%-
35%
404-707
kCal
30
%
629
kCal
Alcoh
ol
0% 0 kCal 0% 0 kCal
Fat Breakdown
Calories
09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013
Source of Fat
0
|
Monounsaturated Fat
7
Polyunsaturated Fat
5
Saturated Fat
9
Trans Fatty Acid
0
Unspecified
1
* Transfat data is not yet reported by all sources and therefore may be unde
Intake vs. Goals
09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013
! Nutrient DRI Intake
0% 25% 50% 75% 100%
|||||
Energy
Kilocalories
2019.0
kcal
2064.65
kcal 102%
Protein 50.12 g 85.43 g
170%
Carbohydrate
328.09 -
227.14 g
281.35 g
124%
86%
Fat, Total
78.52 -
44.87 g
69.91 g
89%
Fat
Saturated Fat < 22.4 g 20.85 g
93%
Monounsaturated Fat * 15 g
Polyunsaturated Fat * 10.8 g
156%
Trans Fatty Acid * 0.26 g
Cholesterol
< 300.0
mg
245.62
mg 82%
Essential Fatty Acids
Omega-6 Linoleic 11.00 g 8.66 g
79%
Omega-3 Linolenic 1.10 g 0.92 g
84%
Carbohydrates
Dietary Fiber, Total 26.0 g 28.02 g
108%
Sugar, Total * 128.17 g
Other
Water 2.30 L 0.99 L
43%
Alcohol * 0g
Vitamins
Thiamin 1.00 mg 1.02 mg
102%
Riboflavin 1.00 mg 1.85 mg
185%
Niacin 14.00 mg 14.96 mg
107%
Vitamin B6 1.20 mg 1.56 mg
130%
Vitamin B12 2.40 μg 3.98 μg
166%
Folate (DFE)
400.00
μg
366.79
μg 92%
Vitamin C 65.00 mg
124.54
mg 192%
Vitamin D (ug) 15.00 μg 2.83 μg
19%
Vitamin A (RAE)
700.00
μg
544.11
μg 78%
Vitamin A (IU)
2333.00
IU
8829.23
IU 378%
Alpha-T ocopherol 15.00 mg 3.91 mg
26%
Minerals
Calcium
1300.00
mg
1137.45
mg 87%
Iron 15.00 mg 14.26 mg
95%
Magnesium 360.00 mg 334.98 mg 93%
Potassium
4700.00
mg
2561 mg
54%
Zinc 9.00 mg 7.6 mg
84%
Sodium
1500.00
mg
3094.53
mg 206%
MyPlate Analysis
09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013
Goal * Actual
%
Goal
Grains
7 oz.
eq.
tip
s
3.5 oz.
eq.
49.8 %
Vegetables 3 cup tip 2.9 cup 95.2 %
eq. s eq.
Fruits
2 cup
eq.
tip
s
1.7 cup
eq.
84.3 %
Dairy
3 cup
eq.
tip
s
2.2 cup
eq.
73.2 %
Protein
Foods
6 oz.
eq.
tip
s
8.8 oz.
eq.
146.3
%
Empty
Calories
290 kcal
tip
s
625.1
kcal
215.6
%
Your results are based on a 2019 calorie pattern.
Make Half Your
Grains Whole! Aim for at least 3.5 oz. eq. whole grains. Vary Your
Veggies! Aim for this much every week:
Dark Green Vegetables = 3 cups weekly Orange Vegetables = 2 cups
weekly
Dry Beans & Peas = 3 cups weekly Starchy Vegetables = 3
cups weekly Other Vegetables = 6.5 cups weekly
Oils: Aim for 6 teaspoons of oil a day.
* MyPlate contains recommendations only for calorie levels up to
3,200 per day. If Diet Analysis Plus recommends more than 3,200
calories per day for you, talk to your instructor for guidance on how to
use MyPlate.
** CAUTION! Recipes are not included on the MyPlate Report, as
plate values for these cannot be calculated.
Intake Spreadsheet
9/29/2013
Item Name Meal Quantity
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter Breakfast 2 item(s)
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per
8 ounces)
Breakfast 1 cup(s)
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes Breakfast 3 ounce(s)
Milk, Chocolate, Whole Breakfast 7.01 fluid ou
Banana Lunch 1 item(s)
Peanut Butter, Chunky Lunch 3.01 tablesp
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange Dinner 2.01 serving
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked Dinner 1.01 cup(s)
Apple, Medium Evening Snack 1 item(s)
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet Evening Snack 7.01 fluid ou
Total
Item Name Protein (g) Carb (g)
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 12.19 1.96
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
11.91 45.57
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 1.84 19.88
Milk, Chocolate, Whole 6.94 22.65
Banana 1.29 26.95
Peanut Butter, Chunky 11.59 10.39
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 16.08 64.32
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 5.08 45.22 1.77 0.35
Apple, Medium 0.47 25.13
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0
Total 67.39 262.08
Item Name Mono Fat (g) Poly Fat (g)
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 5.42 2.96
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.95 0.1
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 2.69 4.09
Milk, Chocolate, Whole 2.17 0.27
Banana 0.04 0.09
Peanut Butter, Chunky 11.14 6.71
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0.64 0.64
Apple, Medium 0.01 0.09
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0
Total 23.05 14.95
Item Name Omega-6 (g) Omega-3 (g)
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 2.52 0.16
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.07 0.03
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 3.6 0.48
Milk, Chocolate, Whole 0.17 0.1
Banana 0.05 0.03
Peanut Butter, Chunky 6.67 0.04
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0.61 0.03 3.55 0.69
Apple, Medium 0.08 0.02
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0
Total 13.78 0.88
Item Name Water (L) Alcohol (g)
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 0.09 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.18 0
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 0.05 0
Milk, Chocolate, Whole 0.18 0
Banana 0.09 0
Peanut Butter, Chunky 0 0
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0.14 0
Apple, Medium 0.16 0
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0
Total 0.9 0
Item Name Niacin (mg) Vit B6 (mg)
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 0.09 0.16
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.26 0.11
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 1.34 0.29
Milk, Chocolate, Whole 0.27 0.09
Banana 0.78 0.43
Peanut Butter, Chunky 6.6 0.2
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0 0 0
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 3.01 0.29
Apple, Medium 0.17 0.07
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0
Total 12.52 1.65
Item Name Vit C (mg) Vit D (ug) (μg
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 0 2.2
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
1.72 0
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 10.79 0
Milk, Chocolate, Whole 1.97 2.85
Banana 10.27 0
Peanut Butter, Chunky 0 0
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0 0
Apple, Medium 8.37 0
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0
Total 33.12 5.04
Item Name Alpha-T (mg) Calcium (mg
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 1.4 80.52
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0 414.05
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 0.99 7.65
Milk, Chocolate, Whole 0.15 245.35
Banana 0.12 5.9
Peanut Butter, Chunky 3.03 21.67 0.92 77.06
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken,
Orange
0 0 0
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0.06 19.7 0.83
Apple, Medium 0.33 10.92 0.22
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0 0
Total 6.08 805.76 4.89
Item Name
Milk, Chocolate, Whole
Potas (mg)
Zinc (mg)
Sodium (mg)
Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter
161.04
1.27
176.9
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces)
529.2
2.01
159.25
Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes
368.9
0.3
262.65
365.83
0.9
131.44
Banana
422.44
0.18
1.18
Peanut Butter, Chunky
358.79
1.34
234.06
OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange
0
0
1025.1
Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked
84.69
1.24
9.85
Apple, Medium
194.74
0.07
1.82
LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet
26.29
0
52.58
Total
2511.92
7.31
2054.82
9/30/2013
Item Name Meal Quantity
Strawberries Breakfast 1 cup(s)
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut Breakfast 2 tablespoon
Soymilk, Chocolate Breakfast 1 cup(s)
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced
Fat
Lunch 1 ounce(s)
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain Lunch 1 serving(s) 31 140
Celery, Stalk Lunch 2 item(s)
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy Lunch 2 tablespoon
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per
8 ounces)
Lunch 1 cup(s)
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
Lunch 2.01 item(s)
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves Dinner 1.5 cup(s)
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded Dinner 1.01 cup(s)
Cucumber Dinner 1.01 cup(s)
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green Dinner 0.5 cup(s)
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw Dinner 1 ounce(s)
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled Dinner 2.01 ounce(s
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat Dinner 0.5 cup(s)
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned Dinner 0.5 cup(s)
Salad Dressing, Italian Dinner 1.01 tablespo
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal
Gram, Canned
Dinner 0.5 cup(s)
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks Evening Snack 2 ounce(s)
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut Evening Snack 2.01 tablespo
Total
Item Name Protein (g) Carb (g)
Strawberries 0.96 11.06
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 3 22
Soymilk, Chocolate 5.54 24.38
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% 8 0.5 4.5 3
Reduced Fat
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 2 22
Celery, Stalk 0.55 2.38
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 7 7
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
11.91 45.57
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
0.15 0.73
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 2 3
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.58 1.56
Cucumber 0.68 3.81
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.64 3.46
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 3.86 0.26
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 12.73 0.67
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 2.16 12.7
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 6.68 18.98
Salad Dressing, Italian 0.06 1.55
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Canned
5.9 16.19
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 4 46
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 3.02 22.11
Total 81.42 265.9
Item Name Mono Fat (g) Poly Fat (g)
Strawberries 0.06 0.22
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Soymilk, Chocolate 0.93 2.05
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% 0 0 0 15 Reduced Fat
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 1 0
Celery, Stalk 0.03 0.06
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.95 0.1
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.01 0.08
Cucumber 0.01 0.03
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.01 0.05
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.02 0.04
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 1.9 0.47
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.06 0.31
Salad Dressing, Italian 0.94 1.92
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Canned
0.53 1.06
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Total 6.43 6.39
Item Name Omega-6 (g) Omega-3 (g)
Strawberries 0.13 0.09
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Soymilk, Chocolate 1.43 0.18
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced
Fat
0 0
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 0
2 1
Celery, Stalk 0.06 0
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.07 0.03
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.02 0.05
Cucumber 0.03 0.01
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.04 0.01
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.01 0
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0.45 0.03
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.14 0.08
Salad Dressing, Italian 1.71 0.21
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Canned
1.02 0.04
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Total 5.11 0.73
Item Name Water (L) Alcohol (g)
Strawberries 0.13 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Soymilk, Chocolate 0.21 0
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced
Fat
0 0
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 0
0
0
Celery, Stalk 0.08 0
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.18 0
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.04 0
Cucumber 0.1 0
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.07 0
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.02 0
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0 0
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.1 0
Salad Dressing, Italian 0.01 0
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Canned
0.09 0
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Total 1.04 0
Item Name Niacin (mg) Vit B6 (mg)
Strawberries 0.56 0.07
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Soymilk, Chocolate 1.26 0.19
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced
Fat
0 0
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 0 0 0
Celery, Stalk 0.26 0.06
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 4 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.26 0.11
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.15 0.04
Cucumber 0.1 0.04
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.36 0.17
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.5 0.05
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0.93 0.02
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.63 0.1
Salad Dressing, Italian 0 0.01
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Canned
0.16 0.57
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 1.6 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Total 10.76 1.41
Item Name Vit C (mg) Vit D (ug) (μg)
Strawberries 84.67 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Soymilk, Chocolate 4.17 0
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced
Fat
0 0
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 0 0 0
Celery, Stalk 2.48 0
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
1.72 0
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 24 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 1.9 0
Cucumber 2.94 0
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 59.9 0
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0 0.01
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0 0
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 1.02 0
Salad Dressing, Italian 0 0
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Canned
0.12 0
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Total 182.91 0.01
Item Name Alpha-T (mg) Calcium (mg)
Strawberries 0.42 23.04
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 40
Soymilk, Chocolate 0.02 61.25
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced
Fat
0 200
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 40
Celery, Stalk 0.22 32 0.16 8.8
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0 414.05
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
0 1.46
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 80
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.06 15.67
Cucumber 0.03 16.81
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.28 7.45
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.37 15.31
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0.08 19.2
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.03 37.12
Salad Dressing, Italian 0.74 1.04
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Canned
0 42
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 40.2
Total 2.25 1086.59
Item Name
Potas (mg)
Zinc (mg)
Sodium (mg)
Strawberries
220.32
0.2
1.44
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut
0
0
15
Soymilk, Chocolate
350.35
0.83
129.85
CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced Fat
0
0
170
WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain
0
0
230
Celery, Stalk 208 0.1 64
JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
529.2 2.01
PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers,
Cheddar Cheese
0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 117.25 0.11
Cucumber 154.41 0.21
Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 130.38 0.1
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 32.03 0.28
LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0
Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 36.2 0.19
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 332.8 0.79
Salad Dressing, Italian 7.13 0.02
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Canned
172.8 0.83
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Total 2290.86 5.67
10/1/2013
Item Name Meal Quantity
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla Breakfast 1 cup(s)
Strawberries Breakfast 1 cup(s)
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut Breakfast 3.01 tablespo
Grapes, Red or Green Breakfast 1.01 cup(s)
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per
8 ounces)
Breakfast 1.01 cup(s)
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish Lunch 6.01 piece(s) 156.26 218.76
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced Lunch 1.01 ounce(s
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes
Multi-Grain
Lunch 1.01 serving
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips Lunch 1.01 ounce(s
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves Dinner 2.01 cup(s)
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded Dinner 1.01 cup(s)
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw Dinner 1.01 ounce(s
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned Dinner 0.5 cup(s)
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal
Gram, Dry
Dinner 0.25 cup(s)
Pepper, Banana Dinner 0.25 cup(s)
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked Dinner 0.5 cup(s)
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded Dinner 0.25 cup(s)
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless,
Skinless, Roasted
Dinner 3 ounce(s)
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks Evening Snack 2.01 ounce(s
Total
Item Name Protein (g) Carb (g)
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 6 10
Strawberries 0.96 11.06
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 4.51 33.11
Grapes, Red or Green 1.1 27.6
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
12.03 46.03
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 8.38 43.74
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 7.13 0.37 9.49 6.04
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes
Multi-Grain
1.01 9.65
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 3.03 18.18
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 2.68 4.02
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.58 1.56
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 3.9 0.26
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 6.68 18.98
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Dry
9.65 30.32
Pepper, Banana 0.51 1.66
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 1.89 12.95
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 7.03 0.36
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless,
Skinless, Roasted
26.38 0
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 4.02 46.23
Total 107.48 316.08
Item Name Mono Fat (g) Poly Fat (g)
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 1 2
Strawberries 0.06 0.22
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Grapes, Red or Green 0.01 0.07
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.96 0.1
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 0.14 0.2
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 2.69 0.27
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes
Multi-Grain
0.39 1.02
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 4.04 0.51 0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.01 0.08
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.02 0.04
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.06 0.31
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Dry
0.68 1.35
Pepper, Banana 0.01 0.08
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 1.73 3.9
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 2.65 0.27
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless,
Skinless, Roasted
1.05 0.65
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
Total 15.51 11.05
Item Name Omega-6 (g) Omega-3 (g)
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0 0
Strawberries 0.13 0.09
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Grapes, Red or Green 0.06 0.02
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.07 0.03
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 0.1 0.02
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0.17 0.1
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes
Multi-Grain
0.91 0.11
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.02 0.05
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.01 0 0 0
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.14 0.08
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Dry
1.3 0.05
Pepper, Banana 0.07 0
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 3.45 0.44
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0.16 0.1
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless,
Skinless, Roasted
0.5 0.03
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
Total 7.1 1.14
Item Name Water (L) Alcohol (g)
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0.22 0
Strawberries 0.13 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Grapes, Red or Green 0.12 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.18 0
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 0.1 0
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0.01 0
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes
Multi-Grain
0 0
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.04 0
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.02 0
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.1 0
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal 0.01 0 0.24 0.11 Gram, Dry
Pepper, Banana 0.03 0
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 0 0
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0.01 0
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless,
Skinless, Roasted
0.06 0
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
Total 1.04 0
Item Name Niacin (mg) Vit B6 (mg)
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0 0
Strawberries 0.56 0.07
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Grapes, Red or Green 0.29 0.13
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0.26 0.11
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 2.77 0.15
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0.02 0.02
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes
Multi-Grain
0.63 0.03
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.15 0.04
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.51 0.05
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.63 0.1
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Dry
0.77 0.27
Pepper, Banana 0.39 0.11 0 8.99
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 1.34 0.02
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0.02 0.02
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless,
Skinless, Roasted
11.66 0.51
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 1.61 0
Total 21.6 1.63
Item Name Vit C (mg) Vit D (ug) (μg)
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0 3
Strawberries 84.67 0
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0
Grapes, Red or Green 4.88 0
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
1.73 0
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 3.59 0
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0 0.17
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes
Multi-Grain
0 0
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 32.16 0
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 1.9 0
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0 0.01
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 1.02 0
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Dry
2 0
Pepper, Banana 25.64 0
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 0 0
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0 0.17 74.86 283.06
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless,
Skinless, Roasted
0 0.09
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
Total 157.6 3.44
Item Name Alpha-T (mg) Calcium (mg
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0 300
Strawberries 0.42 23.04
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 60.2
Grapes, Red or Green 0.29 15.25
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8
ounces)
0 418.19
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 0.25 23.44
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0.08 206.45
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes
Multi-Grain
0.17 0
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 20.2
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 107.2
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.06 15.67
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.38 15.46
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.03 37.12
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram,
Dry
0.41 52.5
Pepper, Banana 0.21 4.34
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 0.78 4.5
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0.08 203.68
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless,
Skinless, Roasted
0.23 12.76
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 2.89 16.08
Total 3.39
1519.
99
21.
68
406.
77
Item Name
Strawberries
Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry
Potas (mg)
Zinc (mg)
Sodium (mg)
WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla
300
0.6
95
220.32
0.2
1.44
NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut
0
0
22.57
Grapes, Red or Green
291.29
0.11
3.05
Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces)
534.49
2.03
160.84
Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish
203.14
0.78
340.65
Cheese, Cheddar, Diced
28.06
0.89
177.81
Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes Multi-Grain
31.25
0.21
171.66
STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips
0
0
272.7
DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves
0
0
87.1
Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded
117.25
0.11
3.8
Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw
32.35
0.28
162.05
Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned
332.8
0.79
327.68
437.5
1.72
12
Pepper, Banana
79.36
0.08
4.03
Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked
27
0.32
98.78
Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded
27.68
0.88
175.43
Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted
217.72
0.85
62.94
ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks
0
0
1165.8
Total
2880.23
9.83
3345.33
Energy Balance
09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013
Date kCal Consumed kCal Burned
Net
kCal
9/29/2013 1962 206 1756
9/30/2013 1975 413 1562
10/1/2013 2257 590 1667
Total: 6194 1209 4985
Daily Caloric Summary kcal
Recommended: 2019
Average Intake: 2065
Average Expenditure: 403
Average Net Gain/Loss: 1662
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrition	
  2000	
  
Case	
  Study	
  #2	
  (Pregnancy)	
  
	
  
Directions:	
  	
  Read	
  case	
  study	
  4.1	
  from	
  your	
  text	
  (pg.	
  128).	
  	
  Consider	
  the	
  additional	
  information	
  below.	
  	
  
Answer	
  the	
  questions	
  below.	
  	
  Note	
  these	
  questions	
  are	
  slightly	
  modified	
  from	
  the	
  questions	
  in	
  your	
  text.	
  	
  
Be	
  sure	
  to	
  type	
  your	
  answers.	
  
Additional	
  Information:	
  
Height:	
  5’8	
  
	
   Pre-­‐pregnancy	
  Weight.:	
  150lbs	
  
Questions:	
  
1. Is	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  consuming	
  enough	
  protein?	
  	
  (Justify	
  why	
  or	
  why	
  not)	
  
No,	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  is	
  not	
  consuming	
  enough	
  protein.	
  The	
  recommended	
  intake	
  during	
  
pregnancy	
  is	
  71	
  grams.	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  is	
  consuming	
  71	
  grams	
  however	
  she	
  is	
  vegan	
  which	
  
means	
  that	
  she	
  should	
  be	
  consuming	
  30%	
  more	
  than	
  the	
  average	
  pregnant	
  woman.	
  	
  
	
  
2. How	
  much	
  protein	
  should	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  consume?	
  (Show	
  your	
  work)	
  
Ms.	
  Lederman	
  should	
  be	
  consuming	
  at	
  least	
  97.5	
  grams	
  of	
  protein.	
  	
  
Minimum	
  	
  
150Ibs/2.2=68.2kgx1.1g/kg=75	
  grams	
  	
  	
   	
  
75	
  grams	
  x30%=22.5	
  
75grams	
  +22.5=97.5grams	
  	
  	
  	
  
Average	
  	
  
68.2x.8=54.55+25=79.55grams	
  +	
  22.5=102.05	
  grams	
  	
  
3. Provide	
  3	
  sources	
  of	
  protein	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  could	
  consume	
  to	
  ensure	
  she	
  gets	
  adequate	
  protein	
  
(remember	
  she	
  is	
  vegan)?	
  
Ms.	
  Lederman	
  can	
  consume	
  beans,	
  grains,	
  nuts,	
  and	
  seeds.	
  She	
  can	
  eat	
  buckwheat,	
  
brown	
  rice,	
  tofu,	
  and	
  soybeans	
  to	
  name	
  a	
  few.	
  
4. Based	
  on	
  the	
  information	
  presented	
  in	
  the	
  case	
  study	
  which	
  nutrients	
  are	
  consumed	
  in	
  amounts	
  
that	
  are	
  below	
  the	
  DRI	
  standard	
  for	
  pregnancy	
  and	
  what	
  are	
  the	
  DRI	
  values	
  for	
  these	
  nutrients?	
  
Ms.	
  Lederman	
  is	
  not	
  eating	
  enough	
  calories.	
  The	
  recommended	
  dietary	
  allowance	
  for	
  a	
  
nonpregnant	
  woman	
  is	
  2,403.	
  A	
  pregnant	
  woman	
  should	
  be	
  consuming	
  an	
  extra	
  452	
  calories	
  on	
  
top	
  of	
  that.	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  is	
  only	
  consuming	
  2,237	
  calories.	
  She	
  needs	
  to	
  consume	
  a	
  little	
  more	
  
food.	
  	
  She	
  is	
  also	
  lacking	
  in	
  Vitamin	
  D,	
  Alpha-­‐linolenic	
  acid,	
  vitamin	
  B-­‐12,	
  and	
  protein.	
  Her	
  intake	
  
for	
  vitamin	
  D	
  is	
  mcg:	
  3	
  (120	
  IU)	
  and	
  the	
  recommended	
  intake	
  for	
  pregnant	
  woman	
  is	
  at	
  least	
  15	
  
mcg	
  (600	
  IU)	
  from	
  food.	
  The	
  upper	
  limit	
  for	
  vitamin	
  D	
  intake	
  during	
  pregnancy	
  is	
  100	
  mcg	
  (4000	
  
IU)	
  per	
  day.	
  	
  Ms.	
  Lederman’s	
  intake	
  of	
  Alpha-­‐linolic	
  acid	
  (n-­‐3	
  fatty	
  acid)	
  is	
  0.54g	
  when	
  the	
  
recommendation	
  is	
  1.4g.	
  	
  Her	
  intake	
  for	
  vitamin	
  B-­‐12	
  is	
  2.1mcg	
  and	
  the	
  recommendation	
  is	
  
2.6mcg.	
  	
  Her	
  protein	
  intake	
  is	
  71g	
  and	
  the	
  recommendation	
  is	
  around	
  98g	
  of	
  protein.	
  	
  
5. For	
  each	
  nutrient	
  listed	
  in	
  #4,	
  provide	
  3	
  examples	
  of	
  specific	
  foods	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  could	
  
consume	
  to	
  bring	
  up	
  her	
  intake	
  of	
  the	
  nutrient.	
  
	
  
Vitamin	
  D-­‐I	
  would	
  say	
  that	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  should	
  get	
  her	
  vitamin	
  D	
  from	
  the	
  sun	
  but	
  that	
  
will	
  not	
  do	
  much	
  good	
  because	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  puts	
  a	
  lot	
  of	
  sunscreen	
  on.	
  This	
  is	
  good	
  for	
  her	
  
skin	
  but	
  not	
  for	
  her	
  vitamin	
  D	
  intake.	
  I	
  would	
  suggest	
  for	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  to	
  take	
  vitamin	
  D	
  
supplements.	
  Some	
  foods	
  contain	
  vitamin	
  D	
  but	
  since	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  is	
  vegan	
  her	
  options	
  are	
  
limited.	
  Mushrooms,	
  cod	
  liver	
  oil,	
  and	
  some	
  cereals	
  that	
  are	
  fortified	
  would	
  be	
  a	
  great	
  option	
  for	
  
her.	
  They	
  contain	
  more	
  vitamin	
  D	
  then	
  one	
  would	
  expect.	
  	
  	
  
	
  
Alpha	
  linoleic	
  acid-­‐	
  spinach,	
  broccoli,	
  yams,	
  potatoes,	
  brussel	
  sprouts,	
  and	
  carrots	
  	
  
	
  
Vitamin	
  B-­‐12-­‐	
  fortified	
  cereals,	
  pastas,	
  and	
  bread.	
  Vitamin	
  B-­‐12	
  is	
  mostly	
  found	
  in	
  animal	
  
products.	
  Since	
  Ms.	
  Lederman	
  is	
  vegan	
  she	
  may	
  need	
  to	
  take	
  supplements.	
  	
  
	
  
Protein-­‐	
  beans,	
  grains,	
  nuts,	
  and	
  seeds.	
  She	
  can	
  eat	
  buckwheat,	
  brown	
  rice,	
  tofu,	
  and	
  soybeans	
  to	
  
name	
  a	
  few.	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrition 2990
Access	
  the	
  CDR	
  website	
  (http://www.cdrnet.org/).	
  	
  	
  
	
  
Write	
  about	
  “Dietetic	
  Registration”—What	
  is	
  CDR?	
  	
  	
  
	
  
CDR	
  stands	
  for	
  Commission	
  on	
  Dietetic	
  Registration.	
  It	
  is	
  a	
  certification	
  program	
  that	
  awards	
  
specialists.	
  Their	
  mission	
  statement	
  is	
  the	
  Commission	
  on	
  Dietetic	
  Registration	
  administers	
  
rigorous	
  valid	
  and	
  reliable	
  credentialing	
  processes	
  to	
  protect	
  the	
  public	
  and	
  meet	
  the	
  needs	
  of	
  
nutrition	
  and	
  dietetics	
  practitioners,	
  employers	
  and	
  consumers.	
  Their	
  vision	
  statement	
  is	
  
nutrition	
  and	
  dietetics	
  credentialing	
  protects	
  and	
  improves	
  the	
  health	
  of	
  the	
  public	
  and	
  
supports	
  practitioner	
  competence,	
  quality	
  practice,	
  lifelong	
  learning	
  and	
  career	
  advancement.	
  	
  
	
  
Is	
  CDR	
  accredited?	
  	
  If	
  so,	
  by	
  whom?	
  	
  	
  
	
  
Yes,	
  the	
  CDR	
  is	
  accredited	
  by	
  the	
  National	
  Commission	
  for	
  Certifying	
  Agencies	
  (NCCA)	
  	
  
	
  
What	
  is	
  the	
  continuing	
  education	
  requirement	
  for	
  a	
  RDN?	
  How	
  does	
  the	
  RDN	
  “log	
  in	
  “these	
  
CEUs?	
  	
  	
  
	
  
The	
  continuing	
  education	
  requirement	
  for	
  a	
  RDN	
  is	
  75	
  hours	
  every	
  five	
  years.	
  	
  The	
  RDN	
  must	
  
track	
  their	
  hours	
  individually	
  on	
  a	
  learning	
  activities	
  log.	
  They	
  must	
  complete	
  a	
  state	
  licensure	
  
verification	
  worksheet	
  and	
  submit	
  it	
  to	
  CDR.	
  
	
  
Discuss	
  the	
  credentials	
  awarded	
  by	
  CDR.	
  
	
  
The	
  CDR	
  awards	
  seven	
  separate	
  credentials	
  which	
  include	
  registered	
  dietitian	
  nutritionist,	
  
nutrition	
  and	
  dietetics	
  technician,	
  board	
  certified	
  specialist	
  in	
  renal	
  nutrition,	
  board	
  of	
  certified	
  
specialist	
  in	
  pediatric	
  nutrition,	
  board	
  certified	
  specialist	
  in	
  sports	
  dietetics,	
  board	
  certified	
  
specialist	
  in	
  gerontological	
  nutrition,	
  and	
  board	
  certified	
  specialist	
  in	
  oncology	
  nutrition.	
  The	
  
recommended	
  credentials	
  are	
  graduate	
  academic	
  degree,	
  RD,	
  or	
  RDN	
  specialty	
  certifications	
  
with	
  the	
  Commission	
  on	
  Dietetic	
  Registration	
  (e.g.	
  CSG,	
  CSO,	
  CSP,	
  CSSD,	
  CSR),	
  licensure	
  
designation,	
  other	
  certifications	
  (e.g.	
  CDE,	
  CNS,	
  etc),	
  Fellow	
  of	
  the	
  American	
  Dietetic	
  
Association	
  (FADA).	
  
	
  	
  
Access	
  the	
  ACEND	
  website	
  (http://www.eatright.org/ACEND/).	
  	
  	
  
Write	
  about	
  “Accreditation/Dietetics	
  Education”—What	
  is	
  ACEND?	
  	
  
	
  
ACEND	
  is	
  the	
  largest	
  food	
  and	
  nutrition	
  organization.	
  It	
  was	
  founded	
  by	
  a	
  group	
  of	
  women	
  
during	
  World	
  War	
  I	
  who	
  wanted	
  to	
  improve	
  the	
  public’s	
  heath	
  and	
  nutrition.	
  Their	
  goal	
  still	
  
today	
  is	
  to	
  improve	
  the	
  nations	
  health	
  and	
  advance	
  the	
  profession	
  of	
  dietetics	
  through	
  
research,	
  education,	
  and	
  advocacy.	
  The	
  academy	
  is	
  made	
  up	
  75,000	
  members.	
  These	
  members	
  
help	
  the	
  public	
  (both	
  healthy	
  and	
  ill)	
  make	
  healthy	
  food	
  choices.	
  They	
  provide	
  health	
  promotion	
  
and	
  disease	
  preventions.	
  	
  Members	
  can	
  work	
  in	
  health	
  care	
  systems,	
  home	
  health	
  care,	
  
foodservice,	
  business,	
  research	
  and	
  educational	
  organizations,	
  and	
  private	
  practices.	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
What	
  are	
  its	
  vision,	
  mission,	
  and	
  goals?	
  	
  
	
  
Vision: ACEND®
- accredited programs will be valued and respected for preparing competent
professionals for entry-level and beyond.
Mission: ACEND®
serves the public by establishing and enforcing eligibility requirements and
accreditation standards that ensure the quality and continued improvement of nutrition and
dietetics education programs that reflect the evolving practice of dietetics. ACEND®
defines
educational quality as the ability to prepare graduates with the foundation knowledge, skills
and/or competencies for current dietetics practice and lifelong learning.
	
  
Goals:	
  To	
  achieve	
  its	
  mission	
  and	
  vision,	
  ACEND®
	
  established	
  strategic	
  goals.	
  ACEND®
	
  will:	
  
• Demonstrate accountability to the public through the establishment and application of
market responsive, rigorous standards that require programs to document academic
quality and student achievement.
• Communicate clear ACEND®
expectations to assist programs in meeting quality
accreditation standards.
• Enhance preparation for entry-level practice by requiring program self-examination to
ensure quality improvement and planning for purposeful change.
• Encourage educational innovation and diversity in order to address evolving dietetics
practice.
• Continually evaluate accreditation practices in order to maintain appropriate policies and
procedures that ensure fair and consistent accreditation decisions.
• Provide opportunities for professional development and educational leadership
	
  
What	
  is	
  the	
  role	
  of	
  a	
  program	
  reviewer?	
  	
  
	
  
Program	
  reviewers	
  visit	
  and	
  evaluate	
  programs	
  and	
  make	
  recommendations	
  on	
  accreditation	
  to	
  
the	
  ACEND®
	
  board.	
  
	
  
ACEND	
  advises	
  the	
  public	
  how	
  complaints	
  can	
  be	
  made	
  against	
  programs.	
  What	
  is	
  the	
  
procedure?	
  	
  
	
  
ACEND	
  has	
  advised	
  the	
  public	
  to	
  fill	
  out	
  a	
  complaint	
  form	
  if	
  they	
  have	
  any	
  problems	
  that	
  need	
  
to	
  be	
  addressed.	
  They	
  must	
  first	
  review	
  the	
  Academy/CDR	
  Code	
  of	
  Ethics	
  for	
  the	
  profession	
  of	
  
Dietetics	
  and	
  then	
  complete	
  the	
  complaint	
  form	
  and	
  include	
  as	
  much	
  supporting	
  evidence	
  as	
  
possible.	
  They	
  then	
  must	
  mail	
  the	
  complaint	
  form	
  marked	
  confidential	
  to	
  their	
  address,	
  which	
  is	
  
Harold	
  Holler,	
  RDN,	
  Vice	
  President	
  of	
  Governance	
  &	
  Practice	
  Academy	
  of	
  Nutrition	
  and	
  
Dietetics	
  120	
  South	
  Riverside	
  Plaza,	
  Suite	
  2000	
  Chicago,	
  Illinois	
  60606-­‐6995	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Is	
  the	
  Didactic	
  Program	
  in	
  Dietetics	
  at	
  Ohio	
  University	
  an	
  accredited	
  program?	
  
The Didactic Program at Ohio University is an accredited program.
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrition 3000
Caffeine and fat metabolism group project on prezi. Worksheet made for the class to check
understanding of presentation.
Caffeine	
  and	
  fat	
  metabolism	
  	
  
Caffeine and fat metabolism group project on prezi. Worksheet made for the class to check
understanding of presentation.
After	
  this	
  presentation	
  you	
  should	
  be	
  able	
  to:	
  
• Define	
  caffeine	
  
• Describe	
  metabolic	
  breakdown	
  
• Know	
  the	
  effect	
  of	
  caffeine	
  on	
  athletes	
  
• Know	
  the	
  effect	
  on	
  normal	
  weight	
  and	
  obese	
  individuals	
  	
  
• Know	
  the	
  effect	
  of	
  caffeine	
  on	
  pregnancy	
  	
  
	
  
1. Caffeine	
  is	
  absorbed	
  in	
  __________	
  
2. What	
  is	
  the	
  recommended	
  dose	
  of	
  caffeine______	
  
3. What	
  are	
  some	
  positive	
  effects	
  of	
  caffeine?	
  
4. What	
  are	
  some	
  negative	
  effects	
  of	
  caffeine?	
  
5. 	
  True	
  or	
  False:	
  Caffeine	
  is	
  addictive	
  
6. 	
  True	
  or	
  False:	
  Caffeine	
  increases	
  the	
  risk	
  of	
  heart	
  disease	
  
7. True	
  or	
  False:	
  Caffeine	
  stunts	
  ones	
  growth?	
  
8. Caffeine	
  mobilizes	
  _________________and	
  encourages	
  working	
  muscles	
  to	
  use	
  fat	
  as	
  fuel	
  	
  
9. 	
  Caffeine	
  has	
  been	
  shown	
  to	
  decrease	
  glycogen	
  utilization	
  by	
  as	
  much	
  as	
  ______________%	
  
10. Caffeine	
  increases	
  metabolic	
  rate	
  by	
  _______________%	
  
11. How	
  much	
  caffeine	
  is	
  recommended	
  to	
  speed	
  up	
  metabolism?	
  
12. 	
  Does	
  caffeine	
  have	
  the	
  same	
  effect	
  on	
  normal	
  weight	
  and	
  obese	
  individuals?	
  If	
  not	
  what	
  is	
  the	
  
difference?	
  
13. Why	
  are	
  the	
  negative	
  effects	
  of	
  caffeine	
  on	
  pregnancy?	
  
	
  
Answer	
  key	
  	
  
1. Small	
  intestines	
  	
  
2. 3-­‐6	
  mg/kg	
  
3. Elevates	
  mood,	
  decreases	
  anxiety,	
  mental/cognitive	
  improvements,	
  increases	
  athletic	
  
performance,	
  increases	
  metabolism,	
  sympathetic	
  nervous	
  system-­‐	
  prevents	
  the	
  enzymatic	
  
degradation	
  of	
  adenosine	
  located	
  in	
  postsynaptic	
  cells	
  	
  
4. Withdrawal,	
  pregnancy,	
  gateway,	
  over-­‐caffeinating,	
  insomnia,	
  nervousness,	
  restlessness,	
  upset	
  
stomach,	
  fast	
  heartbeat,	
  irritability	
  
5. True	
  
6. 	
  False	
  
7. 	
  False	
  	
  
8. Fat	
  stores	
  	
  
9. 50%	
  
10. 13%	
  
11. 300-­‐400mg	
  3-­‐4	
  days	
  a	
  week	
  
12. No,	
  plasma	
  free	
  fatty	
  acids	
  won’t	
  change	
  like	
  in	
  normal	
  weight	
  individuals	
  ,	
  more	
  theobromine,	
  
theophylline,	
  and	
  paraxanthine	
  than	
  lean	
  individuals	
  
13. Slows	
  metabolic	
  rate,	
  for	
  fat	
  metabolizers	
  there	
  is	
  a	
  greater	
  risk	
  in	
  miscarriages,	
  caffeine	
  passes	
  
placenta	
  absorbed	
  by	
  baby	
  	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrition	
  3000	
  Exam	
  #1	
  	
  
Module	
  1	
  
• The	
  macronutrients	
  are	
  nutrients	
  that	
  are	
  needed	
  by	
  the	
  body	
  in	
  large	
  amounts	
  
• Micronutrients	
  would	
  be	
  nutrients	
  that	
  are	
  needed	
  by	
  the	
  body	
  in	
  small	
  amounts.	
  	
  	
  
• Dietary	
  Guidelines	
  for	
  Americans	
  are	
  a	
  set	
  of	
  diet	
  and	
  lifestyle	
  recommendations	
  designed	
  to	
  
promote	
  health,	
  support	
  active	
  lives	
  and	
  reduce	
  chronic	
  disease	
  risk.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  guidelines	
  are	
  established	
  by	
  the	
  USDA	
  and	
  DHHS,	
  and	
  are	
  updated	
  every	
  5	
  years.	
  	
  	
  
o These	
  include	
  balancing	
  calories	
  by	
  controlling	
  portion	
  sizes,	
  increasing	
  foods	
  that	
  are	
  
nutrient	
  rich	
  by	
  filling	
  half	
  your	
  plate	
  with	
  fruits	
  and	
  veggies,	
  making	
  at	
  least	
  half	
  your	
  
grains	
  whole	
  grains,	
  and	
  switching	
  to	
  fat	
  free	
  or	
  low	
  fat	
  diary,	
  and	
  finally	
  reducing	
  foods	
  
that	
  are	
  high	
  in	
  sodium,	
  saturated	
  fat	
  and	
  trans	
  fat,	
  and	
  decreasing	
  the	
  amount	
  of	
  
added	
  sugar	
  in	
  the	
  diet.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  DRIs	
  are	
  established	
  for	
  healthy	
  people	
  of	
  similar	
  age	
  and	
  gender	
  
o Special	
  cases	
  to	
  make	
  adjustements-­‐vitamin	
  C	
  and	
  smoking,	
  vegetarian	
  diets	
  and	
  iron,	
  
age	
  of	
  menstruation	
  and	
  iron,	
  athletes	
  who	
  engage	
  in	
  intense	
  aerobic	
  exercise	
  and	
  iron,	
  
and	
  child	
  bearing	
  aged	
  women	
  and	
  folic	
  acid.	
  
• Estimated	
  Average	
  Requirements,	
  Recommended	
  Dietary	
  Allowances,	
  Adequate	
  Intake,	
  and	
  
Tolerable	
  Upper	
  Intake	
  Levels.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  lower	
  your	
  intake	
  of	
  a	
  nutrient,	
  the	
  higher	
  your	
  risk	
  of	
  inadequacy	
  is;	
  the	
  higher	
  the	
  intake	
  
of	
  a	
  nutrient,	
  the	
  higher	
  your	
  risk	
  of	
  excess	
  is.	
  	
  	
  
o EAR	
  is	
  0.5	
  risk	
  of	
  inadequacy.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  AI	
  is	
  placed	
  in	
  the	
  middle,	
  as	
  it	
  is	
  similar	
  to	
  the	
  RDA	
  but	
  not	
  enough	
  evidence	
  is	
  known	
  to	
  
establish	
  an	
  RDA.	
  This	
  means	
  that	
  nutrients	
  will	
  have	
  either	
  an	
  RDA	
  or	
  an	
  AI,	
  they	
  will	
  never	
  
have	
  both.	
  Lastly	
  the	
  UL	
  is	
  set	
  so	
  there	
  is	
  no	
  risk	
  of	
  inadequacy	
  or	
  excess.	
  	
  	
  
• estimated	
  average	
  requirements	
  It	
  is	
  the	
  nutrient	
  intake	
  estimated	
  to	
  meet	
  the	
  needs	
  of	
  50%	
  of	
  
the	
  individuals	
  in	
  a	
  certain	
  age	
  and	
  gender	
  group.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  Recommended	
  Dietary	
  Allowance	
  is	
  based	
  off	
  of	
  the	
  EAR,	
  and	
  is	
  set	
  to	
  meet	
  97%	
  of	
  a	
  
populations	
  specific	
  nutrient	
  requirements.	
  	
  	
  
o you	
  can	
  increase	
  your	
  risk	
  of	
  developing	
  a	
  toxicity	
  by	
  over	
  consuming	
  the	
  RDA.	
  
• the	
  %DV	
  are	
  based	
  on	
  a	
  2,000	
  calorie	
  diet	
  
	
  
Module	
  2	
  
• Biochemistry	
  is	
  the	
  study	
  of	
  the	
  chemical	
  substances	
  and	
  vital	
  processes	
  occurring	
  in	
  living	
  
organisms,	
  while	
  nutritional	
  biochemistry	
  is	
  the	
  chemical	
  properties	
  of	
  nutrients	
  and	
  their	
  
biochemical,	
  metabolic,	
  physiological,	
  and	
  epigenetic	
  functions.	
  
• the	
  main	
  difference	
  between	
  prokaryote	
  and	
  eukaryote	
  cells	
  is	
  the	
  presence	
  of	
  a	
  nucleus	
  and	
  
membrane	
  bound	
  organelles.	
  	
  	
  
o Prokaryotic	
  cells,	
  such	
  as	
  lactobacillus,	
  are	
  an	
  important	
  protective	
  gut	
  and	
  vaginal	
  
bacteria.	
  	
  Lactobacillus	
  cells	
  metabolize	
  their	
  nutrients	
  anaerobically	
  and	
  by	
  
fermentation.	
  
o Eukaryotic	
  cells,	
  like	
  human	
  cells,	
  play	
  a	
  central	
  role	
  in	
  metabolism	
  of	
  nutrients,	
  energy	
  
production,	
  removal	
  of	
  waste,	
  protein	
  synthesis	
  
• Cell	
  Structure	
  
o Plasma	
  membrane	
  
§ 	
  is	
  the	
  membrane	
  that	
  encapsulates	
  the	
  cell,	
  and	
  allows	
  the	
  cell	
  to	
  become	
  a	
  
unit	
  by	
  itself.	
  	
  It	
  acts	
  as	
  a	
  boundary	
  between	
  the	
  cell	
  and	
  its	
  environment,	
  
keeping	
  the	
  good	
  stuff	
  in	
  and	
  bad	
  stuff	
  out.	
  	
  The	
  membrane	
  allows	
  some	
  
molecules,	
  including	
  gases	
  like	
  oxygen	
  and	
  carbon	
  dioxide,	
  to	
  pass	
  readily	
  
through	
  its	
  surface.	
  	
  Water	
  and	
  other	
  small	
  molecules	
  also	
  move	
  into	
  and	
  out	
  of	
  
the	
  cell	
  with	
  relative	
  ease.	
  	
  Other	
  substances,	
  however,	
  require	
  special	
  openings	
  
called	
  ion	
  channels,	
  GLUT	
  transporters,	
  and	
  protein	
  pumps.	
  that	
  the	
  cell	
  
membrane	
  is	
  not	
  static	
  but	
  fluid.	
  	
  This	
  allows	
  the	
  cell	
  to	
  change	
  its	
  shape	
  to	
  
allow	
  extremely	
  large	
  molecules	
  and	
  particles	
  across	
  the	
  cell	
  membrane.	
  	
  	
  A	
  key	
  
component	
  of	
  cell	
  membrane	
  mechanical	
  stability	
  is	
  cholesterol.	
  	
  Greater	
  
cholesterol	
  content	
  contributes	
  to	
  structure	
  and	
  regulates	
  fluidity	
  of	
  the	
  
membrane.	
  
o Cytoplasm	
  
§ “molecular	
  chowder”	
  The	
  cytoplasm	
  is	
  home	
  of	
  several	
  metabolic	
  pathways,	
  
including	
  glycolysis,	
  hexose	
  monophosphate	
  shunt,	
  glycogenesis,	
  glycogenolysis,	
  
and	
  fatty	
  acid	
  synthesis.	
  	
  The	
  cytosol	
  is	
  the	
  made	
  up	
  of	
  water,	
  salts,	
  organic	
  
molecules	
  and	
  many	
  enzymes	
  that	
  catalyze	
  reactions,	
  and	
  it	
  also	
  allows	
  
communication	
  between	
  membrane	
  bound	
  organelles.	
  Within	
  the	
  cytoplasm	
  is	
  
the	
  cytoskeleton,	
  and	
  provides	
  shape	
  and	
  mechanical	
  support	
  for	
  the	
  cell.	
  	
  The	
  
cytoskeleton	
  also	
  functions	
  as	
  a	
  monorail	
  to	
  transport	
  substances	
  around	
  the	
  
cell.	
  	
  	
  
o Extracellular	
  matrix	
  	
  
§ The	
  extracellular	
  matrix	
  is	
  external	
  to	
  the	
  cell	
  membrane,	
  yet	
  plays	
  an	
  integral	
  
role	
  in	
  the	
  cells	
  overall	
  structure	
  and	
  function.	
  animal	
  cells	
  extracellular	
  matrix	
  
contributes	
  to	
  cell	
  structure,	
  and	
  sugar	
  residues	
  in	
  the	
  matrix	
  are	
  believed	
  to	
  act	
  
as	
  specificity	
  markers	
  for	
  the	
  cell	
  and	
  as	
  antennae	
  to	
  pick	
  up	
  signals	
  for	
  
transmission	
  of	
  substances	
  in	
  the	
  cell.	
  	
  The	
  most	
  abundant	
  extracellular	
  
component	
  is	
  the	
  glycoprotein	
  collagen.	
  	
  
o Nucleus	
  	
  
§ The	
  nucleus	
  is	
  the	
  largest	
  organelle,	
  and	
  serves	
  as	
  the	
  chief	
  initiator	
  and	
  
regulator	
  of	
  most	
  cellular	
  activities.	
  	
  The	
  nucleus	
  is	
  the	
  site	
  of	
  DNA	
  synthesis,	
  
DNA	
  repair,	
  and	
  RNA	
  synthesis.	
  	
  The	
  nuclear	
  envelope	
  is	
  composed	
  of	
  two	
  
bilayer	
  membranes	
  that	
  makes	
  communication	
  possible	
  between	
  the	
  nucleus	
  
and	
  the	
  cytoplasmic	
  matric	
  and	
  allows	
  a	
  continuous	
  channel	
  between	
  the	
  
nucleus	
  and	
  the	
  endoplasmic	
  reticulum.	
  	
  	
  
o Mitochondria	
  	
  
§ The	
  mitochrondria	
  are	
  the	
  metabolic	
  powerhouses	
  of	
  the	
  cell,	
  and	
  are	
  the	
  
primary	
  sites	
  of	
  oxygen	
  use	
  in	
  the	
  cell	
  and	
  are	
  responsible	
  for	
  most	
  of	
  the	
  
metabolic	
  energy	
  produced	
  in	
  cells.	
  All	
  cells	
  within	
  the	
  body,	
  with	
  the	
  exception	
  
of	
  red	
  blood	
  cells,	
  possess	
  mitochondria.	
  	
  	
  
o Endoplasmic	
  reticulum	
  and	
  golgi	
  
§ The	
  endoplasmic	
  reticulum	
  and	
  Golgi	
  apparatus	
  is	
  a	
  network	
  of	
  membranous	
  
channels	
  pervading	
  the	
  cytosol	
  and	
  provides	
  continuity	
  among	
  the	
  nuclear	
  
envelope	
  and	
  the	
  plasma	
  membrane.	
  	
  The	
  Rough	
  endoplasmic	
  reticulum	
  (or	
  
RER)	
  are	
  studded	
  with	
  ribosomes,	
  which	
  are	
  the	
  protein	
  making	
  machinery	
  of	
  
the	
  cell.	
  	
  The	
  smooth	
  endoplasmic	
  reticulum	
  lack	
  ribosomes,	
  and	
  this	
  the	
  site	
  of	
  
synthesis	
  of	
  phospholipids	
  and	
  packaging	
  of	
  protein	
  into	
  vesicles.	
  	
  	
  
o Lysosomes	
  and	
  peroxisomes	
  	
  
§ jam	
  packed	
  of	
  digestive	
  and	
  catabolic	
  oxidative	
  enzymes.	
  	
  Think	
  of	
  lysosomes	
  as	
  
the	
  cells	
  digestive	
  system,	
  degrading	
  foreign	
  and	
  old	
  cellular	
  material.	
  	
  
Peroxisomes	
  degrade	
  molecules	
  that	
  produce	
  hydrogen	
  peroxide,	
  which	
  can	
  
cause	
  cellular	
  damage	
  if	
  not	
  promptly	
  removed	
  or	
  converted	
  into	
  water	
  and	
  
oxygen.	
  	
  	
  Peroxisomes	
  also	
  carry	
  out	
  fatty	
  acid	
  oxidation	
  of	
  some	
  very	
  long	
  chain	
  
fatty	
  acids.	
  	
  
o Compartmentalization	
  of	
  organelles	
  contributes	
  to	
  the	
  physical	
  separation	
  of	
  metabolic	
  
pathways.	
  	
  	
  
o Slow	
  twitch	
  muscle	
  fibers	
  are	
  rich	
  with	
  mitochondria,	
  where	
  as	
  fast	
  twitch	
  are	
  efficient	
  
in	
  producing	
  ATP	
  very	
  rapidly	
  and	
  have	
  a	
  lower	
  mitochondrial	
  density.	
  	
  
• Three	
  types	
  of	
  receptors	
  
o The	
  first	
  type	
  of	
  receptor	
  we	
  discuss	
  is	
  also	
  referred	
  to	
  as	
  a	
  “second	
  messenger”	
  
receptor.	
  	
  These	
  receptors	
  bind	
  a	
  ligand	
  which	
  triggers	
  a	
  second	
  messenger	
  that	
  alters	
  
behavior	
  of	
  the	
  cell	
  
§ ex:	
  insulin-­‐	
  glute	
  4	
  translates	
  to	
  the	
  surface	
  so	
  that	
  glucose	
  may	
  enter	
  
o The	
  second	
  type	
  of	
  receptor	
  are	
  receptors	
  that	
  internalize	
  their	
  ligand	
  
§ Ex:	
  LDL-­‐absorbed	
  in	
  cell,	
  detaches	
  from	
  its	
  package	
  and	
  then	
  returns	
  to	
  cell	
  
o A	
  third	
  type	
  of	
  receptor	
  are	
  receptors	
  that	
  function	
  as	
  ion	
  channels.	
  	
  The	
  binding	
  of	
  a	
  
ligand	
  to	
  the	
  receptor	
  causes	
  a	
  change	
  in	
  the	
  receptor	
  shape,	
  allowing	
  ions	
  to	
  pass	
  
through.	
  	
  
o A	
  fourth	
  class	
  of	
  receptor	
  are	
  internal	
  receptors,	
  and	
  are	
  unlike	
  receptors	
  that	
  are	
  
located	
  on	
  the	
  cells	
  surface	
  Internal	
  receptors	
  respond	
  to	
  an	
  extracellular	
  signal	
  that	
  
either	
  increases	
  or	
  decreases	
  DNA	
  transcription,	
  either	
  by	
  binding	
  DNA	
  or	
  by	
  modulating	
  
the	
  effects	
  of	
  histones.	
  	
  Receptors	
  for	
  steroid	
  hormones,	
  thyroid	
  hormone,	
  vitamin	
  D,	
  
and	
  retinoids	
  are	
  examples	
  of	
  internal	
  receptors.	
  	
  	
  
o cell	
  has	
  many	
  transport	
  proteins	
  which	
  regulate	
  the	
  flow	
  of	
  nutrients	
  in	
  and	
  out	
  of	
  the	
  
cell.	
  	
  Glucose	
  absorption	
  in	
  the	
  gut	
  requires	
  active	
  transport	
  by	
  way	
  of	
  a	
  sodium	
  
potassium	
  pump,	
  and	
  requires	
  energy.	
  	
  Fructose	
  absorption	
  on	
  the	
  other	
  hand	
  is	
  
absorbed	
  passively	
  in	
  the	
  gut,	
  does	
  not	
  require	
  energy,	
  yet	
  is	
  absorbed	
  much	
  slower	
  
than	
  glucose.	
  	
  
	
  
• Enzymes	
  
o Enzymes	
  are	
  catalytic	
  proteins	
  that	
  help	
  speed	
  up	
  a	
  reaction	
  without	
  being	
  changed	
  by	
  
reactiosn	
  they	
  catalyze.	
  	
  enzymes	
  are	
  selective	
  in	
  the	
  reactions	
  they	
  catalyze	
  and	
  have	
  a	
  
very	
  specific	
  binding	
  site.	
  
§ uncatalyzed	
  reaction	
  requires	
  a	
  higher	
  activation	
  energy	
  than	
  does	
  a	
  catalyzed	
  
reaction,	
  
	
  
o Most	
  reactions	
  are	
  reversible,	
  as	
  depicted	
  by	
  the	
  double	
  arrows,	
  yet	
  some	
  are	
  
irreversible	
  	
  
§ A	
  usual	
  giveaway	
  that	
  a	
  reaction	
  is	
  irreversible	
  is	
  if	
  the	
  reaction	
  required	
  ATP	
  to	
  
go	
  forward.	
  	
  	
  
o Six	
  different	
  classes	
  of	
  enzymes	
  	
  
§ Oxidoreductases	
  are	
  enzymes	
  that	
  catalyze	
  oxidation/reduction	
  reactions,	
  or	
  
simply	
  the	
  transfer	
  of	
  hydrogen	
  atoms,	
  oxygen	
  atoms,	
  or	
  electrons.	
  	
  	
  
• transfer	
  of	
  hydrogen	
  atoms	
  in	
  the	
  electron	
  transport	
  chain	
  
§ Transferases	
  are	
  enzymes	
  that	
  catalyze	
  the	
  transfer	
  of	
  functional	
  group	
  from	
  
one	
  molecule	
  to	
  another.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  donor	
  is	
  often	
  a	
  coenzyme.	
  
§ Hydrolases	
  they	
  catalyze	
  the	
  addition	
  of	
  water.	
  	
  	
  
§ Lyases	
  catalyze	
  the	
  breaking	
  of	
  chemical	
  bonds	
  by	
  means	
  other	
  than	
  hydrolysis	
  
and	
  oxidation.	
  	
  	
  
§ Isomerases	
  catalyze	
  the	
  structural	
  rearrangements	
  of	
  molecules	
  
§ ligases,	
  which	
  are	
  enzymes	
  that	
  catalyze	
  the	
  joining	
  of	
  two	
  large	
  molecules	
  by	
  
forming	
  a	
  new	
  chemical	
  bond,	
  requires	
  energy	
  that	
  usually	
  is	
  provided	
  by	
  
hydrolysis	
  of	
  ATP.	
  
Module	
  3	
  
• digestive	
  tract	
  is	
  divided	
  into	
  two	
  categories:	
  	
  Accessory	
  organs	
  and	
  organs	
  of	
  the	
  
gastrointestinal	
  tract.	
  	
  	
  
• Digestive	
  tract	
  
o The	
  digestive	
  tract	
  is	
  a	
  one	
  way	
  open	
  tube	
  that	
  is	
  approximately	
  16	
  feet	
  in	
  length.	
  	
  It	
  is	
  
the	
  only	
  part	
  of	
  the	
  body	
  that	
  is	
  exposed	
  daily	
  to	
  the	
  outside	
  environment,	
  thus	
  it	
  has	
  
many	
  layers	
  that	
  serve	
  to	
  protect	
  against	
  foreign	
  substances.	
  	
  	
  	
  
o four	
  distinct	
  layers	
  that	
  make	
  up	
  the	
  intestinal	
  wall.	
  	
  The	
  inner	
  most	
  layer,	
  known	
  as	
  the	
  
mucosa,	
  comes	
  into	
  contact	
  with	
  ingested	
  nutrients	
  inside	
  the	
  lumen.	
  	
  The	
  mucosa	
  
produces	
  and	
  releases	
  secretions	
  needed	
  for	
  digestion,	
  and	
  contains	
  important	
  
lymphoid	
  tissue	
  to	
  protect	
  the	
  body	
  against	
  infection.	
  	
  The	
  submucosa	
  is	
  the	
  second	
  
most	
  inner	
  layer,	
  and	
  is	
  rich	
  with	
  blood	
  vessels	
  for	
  nutrient	
  transfer,	
  lymphatic	
  vessels,	
  
nerves,	
  and	
  lymphoid	
  tissue.	
  	
  Another	
  component	
  of	
  the	
  submucosa	
  is	
  the	
  submucosal	
  
plexus.	
  	
  The	
  submucosal	
  plexus	
  is	
  a	
  unique	
  feature	
  of	
  the	
  GI	
  tract,	
  and	
  is	
  part	
  of	
  the	
  
“brain	
  in	
  the	
  gut”,	
  .	
  	
  Specifically,	
  it	
  is	
  a	
  network	
  of	
  nerves	
  that	
  controls,	
  in	
  part,	
  
secretions	
  from	
  the	
  mucosal	
  glands	
  and	
  helps	
  regulate	
  mucosal	
  movements	
  and	
  blood	
  
flow.	
  	
  	
  The	
  third	
  layer,	
  if	
  we	
  continue	
  to	
  move	
  outwards	
  in	
  the	
  figure,	
  is	
  the	
  muscularis	
  
externa.	
  	
  responsible	
  for	
  GI	
  motility	
  term	
  peristalsis,	
  which	
  is	
  the	
  unidirectional	
  
contraction	
  of	
  the	
  GI	
  tract	
  that	
  keeps	
  food	
  moving	
  in	
  one	
  direction.	
  	
  outer	
  most	
  layer,	
  
the	
  serosa,	
  consists	
  of	
  connective	
  tissue	
  and	
  connects	
  to	
  the	
  visceral	
  peritoneum.	
  	
  As	
  
you	
  move	
  down	
  the	
  GI	
  tract,	
  the	
  4	
  basic	
  layers	
  are	
  present,	
  however	
  their	
  structure	
  and	
  
function	
  does	
  vary.	
  	
  (Go	
  back	
  to	
  PowerPoint	
  to	
  look	
  at	
  feature).	
  
o by	
  smelling	
  food	
  or	
  even	
  thinking	
  about	
  food	
  can	
  trigger	
  salivary	
  glands	
  in	
  the	
  mouth	
  to	
  
secrete	
  saliva,	
  which	
  contains	
  important	
  digestive	
  enzymes	
  and	
  serves	
  as	
  a	
  lubricant	
  for	
  
food	
  to	
  pass	
  easily	
  down	
  the	
  esophagus.	
  	
  mechanical	
  digestion,	
  which	
  is	
  chewing,	
  
ripping,	
  tearing;	
  and	
  chemical	
  digestion,	
  which	
  is	
  the	
  enzymatic	
  breakdown	
  of	
  large	
  
particles	
  into	
  smaller	
  particles.	
  	
  Two	
  key	
  enzymes	
  are	
  secreted	
  by	
  the	
  salivary	
  glands,	
  
and	
  these	
  are	
  salivary	
  amylase	
  and	
  lingual	
  lipase.	
  	
  Salivary	
  amylase	
  begins	
  the	
  process	
  of	
  
carbohydrate	
  digestion	
  by	
  breaking	
  down	
  larger	
  polysaccharide	
  starch	
  particles	
  into	
  
smaller	
  disaccharides.	
  enzyme	
  is	
  lingual	
  lipase,	
  which	
  hydrolyzes	
  small	
  lipid	
  molecules	
  
before	
  reaching	
  the	
  stomach.	
  	
  	
  
o Through	
  movements	
  of	
  peristalsis,	
  the	
  esophagus	
  contracts	
  from	
  top	
  to	
  bottom	
  and	
  
squeezes	
  the	
  bolus	
  of	
  food	
  into	
  the	
  stomach.	
  	
  distal	
  end	
  of	
  the	
  esophagus	
  lies	
  the	
  
gastroesophageal	
  sphincter,	
  which	
  normally	
  remains	
  shut.	
  	
  Upon	
  swallowing.	
  lower	
  
esophageal	
  sphincter	
  pressure	
  drops,	
  relaxing	
  the	
  sphincter	
  so	
  food	
  may	
  pass	
  into	
  the	
  
stomach.	
  	
  	
  
o Heartburn	
  gastric	
  acid	
  is	
  refluxed	
  from	
  the	
  stomach	
  into	
  the	
  esophagus.	
  	
  
o The	
  bolus	
  of	
  food	
  leaves	
  the	
  esophagus	
  and	
  enters	
  the	
  stomach.	
  	
  The	
  stomach	
  is	
  a	
  
robust	
  chamber	
  of	
  digestive	
  juices	
  and	
  enzymes,	
  and	
  has	
  4	
  main	
  regions.	
  	
  Both	
  
mechanical	
  and	
  chemical	
  digestion	
  of	
  nutrients	
  occurs	
  in	
  the	
  stomach,	
  and	
  the	
  digested	
  
food	
  leaves	
  the	
  stomach	
  in	
  a	
  now	
  indistinguishable	
  liquid	
  called	
  chyme.	
  
o The	
  mucosal	
  layer	
  of	
  the	
  stomach	
  is	
  covered	
  with	
  gastric	
  pits.	
  
§ Mucous	
  neck	
  cell-­‐	
  mucus	
  (protects	
  lining)	
  
§ Parietal	
  cells-­‐	
  Gastrick	
  acid	
  (HCL)	
  intrinsic	
  factor	
  (Ca++absorption)	
  
§ Enterochromaffin	
  like	
  cell-­‐	
  Histamine	
  (stimulates	
  acid	
  
§ Chief	
  cells-­‐pepsin	
  (ogen),	
  Gastric	
  lipase	
  
§ D	
  cells-­‐Somatostatin	
  (inhibits	
  acid)	
  
§ G	
  cells-­‐	
  Stimulates	
  acid)	
  
o Small	
  intestine	
  	
  
§ Chyme	
  leaves	
  the	
  stomach	
  and	
  enters	
  the	
  small	
  intestine.	
  	
  The	
  small	
  intestine	
  is	
  
the	
  main	
  site	
  for	
  nutrient	
  digestion	
  and	
  absorption.	
  	
  small	
  intestine	
  mucosal	
  
layer	
  is	
  covered	
  in	
  billions	
  of	
  tiny	
  finger	
  like	
  projects	
  called	
  villi,	
  which	
  are	
  
covered	
  in	
  their	
  own	
  finger	
  like	
  projections	
  called	
  microvilli.	
  	
  villi	
  and	
  micro	
  villi	
  
are	
  to	
  increase	
  surface	
  area	
  for	
  maximal	
  absorption	
  of	
  nutrients	
  Each	
  one	
  of	
  
these	
  villi	
  is	
  connected	
  to	
  their	
  own	
  enterocyte,	
  which	
  is	
  a	
  mucosal	
  cell	
  that	
  has	
  
absorptive	
  capacity	
  Each	
  enterocyte	
  is	
  supplied	
  with	
  its	
  own	
  blood	
  supply,	
  
delivering	
  nutrients	
  to	
  the	
  small	
  intestine	
  so	
  it	
  can	
  remain	
  healthy,	
  while	
  taking	
  
away	
  nutrients	
  that	
  are	
  being	
  absorbed	
  by	
  the	
  intestine	
  to	
  the	
  rest	
  of	
  the	
  body	
  
o Large	
  intestine	
  
§ The	
  large	
  intestine	
  is	
  essentially	
  a	
  holding	
  tank	
  for	
  indigestible	
  food	
  
components.	
  	
  There	
  are	
  three	
  sections	
  of	
  the	
  colon.	
  	
  in	
  the	
  ascending	
  colon,	
  the	
  
contents	
  are	
  very	
  liquid	
  at	
  first.	
  	
  Proximal	
  colonic	
  cells	
  absorb	
  sodium,	
  chloride,	
  
and	
  water,	
  and	
  what	
  is	
  left	
  over	
  will	
  be	
  evacuated	
  as	
  feces.	
  	
  	
  Undigested	
  food	
  
can	
  remain	
  in	
  the	
  stomach	
  for	
  12	
  hours	
  up	
  to	
  70	
  hours.	
  The	
  ascending	
  colon’s	
  
main	
  function	
  is	
  to	
  reabsorb	
  water	
  and	
  electrolytes	
  back	
  into	
  the	
  body.	
  	
  In	
  the	
  
transverse	
  colon,	
  contents	
  continue	
  to	
  become	
  more	
  solid,	
  feces	
  begin	
  to	
  form.	
  	
  
And	
  finally	
  the	
  descending	
  colon,	
  where	
  feces	
  are	
  stored	
  until	
  they	
  are	
  emptied	
  
into	
  the	
  rectum.	
  	
  
• Accessory	
  organ	
  
o An	
  accessory	
  organ	
  to	
  the	
  GI	
  tract	
  is	
  an	
  organ	
  that	
  does	
  not	
  come	
  into	
  contact	
  with	
  
food,	
  yet	
  plays	
  an	
  important	
  role	
  in	
  digestion.	
  	
  	
  
§ The	
  pancreas	
  is	
  a	
  unique	
  organ,	
  in	
  that	
  it	
  has	
  both	
  endocrine	
  and	
  exocrine	
  
functions,	
  and	
  secrets	
  digestive	
  enzymes.	
  	
  During	
  digestion,	
  the	
  pancreas	
  
contributes	
  bicarbonate	
  and	
  digestive	
  enzymes	
  into	
  the	
  small	
  intestine.	
  	
  These	
  
enzymes	
  remain	
  inactive	
  until	
  they	
  have	
  reached	
  the	
  environment	
  of	
  the	
  small	
  
intestine.	
  	
  Pancreatic	
  enzymes	
  are	
  delivered	
  directly	
  into	
  the	
  small	
  intestine	
  via	
  
pancreatic	
  duct.	
  
§ liver	
  produce	
  bile,	
  which	
  is	
  an	
  emulsifier	
  for	
  fat	
  digestion	
  The	
  livers	
  main	
  role	
  is	
  
after	
  nutrients	
  have	
  been	
  absorbed.	
  	
  The	
  portal	
  vein	
  delivers	
  nutrient	
  rich	
  blood	
  
from	
  the	
  digestive	
  tract	
  to	
  the	
  liver	
  for	
  further	
  packaging	
  and	
  processing	
  
§ gallbladder	
  The	
  main	
  function	
  of	
  the	
  gall	
  bladder	
  is	
  to	
  store	
  and	
  concentrate	
  bile	
  
that	
  is	
  made	
  in	
  the	
  liver.	
  	
  When	
  needed,	
  the	
  gall	
  bladder	
  contracts	
  and	
  
introduces	
  bile	
  into	
  the	
  small	
  intestine	
  for	
  lipid	
  emulsification.	
  	
  Under	
  normal	
  
circumstances,	
  95%	
  of	
  bile	
  is	
  reabsorbed	
  back	
  to	
  the	
  liver	
  and	
  eventually	
  
returned	
  to	
  the	
  gall	
  bladder	
  Humans	
  can	
  live	
  normal	
  healthy	
  lives	
  without	
  a	
  gall	
  
bladder.	
  	
  The	
  liver	
  is	
  able	
  to	
  produce	
  adequate	
  amounts	
  of	
  bile	
  on	
  an	
  as	
  needed	
  
basis.	
  
• Nutrient	
  absorption	
  	
  
o Membranes	
  are	
  partially	
  (or	
  selectively)	
  permeable.	
  This	
  means	
  that	
  some,	
  but	
  not	
  all,	
  
substances	
  can	
  permeate	
  (pass	
  through)	
  them.	
  
o Simple	
  or	
  passive	
  diffusion;	
  where	
  substances	
  such	
  as	
  water	
  and	
  small	
  lipid	
  molecules	
  
cross	
  membranes	
  freely.	
  	
  The	
  concentration	
  of	
  substances	
  that	
  can	
  diffuse	
  across	
  cell	
  
membranes	
  tends	
  to	
  equalize	
  on	
  the	
  two	
  sides	
  of	
  the	
  membrane	
  moves	
  down	
  a	
  
concentration	
  gradient.	
  
o Active	
  transport	
  carries	
  substances	
  that	
  need	
  to	
  be	
  concentrated	
  on	
  one	
  side	
  of	
  the	
  cell	
  
membrane,	
  and	
  involves	
  energy	
  expenditure.	
  	
  The	
  energy	
  is	
  supplied	
  by	
  ATP,	
  and	
  
sodium	
  is	
  usually	
  involved	
  in	
  the	
  active	
  transport	
  mechanism.	
  	
  active	
  transport	
  carrier	
  is	
  
going	
  against	
  the	
  concentration	
  gradient	
  
o two	
  forms	
  of	
  endocytosis	
  for	
  absorption	
  of	
  nutrients.	
  	
  Some	
  large	
  molecules	
  are	
  moved	
  
into	
  the	
  cell	
  via	
  engulfment	
  by	
  the	
  cell	
  membrane,	
  which	
  is	
  pinocytosis.	
  	
  Others	
  are	
  
transferred	
  into	
  the	
  cell	
  by	
  receptor	
  mediated	
  endocytosis.	
  	
  	
  
• Peristalsis	
  is	
  a	
  distinctive	
  pattern	
  of	
  smooth	
  muscle	
  contractions	
  that	
  propels	
  foodstuffs	
  distally	
  
through	
  the	
  esophagus	
  and	
  intestine	
  involuntary,	
  segmental	
  contractions,	
  which	
  are	
  responsible	
  
for	
  mixing	
  and	
  churning.	
  
• The	
  enteric	
  nervous	
  system	
  is	
  located	
  in	
  the	
  sheaths	
  of	
  tissue	
  lining	
  the	
  esophagus,	
  stomach,	
  
small	
  intestine,	
  and	
  colon.	
  	
  It	
  is	
  responsible	
  for	
  stimulating	
  the	
  secretion	
  of	
  fluids,	
  regulating	
  
enzymes,	
  and	
  muscular	
  contraction	
  of	
  the	
  intestine.	
  The	
  enteric	
  nervous	
  system	
  includes	
  neural	
  
reflexes	
  and	
  neural	
  plexuses.	
  	
  The	
  myenteric	
  plexus	
  is	
  located	
  in	
  the	
  muscularis	
  externa	
  and	
  
controls	
  peristaltic	
  activity	
  and	
  GI	
  motility.	
  	
  The	
  submucosal	
  plexus	
  is	
  located	
  in	
  the	
  submucosa,	
  
and	
  controls	
  GI	
  secretions	
  and	
  local	
  blood	
  flow.	
  	
  	
  
• Ghrelin	
  is	
  the	
  only	
  pro-­‐hunger	
  hormone	
  and	
  is	
  mainly	
  produced	
  in	
  the	
  stomach	
  The	
  incretin	
  
effect	
  is	
  due	
  in	
  part	
  to	
  two	
  gut	
  hormones,	
  GLP	
  and	
  GIP.	
  	
  They	
  work	
  to	
  stimulate	
  a	
  decrease	
  in	
  
blood	
  glucose	
  by	
  causing	
  an	
  increase	
  in	
  the	
  amount	
  of	
  insulin	
  released	
  from	
  the	
  pancreas	
  even	
  
before	
  digested	
  glucose	
  reaches	
  the	
  blood	
  stream.	
  Epithelial	
  cells	
  of	
  the	
  small	
  intestine	
  renew	
  
themselves	
  about	
  every	
  3	
  to	
  5	
  days.	
  	
  Meals	
  that	
  are	
  rich	
  in	
  fiber	
  and	
  protein	
  take	
  longer	
  to	
  
empty	
  from	
  the	
  stomach	
  than	
  do	
  meals	
  that	
  are	
  high	
  in	
  simple	
  carbs	
  
• Gut	
  hormones	
  
o Cholecystokinin-­‐	
  gallbladder	
  and	
  pancreatic	
  exocrine	
  secretion	
  
o Secretin-­‐pancreatic	
  exocrine	
  secretion	
  
o Gip-­‐	
  incretin	
  activity	
  
o Motilin-­‐gastroinestinal	
  motality	
  
o Ghrelin-­‐hunger	
  growth	
  hormone	
  release	
  
o Gastrin-­‐acid	
  secretion	
  
o Insulin	
  and	
  glucagon-­‐glucose	
  homeostasis	
  
o Pancreatic	
  polypeptide-­‐gastrci	
  motility	
  satiation	
  
o Amylin-­‐	
  glucose	
  homeostasis	
  gasric	
  motility	
  
o Glp-­‐1-­‐incretin	
  activity	
  satiation	
  
o Glp-­‐2-­‐	
  gastrointestinal	
  motility	
  and	
  growth	
  
o Oxyntomodulin-­‐satiation	
  acid	
  secretion	
  	
  
o Pyy	
  –satiantion	
  
§ Cck,	
  gastrin,	
  secretin-­‐	
  control	
  digestion	
  itself	
  
§ Ghrelin	
  and	
  pyy-­‐control	
  feeding	
  
§ Glp,	
  gip-­‐	
  control	
  incretin	
  	
  
Module	
  4	
  	
  
• Metabolism	
  can	
  be	
  defined	
  as	
  the	
  entire	
  network	
  of	
  chemical	
  processes	
  involved	
  in	
  maintaining	
  
life	
  and	
  encompasses	
  all	
  of	
  the	
  sequences	
  of	
  chemical	
  reactions	
  that	
  occur	
  in	
  the	
  body.	
  	
  	
  
• Energy	
  is	
  the	
  capacity	
  to	
  do	
  work,	
  and	
  energy	
  metabolism	
  is	
  the	
  biochemical	
  transformation	
  
related	
  to	
  energy	
  production	
  of	
  use.	
  	
  	
  
• Active	
  transport	
  at	
  the	
  cellular	
  membrane	
  is	
  an	
  example	
  of	
  energy	
  usage.	
  	
  It	
  requires	
  energy	
  in	
  
the	
  form	
  of	
  ATP	
  to	
  transfer	
  substances	
  from	
  one	
  side	
  of	
  the	
  membrane	
  to	
  the	
  other.	
  	
  A	
  subtle	
  
example	
  of	
  energy	
  production	
  is	
  oxidative	
  phosphorylation	
  of	
  glucose	
  to	
  generate	
  ATP	
  for	
  
energy.	
  	
  Energy	
  is	
  always	
  being	
  recycled.	
  	
  Our	
  bodies	
  dismantle	
  high	
  energy	
  ATP	
  to	
  ADP	
  +	
  Pi,	
  and	
  
reassemble	
  for	
  more	
  energy.	
  
• .	
  	
  Anabolic	
  pathways	
  are	
  metabolic	
  pathways	
  that	
  build	
  compounds,	
  and	
  this	
  requires	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  
energy.	
  	
  An	
  example	
  of	
  an	
  anabolic	
  pathway	
  would	
  be	
  lipogenesis,	
  or	
  the	
  creation	
  of	
  
triglycerides	
  for	
  storage.	
  	
  Anabolic	
  pathways	
  primarily	
  dominate	
  in	
  the	
  post	
  absorptive	
  state,	
  
after	
  eating	
  a	
  meal	
  Catabolic	
  pathways	
  are	
  just	
  the	
  opposite,	
  they	
  are	
  metabolic	
  pathways	
  that	
  
break	
  down	
  compounds,	
  and	
  release	
  energy	
  as	
  a	
  result.	
  	
  An	
  example	
  of	
  a	
  catabolic	
  pathway	
  	
  
would	
  be	
  lipolysis,	
  which	
  is	
  cleaving	
  triglycerides	
  from	
  storage	
  or	
  circulation	
  for	
  further	
  
breakdown	
  to	
  be	
  used	
  for	
  energy.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  Krebs	
  cycle,	
  or	
  citric	
  acid	
  cycle,	
  is	
  a	
  good	
  example	
  of	
  an	
  amphibolic	
  pathway,	
  which	
  involves	
  
both	
  the	
  catabolism	
  of	
  carbohydrates	
  and	
  fatty	
  acids	
  and	
  the	
  synthesis	
  of	
  anabolic	
  precursors	
  
for	
  amino	
  acid	
  synthesis.	
  
• anabolic	
  pathways,	
  energy	
  is	
  required	
  to	
  create	
  materials,	
  whereas	
  in	
  catabolic	
  pathways,	
  
energy	
  is	
  released	
  as	
  larger	
  molecules	
  are	
  broken	
  down.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  energy	
  unit	
  that	
  is	
  used	
  on	
  U.S.	
  food	
  labels	
  if	
  the	
  kilocalorie	
  For	
  every	
  kilocalorie	
  there	
  are	
  
1,000	
  calories.	
  	
  Kilocalories	
  are	
  a	
  measurement	
  of	
  heat	
  energy	
  produced.	
  	
  KiloJoules	
  and	
  Joules	
  
is	
  another	
  way	
  to	
  measure	
  energy,	
  but	
  it	
  is	
  a	
  measurement	
  of	
  work	
  energy	
  rather	
  than	
  heat	
  
energy.	
  	
  	
  
• 1,	
  by	
  dismantling	
  and	
  reassembling	
  phosphate	
  containing	
  compounds,	
  2,	
  through	
  anaerobic	
  
metabolism,	
  and	
  3,	
  through	
  aerobic	
  metabolism.	
  	
  Both	
  anaerobic	
  metabolism	
  and	
  phosphate	
  
containing	
  compounds	
  do	
  not	
  require	
  the	
  presence	
  of	
  oxygen	
  aerobic	
  metabolism	
  which	
  does	
  
require	
  oxygen	
  
• ATP,	
  or	
  adenosine	
  triphosphate,	
  is	
  the	
  energy	
  currency	
  of	
  life.	
  	
  It	
  is	
  the	
  high	
  energy	
  molecule	
  
that	
  stores	
  the	
  energy	
  we	
  need	
  to	
  do	
  just	
  about	
  everything.	
  	
  It	
  is	
  present	
  in	
  the	
  cytoplasm	
  and	
  
nucleoplasm	
  of	
  every	
  cell,	
  and	
  essentially	
  all	
  the	
  physiological	
  mechanisms	
  that	
  require	
  energy	
  
for	
  operation	
  obtain	
  it	
  directly	
  from	
  the	
  stored	
  ATP.	
  	
  	
  
• ATP	
  is	
  a	
  nucleotide	
  that	
  contains	
  a	
  large	
  amount	
  of	
  chemical	
  energy	
  stored	
  in	
  its	
  high	
  energy	
  
phosphate	
  bonds.	
  	
  It	
  releases	
  energy	
  when	
  it	
  is	
  broken	
  down	
  (or	
  hydrolyzed)	
  into	
  ADP,	
  
adenosine	
  di	
  phosphate.	
  	
  The	
  energy	
  is	
  then	
  used	
  for	
  many	
  metabolic	
  processes.	
  	
  ATP	
  is	
  
produced	
  by	
  cellular	
  respiration	
  in	
  the	
  mitochondria	
  of	
  the	
  cell.	
  	
  	
  
• NAD	
  and	
  FAD	
  are	
  electron	
  or	
  hydrogen	
  acceptors	
  that	
  participate	
  in	
  ATP	
  production.	
  	
  	
  
• The	
  phosphagen	
  system	
  is	
  a	
  direct	
  transfer	
  of	
  a	
  phosphate	
  group	
  to	
  ADP	
  +	
  Pi	
  to	
  generate	
  ATP.	
  	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
Ligand-­‐molecule	
  that	
  binds	
  to	
  another	
  molecule	
  	
  
	
  
 
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Food	
  Production	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrition	
  2200	
  
PROPERTIES OF COMMERCIAL FATS AND OILS
PURPOSE
Several experiment were conducted to identify and evaluate various properties of commercial fats
and oils. The experiments were done to study the effect of coating, cooking time, cooking temperature,
and dough composition on fat absorption. Each student prepared the food by deep-frying the product to
identify the contribution of fats and oils to the flavor.
METHODOLOGY
The class performed a variety of different tests to emphasize the content and properties in fats and
oils. Melting point and composition of solid fats, plasticity of fats, evaluation of different types of fats,
effect of cooking temperature on fat absorption, effect of cooking time on fat absorption, and evaluation
of different coating systems were all conducted in the lab.
For procedure A: Melting Point and Composition of Solid Fats, page 73 in Lab Manual. Eight
different variations of butter were melted to determine the melting point, volume, solidification
temperature, and appearance of the solid fat. The types of fats used were Shortening, Margarine, Smart
Balance, Palm Oil, Country Crock, Vegetable Oil Spread, Butter, and Lard. The assigned fat was packed
into 1/3-cup metal measuring cup and then transferred to 1-cup metal measuring cup (73). The measuring
cup was placed in the frying pan however; the stove was not turned on at this point in time (73). Water
was poured into the pan around the metal cup (73). The heat was slowly turned on and the temperature of
the fat was recorded when it began to melt around the edge of the cup (73). Once the heat completely
melted the temperature was taken for the second time. (73) Once the temperature was recorded the cup
was carefully removed from the pan and the melted fat was poured into a 100 ml graduated cylinder (73).
The volume of the melted fat was then recorded (73). Once the mixture was in the cylinder it sat
untouched until it cooled (73). Observations and recordings were taken as the fat turned from a liquid to a
solid (73). Once the fat was cool the temperature was recorded for the third time (73).
For procedure B: Plasticity of Fat, page 73 in Lab Manual. Eight different types of butter were
used for this experiment. The various butters used were Shortening, Margarine, Smart Balance, Palm Oil,
Country Crock, Vegetable Oil Spread, Butter, and Lard. The butter was measured at three different
temperatures using a penetrometer to measure the plasticity. The assigned room temperature fat was
packed into 1/3 measuring cup (73). Next the penetrometer was used to test the penetration of fat at room
temperature (73). The temperature of the fat was then recorded. The fat was smoothed and placed in the
refrigerator for one hour (73). After one hour had passed the fat was then taken out of the refrigerator
(73). The penetrometer was used for the second time to test the penetration of the fat at refrigerator
temperature (73). The temperature of the fat was recorded (73). The fat was smoothed and placed in the
freezer for one hour (73). When one hour passed the fat was taken out of the freezer (73.) The
penetrometer was used for the third time to test the penetration of the fat at frozen temperature.
For procedure C: Evaluation of Different Types of Fats, page 73 in Lab Manual. Eight different
types of fat were tasted for flavor, appearance, spreadability, aroma, and mouthfeel. The recorded fats
were Shortening, Margarine, Smart Balance, Palm Oil, Vegetable Oil, Country Crock, Butter, Benecol,
Brummel and Brown, Coconut oil, and Lard.
For procedure D: Effect of Cooking Temperature on Fat Absorption, page 73 in Lab Manual.
Biscuits were deep fried at various temperatures to determine the effect on fat absorption. A biscuit was
cut into four pieces, all of which were close in weight (74). The temperature of the oil in the deep fat fryer
was around 225 degrees Fahrenheit. The temperature of the oil was recorded once the frying began (74).
The first biscuit was dropped into the hot oil for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds per side (74). Once the time was
up the biscuit was taken out of the oil and placed on a paper towel to drain the excess oil (74). The
temperature was then increased to 275 degrees Fahrenheit (74). The second biscuit was dropped into the
oil for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds per side (74). Once the time was up the biscuit was taken out of the oil and
placed on a paper towel to drain the excess oil (74). The temperature was then increased to 325 degrees
Fahrenheit (74). The third biscuit was dropped into the oil for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds per side (74). Once
the time was up the third biscuit was taken out of the oil and placed on a paper towel to drain the excess
oil (74). The temperature was then increased to 375 degrees Fahrenheit (74). The fourth biscuit was
dropped into the oil for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds per side (74). Once the time was up the fourth biscuit
was taken out of the oil and placed on a paper towel to drain the excess oil (74). After the four biscuits
were fried they were then weighed and recorded. The weight gain and percent weight of the biscuits were
calculated and recorded (74).
For procedure E: Effect of Cooking Time on Fat Absorption, page 74 in the Lab Manual. A
biscuit was cut into four equal pieces, all of which were close in weight (74). The oil in the deep fat fryer
remained at 375 degrees Fahrenheit for all four biscuits (74). The first biscuit was dropped into the fryer
for 30 seconds, 15 seconds on each side (74). (74). The second biscuit was dropped into the fryer for 1
minute, 30 seconds on each side (74). The third biscuit was dropped into the fryer for 1.5 minutes, 45
seconds on each side (74). The fourth biscuit was dropped into the fryer for 2 minutes, 1 minute on each
side (74). Once each biscuit was done cooking it was removed from the fryer and placed on a paper towel
to drain the oil (74). When the biscuit was cooled off they were reweighed and recorded (74). The weight
gain in grams and the percent weight gain for each biscuit were calculated (74).
For procedure F: Evaluation of Different Coating Systems, page 74 in the Lab Manual. Chicken
was fried in a deep fat fryer using eight different coating systems to test the appearance, flavor, and
mouthfeel. The coating systems used include the following: seasoned flour, panko, frying magic,
breadcrumbs, flour, batter and breadcrumbs, batter and panko, and AP batter. Each group in the lab was
assigned a specific coating system. The groups followed the directions for coatings on the packages.
RESULTS
Table 1: From Wednesday/Thursday lab 2-5pm and Wednesday/Thursday lab 5-8pm. The entire class data was based
on eight different types of fats. Melting point, volume, solidification temperature, and appearance of solid fat were
all being tested. The following table includes the combined class data.
Melting Point and Composition of Solid Fats
Types of fat Melting Point (F) Volume (ml) Solidification
Temperature
(F)
Appearance of
Solid Fat
Initial Final Range Total Water
Shortening 90.58 119.25 28.68 65.9 0 82 Smooth, soft,
light yellow
Margarine 71.25 109.5 38.25 70.5 21.75 71.5 Smooth, soft,
pale
Smart Balance 78.75 95.75 17 69.13 12.37 72.33 Smooth, light
yellow, soft,
Palm oil 80.75 112.75 32 66 0 73.5 Smooth, soft,
yellow
Country Crock 79.33 116.25 36.92 61.5 26 70.33 Smooth, soft,
bright
Vegetable Oil
Spread
72.25 97.75 31.5 70.67 16.33 68.75 Smooth, soft,
pale
Butter 66.25 97.75 31.5 70.67 16.33 68.75 Smooth, soft,
light yellow
Lard 93.5 140.5 47 62.33 0 76.67 Smooth, soft,
white
Table 2: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. The entire class data was based on eight different types of fats. Melting point,
volume, solidification temperature, and appearance of solid fat were all being tested.
Melting Point and Composition of Solid Fats
Types of fat Melting Point (F) Volume (ml) Solidification
Temperature (F)
Appearance of Fat
Initial Final Range Total Water
Shortening 82 110 28 65 0 80 No layers, thick, light yellow
Margarine 60 79 19 73 25 70 2 layer, bright yellow, pale
Smart Balance 80 100 20 74 <2 70 Smooth, soft
Palm Oil 80 122 42 65 0 80 Yellow-white
Country Crock 82 140 58 67 25 70 Bright yellow
Veggie Oil
Spread
75 115 40 65 15 Did not
solidify
Pale yellow
Butter 80 115 35 75 25 75 Yellow-white
Lard 102 154 52 63 0 81 White
Table 3: From Wednesday/Thursday lab 2-5pm and Wednesday/Thursday lab 5-8pm. The entire class data was
based on eight different fats. The penetrations of the fats were measured at room temperature, refrigerator
temperature, and frozen temperature. The following table includes the combined class data.
Plasticity of Fats
Types of fat Room Temperature Refrigerator Temperature Frozen Temperature
Penetration
(mm)
Fat Temp (F) Penetration
(mm)
Fat Temp (F) Penetration
(mm)
Fat Temp
(F)
Shortening 170.75 76.375 147 64.875 165.25 46.125
Margarine 153.25 64.25 165.75 52.5 155.5 41
Smart
Balance
167.5 68.75 238.5 52.75 262.25 32.5
Palm oil 202.5 72.25 210.75 61.75 159 48.5
Country
Crock
172.75 71.375 171.75 61.75 206.5 48
Vegetable Oil
Spread
160.375 67.75 245.75 55.75 232.75 39
Butter 176.25 68 93.25 58.25 107 41
Lard 237 73 95.5 68.5 180.5 43.75
Table 4: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. The entire class data was based on eight different fats. The
penetrations of the fats were measured at room temperature, refrigerator temperature, and frozen
temperature.
Plasticity of Fats
Type of Fat Room Temperature Refrigerator Temperature Frozen Temperature
Penetration
(mm)
Fat Temp (F) Penetration
(mm)
Fat Temp (F) Penetration
(mm)
Fat Temperature
(F)
Shortening 114 78 100 50 224 14
Margarine 184 42 265 32 300 25
Smart Balance 207 70 255 55 185 40
Palm Oil 224 78 220 65 230 49
Country
Crock
154 70 226 60 232 40
Veggie Oil
Spread
50 70 266 60 270 44
Butter 178 70 117 50 260 40
Lard 293 70 141 69 96 49
Table 5: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. The entire class data was based on eight different fats.
Observations were based on appearance, aroma, spreadability, mouthfeel, and flavor.
Evaluation of Different Types of Fats
Type of Fat Appearance Aroma Spreadability Mouthfeel Flavor
Shortening Off white,
thick
Bland Easy Stale Stale
Margarine Light yellow Buttery Easy Soft, creamy Sweet, salty
Smart Balance Very light
yellow
Buttery,
bitter
Easy, thin Creamy,
melts easy
Very buttery, little
salty
Palm Oil Creamy white,
crunchy
looking
None Thick, not easy Oily,
creamy
Oily, vegetable
oil, bland
Vegetable Oil Dark yellow None Easy Oily Salty
Country Crock Light yellow None Easy Soft Salty
Benecol Light yellow Savory Very easy Very soft Sweet
Brummel &
Brown
Yellow None Hard Soft Sweet
Butter Bright yellow Savory Medium Soft Rich, Creamy
Lard White, thick Bland Not easy, hard,
thick
Thick Bland
Coconut oil Grainy No scent Medium Thick Tasteless
Table 6: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. Entire class data was collected to test the effect of oil temperature on
biscuits.
Effect of Cooking Temperature on Fat Absorption
Weight
before
(g)
Weight
after (g)
Weight
gain (g)
%
Weight
gain
Doneness Appearance Oiliness
Temp 225F 15g 15g 0g 0% Not done at
all
Mushy, glossy Very oily
Temp 275F 12g 12g 0g 0% Not done at
all
Mushy, glossy Very oily
Temp 323F 15g 12g -3g 0% Not done at
all
Mushy, glossy Very oily
Temp 375F 12g 15g 3g 0% Not done at
all
Mushy, glossy Very oily
Table 7: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. Entire class data was collected to test if time had an effect on the biscuits
fat absorption
Effect of Cooking Time on Fat Absorption
Weight
before
(g)
Weight
after (g)
Weight
gain (g)
% Weight
gain
Doneness Appearance Oilyness
30 seconds 13g 13g 0g 0% No Glossy Very
1 minute 10g 9g -1g 0% No Glossy Very
1.5 minute 16g 16g 0g 0% No Glossy Very
2 minutes 12g 11g -1g 0% No Glossy Very
Table 8: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. Entire class data was based on eight different coating systems.
Observations were conducted for appearance, flavor, and mouthfeel.
Evaluation of Different Coating Systems
Coating System Appearance Flavor Mouthfeel Other
Seasoned Flour Light brown Pepper, salty Crunchy
Panko Brown Bland, burnt Crunchy, Dry,
Cardboard
Dry
Frying Magic Dark Brown, Looks
burnt
Tangy Soft Chewy
Breadcrumbs Dark and looks
very burnt
Burnt Crunchy Moist
Flour Light Bland Dry, Hard to
swallow
Dry
Batter &
Breadcrumbs
Dark brown Dry, Bland,
Burnt
Crunchy Moist
Batter & Panko Light brown Flavorful,
Salty, Pepper
Crunchy on
outside, Soft on
inside, Moist
Very tasteful,
moist
AP Batter Dark Dry, Nutty Chewy, Smooth
skin
Dry
DISSCUSION
For procedure A eight different fats were placed in a frying pan and meted very slowly. Once the
fat was completely melted it was removed from the heat and cooled. This was done to determine the
melting point and composition of solid fats. Observations from the 2-5pm lab and the class as a whole
were conducted. The results show that lard had the highest melting point, proving that it contains the most
saturated fat. The margarine had the lowest melting point proving it to be more unsaturated than all the
other fats. Margarine also contained the highest content of water. Saturated fats are not as healthy as
unsaturated fats and should be limited in the diet. Saturated fats can drive up cholesterol and increase
harmful LDL cholesterol in the body. Although saturated fats should be limited this does not mean that
they should be cut from the diet completely. It is important to consume both saturated and unsaturated
fats. Too much of one product is not healthy. It’s all about moderation.
For procedure B eight different fats were tested at room temperature, refrigerator temperature,
and frozen temperature to determine the plasticity. Plasticity is the result of a large number of fat crystals
with oil interspersed throughout (McWilliams 268). The entire class measured the plasticity by using a
penetrometer. At room temperature the lard had the highest penetration and the shortening had the highest
fat temperature. At refrigerator temperature the vegetable oil spread had the highest penetration and the
lard had the highest fat temperature. At frozen temperature the smart balance had the highest penetration
and the palm oil had the highest fat temperature.
For procedure C eight different types of fats were tasted for flavor, appearance, spreadability,
aroma, and mouthfeel. The fats tasted were Shortening, Margarine, Smart Balance, Palm Oil, Vegetable
Oil, Benecol, Brummel & Brown, Butter, Lard, and Coconut Oil. Observations prove that all fats had a
very similar appearance. The color was only slightly different. They all had a similar aroma as well. The
Benecol was very thin allowing it to spread very easily. It was shown to have the strongest butter flavor.
The lard was the thickest and therefore the most difficult to spread.
For procedure D one biscuit was cut evenly into four separate pieces. The pieces were fried in a
deep fat fryer to determine the effect of cooking temperature on fat absorption. The weight before and
after frying was recorded. Records show that there was no effect on temperature and fat absorption. The
doneness, appearance, and oiliness of the biscuits were the same for every test. The results did not come
out as expected. The biscuit was supposed to become less oily and more done with increased temperature.
Frying fat at very high temperature provides a crisp texture and frying fat at a cool temperature results in
a soggy, greasy texture (McWilliams 269). It was later concluded that it was due to a faulty deep fat fryer.
For procedure E one biscuit was cut evenly into four pieces and deep-fried at 375 degrees
Fahrenheit. The goal was to see if cooking time had an effect on fat absorption. The weight of the biscuit
was measured before and after frying. There was not any significant weight gain or % weight gain. The
doneness, appearance, and oiliness for all four pieces of the biscuit were the same. They were all very
oily, glossy, and clearly not done. Again, the results were not expected. A similar study was done with
French Fries. It was proven that the temperatures of foods produce a safer and high quality piece of food.
(Schwarz 1). . It was expected that the biscuit would become less oily and more done with increased
cooking time but this was not the case. It was concluded later that the deep fat fryer was malfunctioning
and the oil was not getting hot enough.
For procedure F students were directed to deep fry chicken in a variety of different coating
systems. Seasoned flour, Panko, Frying Magic, Breadcrumbs, Flour, Batter and Breadcrumbs, Batter and
Panko, and AP Batter were all used as coating systems. Panko and Breadcrumbs resulted in burnt and
very dry chicken. The flour coating did not burn however; the chicken turned out very bland and dry. The
AP Batter was not burnt either but it was very dry, chewy, and dark. The Seasoned Flour, Frying Magic,
Batter and Panko all produced a very moist and flavorful piece of chicken.
CONCLUSION
In conclusion this experiment taught students how to evaluate the different fats and oils
and what a fat really is. It helped students understand the melting point range of fats, the factors
that influence fat absorption in deep fat frying and the contribution of fats and oils to the flavor.
This experiment taught students how to use this information other than just in a classroom but in
a hospital or in a school setting. Fats are in all kinds of foods; people just need to know the
difference between a good fat and a bad fat.
REFERENCE
Brannan, R.G. 2015. Laboratory Manual for NUTR 2200 (72-81)
McWilliams, M. (2012). Chapter 12 Fats and Oils in Food Products . In Foods: Experimental
perspectives (7th
ed.). Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall
Schwarz, N.p..n.d 20 Oct. 2015. “Evaluation of Stability of Fats at Elevated Temperatures
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
SENSORY	
  ANALYSIS	
  OF	
  CEREALS	
  
PURPOSE	
  
Seven	
  experiments	
  were	
  conducted	
  for	
  the	
  analysis	
  of	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  cereals.	
  Each	
  student	
  
prepared	
  a	
  cereal-­‐containing	
  dish	
  and	
  evaluated	
  each	
  based	
  on	
  appearance,	
  flavor,	
  and	
  texture.	
  The	
  
experiments	
  were	
  done	
  to	
  study	
  the	
  origin	
  of	
  flours	
  from	
  different	
  grains,	
  familiarize	
  ones	
  self	
  with	
  
various	
  cereal	
  grains,	
  and	
  learn	
  appropriate	
  cooking	
  techniques	
  for	
  diverse	
  cereal	
  products.	
  	
  
METHODOLOGY	
  
For	
  procedure	
  A,	
  two	
  different	
  variations	
  of	
  corn	
  were	
  made	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  determine	
  difference	
  in	
  
flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  between	
  them.	
  For	
  variation	
  one,	
  hominy	
  casserole	
  was	
  made.	
  For	
  this	
  
variation,	
  half	
  the	
  recipe	
  was	
  used.	
  One	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  carrots	
  and	
  green	
  onions	
  were	
  sautéed	
  in	
  one-­‐
half	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  butter	
  and	
  then	
  set	
  aside	
  (46).	
  One-­‐half	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  butter	
  was	
  meted	
  in	
  a	
  
saucepan	
  and	
  then	
  one-­‐half	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  flour	
  was	
  stirred	
  in	
  (46).	
  Six	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  milk	
  was	
  added	
  
and	
  cooked	
  over	
  moderate	
  heat	
  until	
  it	
  was	
  smooth	
  and	
  thickened	
  (46).	
  Cheese	
  and	
  seasoning	
  were	
  
added	
  and	
  stirred	
  in	
  until	
  the	
  cheese	
  was	
  melted	
  (46).	
  Once	
  the	
  cheese	
  was	
  melted	
  it	
  was	
  removed	
  from	
  
the	
  heat	
  (46).	
  Hominy,	
  carrots,	
  onion,	
  and	
  cheese	
  sauce	
  were	
  all	
  combined	
  and	
  placed	
  in	
  a	
  greased	
  
casserole	
  dish	
  (46).	
  Bake	
  uncovered	
  at	
  400	
  degrees	
  Fahrenheit	
  for	
  about	
  twenty	
  minutes	
  (46).	
  The	
  
flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  of	
  the	
  hominy	
  casserole	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  
the	
  lab	
  manual	
  (46).	
  For	
  the	
  second	
  variation,	
  tortillas	
  and	
  con	
  queso	
  sauce	
  were	
  made	
  and	
  evaluated.	
  
Two	
  one-­‐third	
  cup	
  of	
  instant	
  mesa	
  harina	
  and	
  one	
  teaspoon	
  of	
  salt	
  were	
  combined	
  in	
  a	
  deep	
  bowl	
  (46).	
  
While	
  stirring	
  constantly	
  one	
  cup	
  of	
  cold	
  water	
  was	
  slowly	
  poured	
  into	
  mixture	
  (46).	
  Kneed	
  the	
  mixture	
  
vigorously	
  and	
  then	
  add	
  up	
  to	
  one	
  half	
  cup	
  more	
  water	
  of	
  until	
  the	
  dough	
  is	
  firm	
  and	
  does	
  not	
  stick	
  to	
  
fingers	
  (46).	
  Dough	
  was	
  divided	
  into	
  twelve	
  equal	
  portions	
  and	
  each	
  one	
  was	
  rolled	
  into	
  a	
  call	
  between	
  
the	
  palms	
  (46).	
  Each	
  ball	
  was	
  rolled	
  into	
  a	
  six-­‐inch	
  circle	
  (46).	
  Each	
  tortilla	
  was	
  fired	
  on	
  a	
  moderately	
  hot,	
  
lightly	
  buttered	
  skillet	
  for	
  one	
  to	
  two	
  minutes	
  on	
  each	
  side	
  (46).	
  Tortilla	
  was	
  kept	
  warm	
  until	
  served	
  by	
  
being	
  wrapped	
  in	
  a	
  towel	
  and	
  placed	
  in	
  the	
  warm	
  oven	
  (46).	
  For	
  the	
  queso	
  sauce	
  three	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  
butter	
  were	
  melted	
  (47).	
  Three	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  flour	
  was	
  added	
  (47).	
  The	
  combination	
  of	
  butter	
  and	
  
flour	
  was	
  cooed	
  over	
  moderate	
  heat	
  for	
  about	
  one	
  minute	
  (47).	
  Eight	
  ounces	
  of	
  canned	
  tomatoes	
  were	
  
added	
  and	
  cooked	
  over	
  moderate	
  heat,	
  stirring	
  constantly	
  until	
  the	
  mixture	
  was	
  thick	
  (47).	
  Four	
  ounces	
  
of	
  chopped	
  green	
  chilies	
  and	
  six	
  ounces	
  of	
  shredded	
  Monterey	
  jack	
  cheese	
  were	
  sired	
  in	
  mixture	
  (47).	
  
Stirring	
  continued	
  until	
  the	
  cheese	
  was	
  melted	
  (47).	
  If	
  the	
  sauce	
  was	
  too	
  thick	
  then	
  milk	
  was	
  added	
  until	
  
the	
  desired	
  consistency	
  was	
  reached	
  (47).	
  The	
  sauce	
  was	
  placed	
  on	
  top	
  of	
  the	
  double	
  boiler	
  to	
  keep	
  
warm	
  until	
  served	
  (47).	
  When	
  the	
  tortilla	
  and	
  chili	
  con	
  queso	
  sauce	
  was	
  served	
  the	
  sauce	
  was	
  to	
  be	
  
spread	
  on	
  the	
  tortilla	
  with	
  a	
  knife	
  of	
  fork	
  (47).	
  The	
  tortilla	
  was	
  occasionally	
  ripped	
  into	
  bite	
  size	
  portions	
  
and	
  dipped	
  into	
  warm	
  sauce	
  (47).	
  	
  The	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  of	
  the	
  tortilla	
  and	
  chili	
  con	
  queso	
  
sauce	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  lab	
  manual	
  (46).	
  	
  
For	
  procedure	
  B,	
  four	
  different	
  variations	
  of	
  wheat	
  were	
  made	
  to	
  determine	
  which	
  one	
  was	
  the	
  
most	
  versatile	
  cereal	
  grain	
  (48).	
  The	
  first	
  variation	
  was	
  couscous.	
  The	
  couscous	
  was	
  prepared	
  as	
  directed	
  
on	
  the	
  back	
  of	
  the	
  package	
  (48).	
  The	
  couscous	
  was	
  fluffed	
  with	
  a	
  fork	
  and	
  tossed	
  into	
  one	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  
melted	
  butter	
  (48).	
  Couscous	
  was	
  transferred	
  into	
  a	
  large	
  serving	
  bowl	
  with	
  one	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  
confectioners	
  sugar	
  and	
  one	
  tablespoon	
  chopped	
  pistachio	
  nuts	
  sprinkled	
  on	
  top	
  (48).	
  	
  The	
  second	
  
variation	
  was	
  gnocchi.	
  Combine	
  one	
  and	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  milk,	
  one-­‐fourth	
  cup	
  butter,	
  and	
  one	
  half	
  
teaspoon	
  of	
  salt	
  into	
  a	
  saucepan	
  and	
  was	
  heated	
  to	
  scalding	
  (48).	
  Add	
  six	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  farina	
  gradually	
  
stirring	
  constantly	
  over	
  moderate	
  heat	
  until	
  mixture	
  is	
  thickened	
  (48).	
  Beat	
  in	
  one	
  egg	
  and	
  a	
  one-­‐half	
  
cup	
  of	
  grated	
  Parmesan	
  cheese	
  (48).	
  Mixture	
  was	
  pressed	
  into	
  a	
  small	
  buttered	
  loaf	
  pan	
  and	
  chilled	
  until	
  
firm	
  (48).	
  Once	
  the	
  mixture	
  was	
  firm	
  it	
  was	
  removed	
  from	
  the	
  pan	
  and	
  cut	
  into	
  one-­‐inch	
  thick	
  slices	
  (48).	
  
The	
  slices	
  were	
  then	
  overlapped	
  on	
  a	
  buttered	
  baking	
  dish	
  and	
  the	
  remaining	
  cheese	
  was	
  sprinkled	
  over	
  
them	
  (48).	
  The	
  dish	
  was	
  baked	
  at	
  four	
  hundred	
  and	
  twenty	
  five	
  degrees	
  Fahrenheit	
  for	
  about	
  twenty-­‐
five	
  minutes	
  or	
  until	
  hot	
  and	
  brown	
  (48).	
  The	
  dish	
  was	
  served	
  warm	
  with	
  tomato	
  sauce	
  (48).	
  	
  	
  To	
  make	
  
the	
  tomato	
  sauce	
  one-­‐fourth	
  chopped	
  scallions,	
  one-­‐half	
  grated	
  carrots,	
  one	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  chopped	
  
green	
  pepper,	
  and	
  one-­‐half	
  chopped	
  garlic	
  clove	
  were	
  sautéed	
  for	
  five	
  minutes	
  or	
  until	
  soft	
  (48).	
  Once	
  
the	
  vegetables	
  were	
  soft	
  one	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  olive	
  oil,	
  one	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  chopped	
  fresh	
  parsley,	
  one	
  cup	
  
canned	
  tomatoes,	
  dash	
  of	
  pepper,	
  one-­‐half	
  teaspoon	
  salt,	
  one-­‐fourth	
  tablespoon	
  dried	
  basil,	
  one-­‐	
  half	
  
teaspoon	
  dried	
  oregano,	
  three	
  ounces	
  of	
  tomato	
  paste,	
  and	
  one-­‐fourth	
  teaspoon	
  of	
  brown	
  sugar	
  was	
  
added	
  (48).	
  The	
  sauce	
  simmered	
  for	
  thirty	
  minutes	
  and	
  was	
  then	
  served	
  over	
  the	
  hot	
  gnocchi	
  (48).	
  The	
  
third	
  variation	
  was	
  buttered	
  noodles.	
  Two	
  to	
  three	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  butter	
  was	
  melted	
  (49).	
  Six	
  ounces	
  of	
  
spinach	
  noodles	
  were	
  cooked	
  in	
  boiling,	
  salt	
  water	
  until	
  “al	
  dente”	
  according	
  to	
  the	
  package	
  directions	
  
(49).	
  Salt	
  water	
  was	
  drained	
  and	
  then	
  the	
  noodles	
  were	
  turned	
  onto	
  a	
  serving	
  dish	
  (49).	
  Variation	
  four	
  
was	
  tabulleh.	
  Two	
  cups	
  of	
  bulgar	
  wheat	
  were	
  soaked	
  in	
  water	
  for	
  about	
  a	
  half	
  hour	
  (49).	
  The	
  bulgar	
  was	
  
drained	
  and	
  the	
  excess	
  water	
  was	
  squeezed	
  out	
  (49).	
  Two	
  chopped	
  tomatoes,	
  one	
  half	
  cup	
  chopped	
  
scallions,	
  two	
  tablespoons	
  olive	
  oil,	
  one	
  teaspoon	
  dried	
  mint	
  leaves,	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  finely	
  chopped	
  fresh	
  
parsley,	
  two	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  lemon	
  juice	
  were	
  added	
  to	
  the	
  bulgar	
  (49).	
  The	
  tabulleh	
  was	
  then	
  served	
  
with	
  pita	
  bread	
  (49).	
  The	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  of	
  the	
  different	
  wheat’s	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  
tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  lab	
  manual	
  (48).	
  	
  
	
   For	
  procedure	
  C,	
  a	
  millet	
  nut	
  drop	
  cookie	
  was	
  prepared.	
  The	
  oven	
  was	
  preheated	
  to	
  
three	
  hundred	
  and	
  seventy	
  five	
  degrees	
  Fahrenheit	
  (49).	
  Two	
  eggs,	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  of	
  honey,	
  and	
  one	
  
teaspoon	
  of	
  vanilla	
  were	
  combined	
  in	
  one	
  bowl	
  (49).	
  Two	
  and	
  one	
  half	
  cups	
  of	
  millet,	
  one-­‐half	
  teaspoon	
  
salt,	
  one-­‐fourth	
  teaspoon	
  nutmeg,	
  one	
  teaspoon	
  cinnamon,	
  and	
  one-­‐eighth	
  teaspoon	
  cloves	
  were	
  
combined	
  in	
  the	
  second	
  bowl	
  (49).	
  The	
  dry	
  ingredients	
  were	
  then	
  mixed	
  in	
  with	
  the	
  liquid	
  ingredients	
  
(49).	
  Using	
  a	
  spoon	
  the	
  dough	
  was	
  dropped	
  on	
  a	
  greased	
  cookie	
  sheet	
  (49).	
  One	
  the	
  all	
  the	
  dough	
  was	
  
on	
  the	
  cookie	
  sheet	
  it	
  was	
  baked	
  for	
  twelve	
  to	
  fifteen	
  minutes	
  or	
  until	
  golden	
  brown	
  (49).	
  The	
  cookies	
  
were	
  pulled	
  out	
  of	
  the	
  oven	
  and	
  set	
  aside	
  to	
  cool	
  before	
  served	
  (49).	
  The	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  
appearance	
  of	
  the	
  millet	
  nut	
  drop	
  cookie	
  was	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  lab	
  manual	
  
(49).	
  	
  
For	
  procedure	
  D,	
  two	
  different	
  variations	
  of	
  buckwheat	
  were	
  made	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  determine	
  the	
  
difference	
  in	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  between	
  them.	
  The	
  first	
  variation	
  was	
  buckwheat	
  
pancakes.	
  In	
  a	
  bowl	
  one	
  cup	
  of	
  fresh	
  milled	
  buckwheat	
  flour,	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  fresh	
  milled	
  whole	
  wheat	
  
flour,	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  fresh	
  milled	
  all	
  purpose	
  flour,	
  one-­‐half	
  teaspoon	
  salt,	
  two	
  tablespoons	
  brown	
  sugar,	
  
and	
  four	
  teaspoons	
  baking	
  powder	
  were	
  combined	
  (50).	
  In	
  a	
  separate	
  bowl	
  three	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  oil,	
  two	
  
beaten	
  eggs,	
  and	
  one	
  and	
  one-­‐	
  fourth	
  to	
  one	
  and	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  of	
  milk	
  were	
  combined	
  (50).	
  The	
  dry	
  
ingredients	
  were	
  mixed	
  together	
  with	
  the	
  liquid	
  ingredients	
  all	
  at	
  once	
  and	
  stirred	
  until	
  mixture	
  was	
  
smooth	
  (50).	
  If	
  the	
  batter	
  was	
  too	
  thick	
  then	
  a	
  small	
  amount	
  of	
  milk	
  was	
  added	
  (50).	
  The	
  pancakes	
  were	
  
cooked	
  on	
  a	
  lightly	
  oiled	
  griddle	
  or	
  fry	
  pan	
  (50).	
  When	
  the	
  pancake	
  mixture	
  was	
  poured	
  on	
  the	
  griddle	
  it	
  
was	
  cooked	
  on	
  one	
  side	
  until	
  bubbles	
  appeared	
  on	
  the	
  surface	
  (50).	
  When	
  bubbles	
  appeared	
  the	
  
pancake	
  was	
  flipped	
  and	
  cooked	
  for	
  one	
  to	
  two	
  more	
  minutes	
  on	
  the	
  other	
  side	
  (50).	
  The	
  pancakes	
  were	
  
kept	
  warm	
  in	
  the	
  oven	
  until	
  ready	
  to	
  serve	
  (50).	
  The	
  flavor	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  of	
  the	
  pancakes	
  
were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  lab	
  manual	
  (50).	
  	
  The	
  second	
  variation	
  was	
  kasha.	
  In	
  a	
  
mixing	
  bow	
  one	
  cup	
  of	
  kasha	
  and	
  one	
  beaten	
  egg	
  was	
  mixed	
  together	
  until	
  the	
  grains	
  were	
  coated	
  (50).	
  
The	
  mixture	
  was	
  transferred	
  to	
  a	
  skillet	
  and	
  cooked	
  uncovered	
  over	
  moderate	
  heat	
  (50).	
  The	
  mixture	
  in	
  
the	
  skillet	
  was	
  stirred	
  constantly	
  until	
  kasha	
  was	
  dry	
  (50).	
  One-­‐teaspoon	
  salt,	
  two	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  butter,	
  
and	
  two	
  cups	
  of	
  boiling	
  water	
  were	
  added	
  (50).	
  	
  The	
  mixture	
  was	
  stirred	
  thoroughly,	
  skillet	
  was	
  then	
  
covered,	
  and	
  heat	
  was	
  reduced	
  to	
  low	
  (50).	
  The	
  mixture	
  cooked	
  for	
  twenty	
  minutes	
  (50).	
  If	
  twenty	
  
minutes	
  past	
  and	
  the	
  mixture	
  was	
  still	
  not	
  tender	
  then	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  of	
  boiling	
  water	
  and	
  an	
  extra	
  ten	
  
minutes	
  over	
  the	
  heat	
  was	
  added	
  (50).	
  While	
  the	
  kasha	
  was	
  cooking	
  over	
  the	
  heat	
  one-­‐fourth	
  pound	
  of	
  
chopped	
  fresh	
  mushrooms,	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  chopped	
  onions,	
  and	
  two	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  butter	
  were	
  sautéed	
  
(50).	
  The	
  sautéed	
  mushrooms	
  and	
  onions	
  were	
  added	
  to	
  the	
  cooked	
  kasha	
  and	
  mixed	
  lightly	
  (50).	
  	
  The	
  
flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  lab	
  manual	
  (50).	
  	
  
For	
  procedure	
  E,	
  seven	
  different	
  variations	
  of	
  rice	
  were	
  made	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  determine	
  the	
  flavor,	
  
texture,	
  and	
  appearance.	
  The	
  first	
  variation	
  was	
  sesame	
  rice	
  fritters.	
  Three-­‐fourths	
  cup	
  of	
  brown	
  rice	
  
and	
  one-­‐half	
  teaspoon	
  of	
  salt	
  were	
  added	
  to	
  one	
  and	
  one-­‐half	
  cups	
  of	
  boiling	
  water	
  (51).	
  The	
  heat	
  was	
  
reduced	
  to	
  low	
  and	
  the	
  rice	
  was	
  covered	
  tightly	
  and	
  cooked	
  for	
  forty	
  to	
  fifty	
  minutes	
  or	
  until	
  tender	
  (51).	
  
While	
  the	
  rice	
  was	
  cooking	
  one-­‐fourth	
  cup	
  milk	
  and	
  two	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  instant	
  dry	
  milk	
  were	
  mixed	
  
together	
  and	
  set	
  aside	
  (51).	
  Cooked	
  rice,	
  two	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  toasted	
  sesame	
  seeds,	
  and	
  mixture	
  of	
  milk	
  
were	
  combined	
  (51).	
  Two	
  tablespoons	
  of	
  fresh	
  milled	
  all-­‐purpose	
  flour	
  and	
  one-­‐fourth	
  teaspoon	
  
cinnamon	
  were	
  added	
  (51).	
  One	
  egg	
  white	
  was	
  beaten	
  and	
  added	
  (51).	
  With	
  a	
  spoon	
  the	
  batter	
  was	
  
dropped	
  onto	
  a	
  hot,	
  oiled	
  griddle	
  or	
  frying	
  pan	
  and	
  fried	
  until	
  both	
  sides	
  were	
  browned	
  and	
  cooked	
  
inside	
  (51).	
  The	
  sesame	
  rice	
  fritters	
  were	
  taken	
  out	
  of	
  the	
  hot	
  griddle	
  of	
  frying	
  pan	
  and	
  was	
  drained	
  on	
  a	
  
paper	
  towel	
  (51).	
  The	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  
lab	
  manual	
  (52).	
  The	
  second	
  through	
  seventh	
  variation	
  there	
  was	
  one	
  cup	
  of	
  uncooked	
  rice	
  that	
  was	
  
cooked	
  as	
  directed	
  on	
  the	
  back	
  of	
  the	
  package.	
  This	
  included	
  Jasmine,	
  instant	
  rice,	
  converted	
  rice,	
  long	
  
grain	
  enriched,	
  wild,	
  and	
  alberino	
  rice.	
  (52).	
  All	
  variations	
  of	
  rice	
  were	
  prepared	
  shortly	
  before	
  serving	
  
time	
  (52).	
  The	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  lab	
  
manual	
  (52).	
  	
  
For	
  procedure	
  F,	
  five	
  different	
  variations	
  of	
  oats	
  were	
  made	
  to	
  determine	
  the	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  
and	
  appearance.	
  The	
  first	
  variation	
  was	
  oatmeal	
  muffins.	
  One	
  and	
  one-­‐fourth	
  cup	
  of	
  quick	
  cooking	
  
rolled	
  oats	
  and	
  one	
  and	
  one-­‐fourth	
  milk	
  were	
  combined	
  (53).	
  The	
  oats	
  and	
  milk	
  sat	
  for	
  thirty	
  minutes	
  off	
  
to	
  the	
  side	
  (53).	
  One	
  egg,	
  slightly	
  beaten	
  and	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  of	
  oil	
  were	
  combined	
  in	
  a	
  bowl	
  (53).	
  In	
  a	
  
separate	
  bowl	
  one	
  and	
  one-­‐fourth	
  cup	
  of	
  sifted	
  all	
  purpose	
  flour,	
  four	
  teaspoons	
  of	
  baking	
  powder,	
  one-­‐
half	
  teaspoon	
  of	
  salt,	
  one-­‐third	
  cup	
  of	
  firmly	
  packed	
  brown	
  sugar,	
  and	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  raisins	
  were	
  mixed	
  
together	
  (53).	
  A	
  well	
  was	
  made	
  in	
  the	
  center	
  of	
  the	
  dry	
  ingredients	
  and	
  then	
  the	
  liquid	
  ingredients	
  were	
  
added	
  all	
  at	
  once	
  (53).	
  Mixture	
  was	
  stirred	
  until	
  dry	
  particles	
  were	
  moist	
  (53).	
  Greased	
  muffin	
  cups	
  were	
  
filled	
  with	
  one	
  third	
  of	
  mixture	
  (53).	
  The	
  muffins	
  baked	
  at	
  four	
  hundred	
  degrees	
  Fahrenheit	
  or	
  until	
  
golden	
  brown	
  (53).	
  Fifteen	
  to	
  twenty	
  minutes	
  for	
  medium	
  muffins	
  and	
  twenty	
  to	
  twenty	
  five	
  minutes	
  for	
  
large	
  muffins	
  (53).	
  The	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  
the	
  lab	
  manual	
  (53).	
  The	
  second	
  through	
  fifth	
  variation	
  were	
  market	
  forms	
  of	
  oatmeal	
  cereals.	
  One	
  
serving	
  of	
  oats	
  was	
  prepared	
  as	
  directed	
  on	
  the	
  back	
  of	
  the	
  package	
  (53).	
  	
  The	
  various	
  oats	
  cooked	
  
included:	
  instant,	
  steel	
  cut,	
  old	
  fashion,	
  and	
  quick	
  cook.	
  	
  The	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  
evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  lab	
  manual	
  (53).	
  	
  
For	
  procedure	
  G,	
  two	
  different	
  variations	
  of	
  Barley	
  were	
  made	
  to	
  determine	
  the	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  
and	
  appearance.	
  The	
  first	
  variation	
  was	
  vegetable	
  barley	
  soup.	
  One-­‐fourth	
  chopped	
  onion,	
  one	
  stalk	
  
diced	
  celery,	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  sliced	
  green	
  beans,	
  and	
  two	
  diced	
  carrots	
  were	
  sautéed	
  in	
  oil	
  for	
  five	
  to	
  ten	
  
minutes	
  (54).	
  One	
  teaspoon	
  of	
  salt,	
  pepper,	
  one-­‐fourth	
  teaspoon	
  of	
  marjoram,	
  and	
  one-­‐fourth	
  teaspoon	
  
of	
  thyme	
  were	
  mixed	
  in	
  (54).	
  Then	
  hot	
  water	
  was	
  added	
  and	
  brought	
  to	
  a	
  boil	
  (54).	
  Add	
  one-­‐half	
  cup	
  
whole	
  uncooked	
  barley	
  and	
  one	
  quart	
  of	
  hot	
  water	
  were	
  added	
  in	
  (54).	
  The	
  mixture	
  was	
  covered,	
  heat	
  
was	
  reduced,	
  and	
  cooking	
  continued	
  for	
  45	
  minutes	
  (54).	
  One	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  chopped	
  fresh	
  parsley	
  was	
  
sprinkled	
  on	
  top	
  before	
  tasting.	
  The	
  flavor	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  
recorded	
  in	
  the	
  lab	
  manual	
  (54).	
  The	
  second	
  variation	
  was	
  barley	
  pilaf.	
  Two	
  and	
  one-­‐half	
  cups	
  of	
  beef	
  
broth	
  were	
  brought	
  to	
  a	
  boil	
  (54).	
  Three-­‐fourths	
  cup	
  of	
  barley	
  were	
  stirred	
  in	
  (54).	
  The	
  beef	
  broth	
  with	
  
barley	
  was	
  covered,	
  heat	
  was	
  reduced,	
  and	
  barley	
  sat	
  for	
  thirty	
  to	
  forty	
  minutes	
  until	
  tender	
  (54).	
  While	
  
the	
  barley	
  was	
  cooking	
  one-­‐third	
  cup	
  chopped	
  onions,	
  one-­‐fourth	
  cup	
  chopped	
  green	
  pepper,	
  and	
  one-­‐
fourth	
  cup	
  sliced	
  celery	
  were	
  sautéed	
  in	
  one	
  tablespoon	
  of	
  butter	
  for	
  about	
  five	
  minutes	
  (54).	
  Once	
  the	
  
barley	
  was	
  tender	
  the	
  sautéed	
  onions,	
  green	
  peppers	
  and	
  celery	
  were	
  mixed	
  together	
  and	
  then	
  served	
  
(54).	
  The	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  evaluated	
  during	
  tasting	
  and	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  lab	
  manual	
  
(54).	
  	
  
	
  
RESULTS	
  
	
  
Table	
  1:	
  From	
  Wednesday	
  lab	
  5:15-­‐8:15pm.	
  The	
  entire	
  class	
  data	
  was	
  based	
  on	
  two	
  different	
  variations	
  
of	
  corn.	
  Observations	
  were	
  based	
  on	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance.	
  
Corn	
  	
  
Variation	
  	
   Flavor	
   Texture	
   Appearance	
  
Hominy	
  Casserole	
   Cheesy,	
  oily	
  	
   Chunky	
  	
   Yellow	
  sauce	
  with	
  white	
  balls,	
  
oily	
  	
  
Tortillas	
  +	
  con	
  
queso	
  	
  
Bland,	
  cheesy	
   Dry	
  	
   Tortilla-­‐flat,	
  tan	
  
Queso-­‐red,	
  green,	
  yellow	
  	
  
	
  
 
Table	
  2:	
  From	
  Wednesday	
  lab	
  5:15-­‐8:15pm.	
  The	
  entire	
  class	
  data	
  was	
  based	
  on	
  four	
  different	
  variations	
  
of	
  wheat.	
  Observations	
  were	
  based	
  on	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance.	
  
Wheat	
  	
  
Variation	
  	
   Flavor	
  	
   Texture	
  	
   Appearance	
  	
  
Couscous	
   Buttery	
  	
   Grainy	
  	
   Light	
  yellow,	
  thick	
  	
  
Gnocchi	
   Tomato,	
  salty	
  	
   Chunky	
  	
   White	
  at	
  the	
  bottom	
  with	
  red	
  
sauce	
  on	
  the	
  top	
  
Butter	
  noodles	
   Bland	
   Tough,	
  flimsy,	
  chewy	
  	
   White,	
  long,	
  thick	
  
Tabulleh	
   Lemon,	
  fresh	
   Chunky,	
  hard,	
  chewy	
  	
   Brown,	
  green,	
  red	
  	
  
	
  
Table	
  3:	
  From	
  Wednesday	
  lab	
  5:15-­‐8:15pm.	
  The	
  entire	
  class	
  data	
  was	
  based	
  on	
  a	
  millet	
  nut	
  drop	
  cookie.	
  
Observations	
  were	
  based	
  on	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance.	
  
Tritacale	
  	
  
	
  
Variation	
  	
   Flavor	
  	
   Texture	
  	
   Appearance	
  	
  
Millet	
  nut	
  drop	
  
cookies	
  	
  
Cinnamon,	
  
sweet	
  
Grainy,	
  a	
  little	
  crunchy	
  	
   Rough,	
  brown,	
  fluffy	
  	
  
	
  
Table	
  4:	
  From	
  Wednesday	
  lab	
  5:15-­‐8:15pm.	
  The	
  entire	
  class	
  data	
  was	
  based	
  on	
  two	
  different	
  variations	
  
of	
  buckwheat.	
  Observations	
  were	
  based	
  on	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance.	
  
Buckwheat	
  	
  
	
  
Variation	
   Flavor	
  	
   Texture	
  	
   Appearance	
  
Basic	
  Recipe	
  (From	
  
Scratch)	
  	
  
Dry,	
  bland,	
  plain	
   Dry	
  	
   Brown,	
  chunky	
  
Kasha	
   Grainy	
  	
   Chunky	
  yet	
  smooth	
   Brown	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
Table	
  5:	
  From	
  Wednesday	
  lab	
  5:15-­‐8:15pm.	
  The	
  entire	
  class	
  data	
  was	
  based	
  on	
  seven	
  different	
  
variations	
  of	
  rice.	
  Observations	
  were	
  based	
  on	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  appearance,	
  and	
  $/serving.	
  	
  
Rice	
  	
  
Variation	
   Flavor	
  	
   Texture	
  	
   Appearance	
  	
   $/serving	
  	
  
Jasmine	
  	
   Very	
  salty	
  	
   Sticky,	
  chunky	
   White	
  	
   Unknown	
  
Instant	
  rice	
  	
   Plain	
   Chewy	
  	
   White,	
  chunky	
   Unknown	
  
Long	
  Grain	
  
Enriched	
  
Creamy	
  	
   Smooth	
  	
   White	
  	
   Unknown	
  
Wild	
   Dry	
  	
   Hard,	
  chunky	
   Black/brown,	
  long	
  
shape,	
  dark,	
  narrow	
  	
  
Unknown	
  
Alberino	
  	
   Flavorful,	
  beef,	
  
sweet	
  
Sticky	
   Gooey,	
  thick,	
  dark	
  
brown	
  
Unknown	
  
Converted	
  	
   Bland	
   Chunky	
  	
   White	
  	
   Unknown	
  
	
  	
  
Sesame	
  Rice	
  
Fritters	
  
Bland	
   Hard,	
  crunchy	
   Golden	
  brown	
   Unknown	
  	
  
	
  
Table	
  6:	
  From	
  Wednesday	
  lab	
  5:15-­‐8:15pm.	
  The	
  entire	
  class	
  data	
  was	
  based	
  on	
  five	
  different	
  variations	
  
of	
  oats.	
  Observations	
  were	
  based	
  on	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  appearance,	
  and	
  $/serving.	
  
Oats	
  	
  
Variation	
  	
   Flavor	
  	
   Texture	
  	
   Appearance	
  	
   $/Serving	
  	
  
Oatmeal	
  Muffins	
  	
   Sweet	
  	
   Moist,	
  soft,	
  
crumbly	
  
Brown	
  	
   Unknown	
  	
  
Instant	
  	
   Bland	
  	
   Thick	
  	
   Light	
  brown	
  	
   Unknown	
  	
  
Steel	
  Cut	
   Creamy,	
  
bland	
  	
  
Rough,	
  Chunky	
  	
   Pale	
  white,	
  chunky,	
  
thick	
  	
  
Unknown	
  	
  
Quick	
  Cook	
   Watery,	
  salty	
   Thick,	
  mushy	
  	
   Light	
  brown	
   Unknown	
  	
  
Old	
  fashion	
  	
   Plain	
  	
   Thick	
  	
   Light	
  brown	
  	
   Unknown	
  	
  
	
  
Table	
  7:	
  From	
  Wednesday	
  lab	
  5:15-­‐8:15pm.	
  The	
  entire	
  class	
  data	
  was	
  based	
  on	
  two	
  different	
  variations	
  
of	
  barley.	
  Observations	
  were	
  based	
  on	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance.	
  
Barley	
  	
  
Variation	
  	
   Flavor	
  	
   Texture	
  	
   Appearance	
  	
  
Vegetable	
  Soup	
   Beans,	
  onion,	
  
peppery	
  	
  
Watery	
  with	
  chunks	
   Brown	
  with	
  colored	
  
vegetables	
  	
  
Pilaf	
   Onion,	
  beefy	
  	
   Grainy	
  	
   Light	
  brown	
  with	
  green	
  	
  
	
  
DISCUSSION	
  
	
  
For	
  procedure	
  A	
  the	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  was	
  analyzed	
  for	
  two	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  
corn.	
  The	
  kernel	
  of	
  the	
  corn	
  softens	
  and	
  the	
  hull	
  is	
  removed	
  (46).	
  Each	
  corn	
  called	
  for	
  a	
  different	
  recipe,	
  
which	
  yielded	
  different	
  results.	
  The	
  main	
  differences	
  between	
  the	
  two	
  variations	
  were	
  the	
  type	
  of	
  
ingredients	
  used	
  and	
  the	
  method	
  to	
  make	
  the	
  corn.	
  The	
  hominy	
  casseroles	
  recipe	
  was	
  cut	
  in	
  half	
  and	
  
contained	
  eleven	
  ingredients;	
  hominy,	
  green	
  onion,	
  butter	
  or	
  margarine,	
  cheddar	
  cheese,	
  dry	
  mustard,	
  
paprika,	
  carrots,	
  flour,	
  milk,	
  salt,	
  and	
  cayenne	
  pepper.	
  The	
  tortilla	
  with	
  chili	
  con	
  queso	
  sauce	
  was	
  cooked	
  
with	
  different	
  ingredients.	
  The	
  tortilla	
  had	
  two	
  ingredients	
  including	
  masa	
  harina	
  and	
  salt	
  while	
  the	
  con	
  
queso	
  had	
  six	
  ingredients	
  including	
  butter,	
  flour,	
  canned	
  tomatoes	
  with	
  jalapeno	
  peppers,	
  green	
  chilies,	
  
Monterey	
  jack	
  cheese,	
  and	
  milk.	
  Shown	
  in	
  table	
  one	
  both	
  of	
  the	
  variations	
  were	
  cheesy	
  however	
  the	
  
hominy	
  casserole	
  produced	
  a	
  much	
  more	
  oily	
  flavor	
  than	
  the	
  tortillas	
  con	
  quesso	
  sauce.	
  The	
  hominy	
  
casserole	
  had	
  a	
  chunky	
  texture	
  versus	
  the	
  tortilla	
  con	
  queso	
  that	
  had	
  a	
  dry	
  texture.	
  Both	
  variations	
  of	
  
corn	
  that	
  were	
  made	
  were	
  made	
  correctly,	
  and	
  nothing	
  occurred	
  that	
  should	
  not	
  have.	
  	
  
	
   For	
  procedure	
  B,	
  the	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  analyzed	
  for	
  four	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  
wheat.	
  Each	
  variation	
  of	
  wheat	
  called	
  for	
  a	
  different	
  recipe.	
  The	
  main	
  difference	
  was	
  the	
  list	
  of	
  
ingredients	
  that	
  each	
  recipe	
  contained.	
  Couscous	
  was	
  the	
  only	
  wheat	
  that	
  had	
  a	
  distinct	
  grainy	
  texture	
  
and	
  this	
  is	
  because	
  it	
  is	
  made	
  from	
  hard	
  what	
  that	
  have	
  large	
  endosperm	
  particles	
  (48).	
  Gnocchi	
  was	
  
extremely	
  salty	
  and	
  this	
  was	
  because	
  added	
  sodium	
  and	
  in	
  both	
  the	
  Gnocchi	
  and	
  tomato	
  sauce.	
  The	
  
butter	
  and	
  Parmesan	
  cheese	
  also	
  added	
  extra	
  salt	
  content	
  to	
  the	
  dish.	
  The	
  amount	
  of	
  time	
  the	
  noodles	
  
cooked	
  could	
  have	
  had	
  an	
  effect	
  on	
  the	
  hard	
  chewy	
  texture.	
  Tabulleh	
  was	
  hard,	
  chunky,	
  and	
  chewy	
  in	
  
texture	
  due	
  to	
  the	
  bulgur	
  wheat.	
  Bulgar	
  wheat	
  is	
  whole	
  wheat	
  that	
  has	
  been	
  parboiled,	
  dry,	
  partly	
  
debranned	
  and	
  cracked	
  into	
  coarse	
  angular	
  fragments	
  (48).	
  It	
  had	
  a	
  fresh	
  flavor	
  and	
  this	
  is	
  most	
  likely	
  
because	
  of	
  the	
  added	
  parsley.	
  The	
  color	
  of	
  the	
  tabulleh	
  was	
  from	
  the	
  added	
  herbs	
  and	
  tomatoes.	
  All	
  
four	
  variations	
  of	
  wheat	
  that	
  were	
  made	
  were	
  made	
  correctly,	
  and	
  nothing	
  occurred	
  that	
  should	
  not	
  
have.	
  	
  
	
   For	
  procedure	
  C,	
  the	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  analyzed	
  for	
  millet	
  nut	
  drop	
  cookies.	
  
Originally	
  the	
  recipe	
  called	
  for	
  tritacale	
  but	
  the	
  flour	
  was	
  altered.	
  There	
  were	
  twelve	
  ingredients,	
  which	
  
included	
  eggs,	
  honey,	
  nuts,	
  salt,	
  nutmeg,	
  baking	
  soda,	
  oil,	
  vanilla,	
  millet,	
  cinnamon,	
  cloves,	
  and	
  baking	
  
powder.	
  	
  The	
  hint	
  of	
  cinnamon	
  was	
  tasted	
  in	
  the	
  millet	
  nut	
  drop	
  cookie	
  as	
  shown	
  in	
  table	
  three.	
  	
  It	
  has	
  a	
  
sweet	
  flavor	
  perfect	
  for	
  baked	
  goods.	
  The	
  flour	
  is	
  gluten	
  free	
  because	
  the	
  millet	
  grain	
  does	
  not	
  contain	
  
the	
  hard	
  to	
  digest	
  plant	
  protein,	
  making	
  it	
  a	
  great	
  flour	
  alternative	
  for	
  those	
  with	
  celiac	
  disease	
  (2).	
  The	
  
texture	
  of	
  the	
  dough	
  was	
  rough,	
  grainy,	
  and	
  slightly	
  crunchy.	
  The	
  millet	
  drop	
  cookies	
  were	
  made	
  
correctly,	
  and	
  nothing	
  occurred	
  that	
  should	
  not	
  have.	
  	
  
	
   For	
  procedure	
  D,	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  analyzed	
  for	
  two	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  
buckwheat.	
  Both	
  variation	
  of	
  buckwheat	
  called	
  for	
  a	
  different	
  recipe.	
  The	
  buckwheat	
  pancakes	
  called	
  for	
  
nine	
  ingredients	
  including:	
  buckwheat	
  flour,	
  whole	
  wheat	
  flour,	
  all	
  purpose	
  flour,	
  salt,	
  brown	
  sugar,	
  
baking	
  powder,	
  oil,	
  eggs,	
  and	
  milk.	
  Kasha	
  contained	
  seven	
  ingredients	
  including:	
  kasha,	
  salt,	
  onions,	
  
boiling	
  water,	
  egg,	
  butter,	
  and	
  mushrooms.	
  Both	
  were	
  brown	
  in	
  color	
  but	
  their	
  flavors	
  were	
  not	
  similar.	
  
The	
  buckwheat	
  pancakes	
  were	
  drier	
  than	
  kasha.	
  Buckwheat	
  is	
  technically	
  not	
  a	
  cereal	
  because	
  it	
  is	
  not	
  a	
  
member	
  of	
  the	
  grass	
  family	
  however	
  the	
  there	
  are	
  structural	
  similarities	
  (45).	
  The	
  two	
  variations	
  of	
  
buckwheat	
  were	
  made	
  correctly,	
  and	
  nothing	
  occurred	
  that	
  should	
  not	
  have.	
  	
  	
  
	
   For	
  procedure	
  E,	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  analyzed	
  for	
  seven	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  rice.	
  
All	
  variations	
  called	
  for	
  different	
  recipes.	
  Brown	
  rice,	
  rice	
  with	
  almonds	
  and	
  cheese,	
  and	
  uncle	
  ben’s	
  rice	
  
were	
  not	
  made.	
  Converted,	
  instant,	
  and	
  alberino	
  rice	
  were	
  made	
  in	
  replace	
  of	
  them.	
  The	
  rice	
  that	
  stood	
  
out	
  the	
  most	
  was	
  the	
  wild	
  rice	
  because	
  of	
  its	
  unique	
  color,	
  shape,	
  taste,	
  and	
  texture.	
  The	
  wild	
  rice	
  had	
  a	
  
kernel	
  that	
  was	
  long,	
  cylindrical,	
  and	
  was	
  dark	
  in	
  color.	
  It	
  had	
  a	
  distinct	
  flavor	
  that	
  was	
  much	
  different	
  
than	
  the	
  other	
  variations	
  of	
  rice.	
  As	
  shown	
  in	
  table	
  5	
  most	
  every	
  variation	
  of	
  rice	
  had	
  a	
  bland	
  flavor	
  with	
  
the	
  exception	
  of	
  alberinos	
  sweet,	
  beefy	
  flavor.	
  Every	
  variation	
  of	
  rice	
  was	
  cooked	
  in	
  boiling	
  water	
  until	
  
tender.	
  The	
  seven	
  variations	
  of	
  rice	
  were	
  made	
  correctly,	
  and	
  nothing	
  occurred	
  that	
  should	
  not	
  have.	
  	
  
	
   For	
  procedure	
  F,	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  analyzed	
  for	
  five	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  Oats.	
  
Thick	
  and	
  rough,	
  Irish,	
  traditional,	
  and	
  instant	
  organic	
  were	
  not	
  prepared.	
  All	
  five	
  variations	
  called	
  for	
  
different	
  recipes.	
  The	
  instant	
  oats	
  were	
  bland	
  and	
  did	
  not	
  have	
  as	
  much	
  taste.	
  This	
  could	
  be	
  because	
  
instant	
  oatmeal	
  has	
  already	
  been	
  pre	
  cooked.	
  The	
  quick	
  cook	
  oats	
  were	
  watery	
  and	
  tasted	
  like	
  they	
  had	
  
a	
  lot	
  of	
  sodium	
  content.	
  The	
  oatmeal	
  muffins	
  varied	
  significantly	
  in	
  texture	
  and	
  consistency.	
  	
  The	
  
muffins	
  were	
  fluffy	
  because	
  of	
  the	
  baking	
  soda	
  that	
  was	
  added.	
  The	
  steel	
  cut	
  oats	
  and	
  quick	
  cook	
  oats	
  
were	
  not	
  as	
  dry	
  as	
  the	
  other	
  variations	
  because	
  of	
  the	
  amount	
  of	
  water	
  that	
  they	
  absorbed.	
  Oats	
  are	
  
usually	
  consumed	
  in	
  the	
  form	
  of	
  oatmeal.	
  Oatmeal	
  has	
  many	
  minerals,	
  vitamins,	
  and	
  fiber	
  because	
  
neither	
  the	
  germ	
  nor	
  bran	
  is	
  removed	
  (53).	
  All	
  variations	
  were	
  made	
  correctly,	
  and	
  nothing	
  occurred	
  
that	
  should	
  not	
  have.	
  	
  
	
   For	
  procedure	
  G,	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  appearance	
  were	
  analyzed	
  for	
  two	
  different	
  types	
  of	
  
barley.	
  Barley	
  is	
  a	
  whole	
  grain	
  that	
  has	
  the	
  bran	
  and	
  hull	
  removed	
  (54).	
  	
  	
  The	
  vegetable	
  barley	
  soup	
  has	
  
more	
  ingredients	
  than	
  the	
  barley	
  pilaf.	
  The	
  vegetable	
  barley	
  soup	
  called	
  for	
  thirteen	
  ingredients	
  
including;	
  onions,	
  celery,	
  green	
  beans,	
  oil,	
  salt,	
  marjoram,	
  parsley,	
  carrots,	
  turnip,	
  whole	
  barley,	
  hot	
  
water,	
  pepper,	
  and	
  thyme.	
  Barley	
  pilaf	
  called	
  for	
  six	
  ingredients	
  including;	
  barley,	
  beef	
  broth,	
  onion,	
  
green	
  pepper,	
  celery,	
  and	
  butter.	
  Both	
  had	
  a	
  strong	
  onion	
  flavor	
  but	
  different	
  texture.	
  	
  They	
  were	
  both	
  
brown	
  with	
  added	
  color	
  from	
  vegetables.	
  The	
  two	
  variations	
  were	
  made	
  correctly,	
  and	
  nothing	
  occurred	
  
that	
  should	
  not	
  have.	
  	
  
	
  
SUMMARY	
  AND	
  CONCLUSION	
  
	
  
This	
  experiment	
  taught	
  students	
  how	
  to	
  analyze	
  cereal	
  based	
  on	
  flavor,	
  texture,	
  and	
  
appearance.	
  Sensory	
  analysis	
  was	
  used	
  to	
  evaluate	
  certain	
  cereal	
  components.	
  Almost	
  all	
  cereals	
  are	
  
cooked	
  the	
  same	
  but	
  the	
  difference	
  lies	
  in	
  the	
  ingredients,	
  cooking	
  time,	
  and	
  proportion	
  of	
  water	
  added.	
  
Cereals	
  should	
  be	
  tender,	
  not	
  sticky.	
  Stirring	
  cereals	
  should	
  be	
  limited	
  to	
  prevent	
  an	
  undesirable	
  
consistency.	
  Results	
  can	
  very	
  from	
  each	
  individual	
  because	
  everyone	
  is	
  different	
  and	
  everyone	
  has	
  
unique	
  taste	
  buds.	
  Cereals	
  are	
  bland	
  and	
  tend	
  to	
  be	
  combined	
  with	
  other	
  flavorful	
  foods.	
  	
  
REFERENES	
  
1.	
  Brannan,	
  R.G.	
  2011.	
  Laboratory	
  Manual	
  for	
  NUTR	
  2200	
  (45-­‐54)	
  
	
   	
  
2.	
  The	
  Gluten	
  Free	
  diet.	
  (n.d).	
  retrieved	
  February	
  23,	
  2016,	
  from	
  
	
   http://www.beyondceliac.org/gluten-­‐freediet/overview/	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
FLOUR AND GLUTEN FORMATION
PURPOSE
Several experiments were conducted to demonstrate how gluten is prepared. Each student
prepared several gluten containing and gluten free dishes composed from different types of flours and
then made evaluations based on appearance, weight, volume, texture, and flavor. Comparisons were made
to show the effect of added sugar and fat in gluten formation.
METHODOLOGY
For Procedure A, four different variations of flour were used to make gluten balls to determine
the difference in weight and volume. For each variation 120 g of whichever flour assigned was used (69).
The different types of flour included bread, cake, all purpose, and whole wheat. 60ml of water was
measured out and added gradually to the flour while mixing with a fork (69). More than 60ml of water
may have been necessary to form stiff dough, which was not sticky (69). Once the dough became stiff it
was placed on the countertop and kneaded until the dough was smooth and elastic (69). This step took
thirty-five minutes. Once the dough was ready it was placed under cool running water (69). Under the
water the dough was manipulated with gentle pulling and squeezing until the cloudy running water turned
clear (69). Once the water was no longer cloudy it was necessary to check through the raw gluten ball to
be sure no pockets of starch remained (69). If starch was present, continued washing occurred (69).
Gluten ball was placed on a baking sheet and baked for fifteen minutes at 425 degrees Fahrenheit (69).
Temperature was then reduced to 300 degrees Fahrenheit and continued baking for another thirty minutes
(69). When gluten ball was finished baking it was pulled out of the oven and cooled (69). The cool gluten
ball was weighed and recorded in the lab manual. Volume of baked gluten ball was measured (69). Baked
gluten was placed in a large calibrated beaker or glass-measuring cup (69). The beaker or cup was filled
with sugar or rapseed to a selected calibration mark (69). Total volume was recorded in lab manual. Sugar
or rapseed was poured out into a graduated cylinder (69). The volume of sugar or rapseed was recorded in
lab manual. The volume of the gluten ball was calculated by total volume subtracted by the volume of
sugar or rapseed (69). Gluten ball was then placed on a small plate and labeled (69).
For procedure B, four different variations of flour were used to determine the effect of flour type
on cake. The flours used were cake, bread, all purpose, and whole wheat. For each variation 1 and ½ cups
of flour, ½ teaspoon of salt, and 1 ¼ teaspoon of baking powder were sifted together twice (70). ½
teaspoon of vanilla was added to ½ cup of milk (70). ¾ cup of sugar was added to ¼ cup of shortening, 4
tablespoons at a time, creaming 100 strokes after each addition (70). 1 eggs was added to the creamed
mixture and stirred until blended (70). The mixture was mixed for one minute with an electric mixer at
medium speed (70). 1/3 of the flour mixture and 1/3 of the milk mixture was added (70). It was then
mixed for one minute with an electric mixer at medium speed (70). This was done two more times until
all of the flour and milk was incorporated (70). Mixing continued for two minutes with an electric mixer
at high speed (70). The batter was transferred to a greased and floured 8-inch square 8x8-baking pan (70).
The batter was baked at 375 degrees Fahrenheit for approximately thirty minutes (70). The cake was done
when it pulled away from the sides of the pan slightly (70). Doneness may also be tested by gently
pressing the surface of the center of the cake with fingertip (70). If the cake was springy in the center then
it was ready to be removed from the oven (70). Once the cake was removed from the oven it was set aside
to cool off in the pan. After cooling, the cake was cut into pieces for the class to evaluate (70). The
volume (height), texture, and flavor of each cake prepared was evaluated and recorded in the lab manual
(70).
For procedure A, five different variations of gluten free flour was used to determine the effect of
flour type on pancakes based on appearance, flavor, and texture (2). The types of flour used included:
Standard (gluten containing), Bob’s Rd Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour, Bob’s Red Mill Gluten
Free All Purpose Baking Flour, Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour, and Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free
Original Multi-Purpose Flour (3). In a large bowl, 1 cup of flour (assigned by GA), 2 tablespoons of
sugar, 2 tablespoons of baking powder, and 1 teaspoon of salt was mixed together (2). A well was made
in the center of the dry ingredients (2). 1 cup of milk, 1 beaten egg, and 2 tablespoons of vegetable oil was
poured in the center of the well and mixed until smooth (2). A lightly oiled griddle or frying pan was
heated over medium high heat (2). ¼ cup of pancake batter was scooped or poured onto the griddle (2).
Each side cooked until both sides were brown and then they were served (2). Appearance, taste, and
texture were compared to gluten-containing flour pancakes and the results were recorded in the lab
manual (2).
For procedure B, four different variations of gluten free flour was used to determine the effect of
flour type on cakes based on appearance, flavor, texture, height (mm), and hardness (mm penetrometer)
(3). The types of flour used included: Bob’s Rd Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour, Bob’s Red Mill
Gluten Free All Purpose Baking Flour, Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour, and Cup 4 Cup Gluten
Free Original Multi-Purpose Flour (3). The gluten free cake procedure followed the same steps as the
gluten cake procedure as mentioned above.
RESULTS
Table 1: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on seven different variations
of flour. Observations were based on weight and volume.
Preparation of Gluten Balls
Types of Flour Weight (g) Volume (cm^3)
Cake 39 30.4
Cake 22.9 27.6
All Purpose 13 29.1
All Purpose 28 2736
Bread 62 342
Bread 2 27 2736
Whole wheat 33 434.91
Table 2: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class average was based on four different
variations of flour. Observations were based on weight and volume.
Preparation of Gluten Ball Average
Type of Flour Weight (g) Volume (cm^3)
Cake average 30.95 29
Bread average 44.5 2736
All Purpose average 13 232.005
Whole wheat average 33 342
Table 3: From Wednesday and Thursday lab 2:00-5:00pm and 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was
based on four different variations of flour. Observations were based on weight and volume.
Preparation of Gluten Ball Class Average
Type of Flour Weight (g) Volume (cm^3)
Cake 15.4875 59.35
Bread 32.5 983.25
All Purpose 37.5 274.09125
Whole wheat 29 332
Table 4: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on six different variations of
flour. Observations were based on volume, texture and flavor.
Effect of Flour Type on Cake
Type of Flour Volume (cm^3) Texture (mm) Flavor
All Purpose 11,200 236 Vanilla
All Purpose 2 1835.35 228 Vanilla
Cake 1400 230 Vanilla
Cake 2 - - Vanilla
Bread 1360 110 Vanilla
Bread 2 1800 120 Vanilla
Table 5: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The data form the entire class average was based on six
different variations of flour. Observations were based on volume, texture and flavor.
Effects of Flour Type of Cake Average
Type of Flour Volume
(cm^3)
Texture Flavor
Table 6: From Wednesday and Thursday lab 2:00-5:00pm and 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was
based on four different variations of flour. Observations were based on volume, texture, and flavor.
Effect of Flour Type on Cake Class Average
Type of Flour Volume (cm^3) Texture (mm) Flavor
Cake 1,366 253 Vanilla
Bread 1,332 176 Vanilla
All Purpose 3,955 228 Vanilla
Whole wheat 1,094 262.6666667 Vanilla
Table 7: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on five different variations
of pancake flour. Observations were based on appearance, flavor, and texture.
Pancakes
Variation Appearance Flavor Texture
Standard (gluten-containing) Light yellow Sweet, savory Fluffy, airy, soft
Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1
Baking Flour
Golden brown Sweet, savory, little
salty
Fluffy, airy, soft
Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All
Purpose Baking Flour
Flat, yellow Salty bitter after taste Dense
Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready
Flour
Burnt, brown Burnt Crisp
Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free Original
Multi-Purpose Flour
Burnt, white Bland Dry
Table 8: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on five different variations
of flour. Observations were based of appearance, flavor, texture, height, and hardness.
Gluten Free Cakes
Cake 1,400 230 Vanilla
Bread 1,400 115 Vanilla
All Purpose 11,200 232 Vanilla
Whole wheat - - Vanilla
Sensory Objective
Variation Appearance Flavor Texture Volume (cm
^3)
Hardness (mm
penetrometer)
Bob’s Red Mill 1-to-1
Baking Flour
Brown, yellow in
middle
Vanilla Smooth 13,000 93
Table 9: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on five different variations
of flour. Observations were based of appearance, flavor, texture, height, and hardness.
Gluten Free Cakes Class Average
Sensory Objective
Variation Appearance Flavor Texture Volume
(cm ^3)
Hardness (mm
penetrometer)
Bob’s Red
Mill 1-1
Light brown Vanilla Smooth 13,000 109
Cup 4 Cup
Free
Original
Multi-
Purpose
Brown, yellow in middle Vanilla Moist 10,000 270
Bob’s Red
Mill All
Purpose
Light brown Vanilla Flakey 10,200 325
Domata Brown, yellow in middle Vanilla Moist 17,780 308.5
Table 10: From Wednesday and Thursday lab 2:00-5:00pm and 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was
based on five different variations of flour. Observations were based of appearance, flavor, texture, height,
and hardness.
Gluten Free Cake Whole Class Average
Sensory Objective
Variation Appearance Flavor Texture Height
(mm)
Hardness (mm
penetrometer)
Bob’s
Red Mill
1-1
Light brown Vanilla Smooth 30.55 247.625
Cup 4
Cup
Brown, yellow in the middle Vanilla Moist 31.8875 235
Domata Brown, yellow in the middle Vanilla Moist 24.25 278.875
Bob’s
Red Mill
Light brown Vanilla Flakey 28.5 350
Bob’s Red Mill All Purpose
Baking Flour
Light brown Vanilla Flakey 10,000 325
Domata Brown, yellow in
middle
Buttery,
vanilla
Moist 10,200 278
Cup 4 Cup Original Muli
purpose Flour
Brown, yellow in
middle
Vanilla Moist 17,780 270
All
Purpose
DISCUSSION
For procedure A, the appearance, weight, and volume were analyzed for four different types of
flours. Each flour variation called for similar recipes, which yielded different results. The preparation of
gluten produced gluten balls of all different shapes and sizes. The main difference between the four
variations was the flour used. The flours that were used included: cake, bread, all purpose, and whole
wheat. As shown in table one and two from Wednesday’s lab, bread had the highest volume in
centimeters cubed, height in grams, and the cake had the lowest. From the nutrition 2200 lab as a whole
the results were slightly altered. As one can see on table 3 the average results showed bread to have the
highest volume in centimeters cubed and all-purpose flour to have the highest weight. The difference
between the labs could be because of a variety of different reasons. Based on the results bread contained
the most gluten and this is because of the higher protein content. The amount of gluten formed in dough is
dependent on the amount of protein in the flour (67). More gluten in a product results in higher volume
because of the gluten strands that stretch when heated (67). Kneading the dough also helps with gluten
formation and gives the dough its elasticity. Yes, flour does have other components that could have
played a role in the development of the gluten ball, however most of these substances washed away when
the dough ran under cool water.
For procedure B, four different variations of flour were used to determine the effect of flour type
on cake. The flours used were cake, bread, whole wheat, and all purpose. Three variations were measured
using volume, texture, and flavor. All-purpose had the highest volume in centimeters cubed and texture in
millimeters. The bread had the lowest volume and texture. The volume and texture of cake flour was
higher than bread but lower than all-purpose. This was not extremely accurate due to a lack of values.
There were supposed to be two cake variations but the result of only one variation was recorded for
various reasons. The fourth variation did not have any values because one group in lab forgot to make a
cake with whole-wheat flour. When baking cake all-purpose flour is a good option to choose from due to
the blend of both hard and soft wheat. The best flour to use for baking cakes is cake flour. The soft wheat
has a low protein content that is best suited for cake production. The low protein content means that there
is less gluten, which is considered to be a toughening agent. Low protein flours are tenderer and have a
more pleasing texture. Added sugar and fat inhibit gluten development and are known as tenderizing
agents. However, this did not affect the lab results because an equal amount of sugar and fat were added
to the mixture.
For procedure C, five variations of gluten-free flour were used to determine the appearance,
flavor, and texture of pancakes. The types of flour used included: Standard (gluten containing), Bob’s Red
Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour, Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose Baking Flour, Domata
Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour, and Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free Original Multi-Purpose Flour. The texture
of the Standard (gluten containing) and Bob;s Red Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour were both
golden brown and had the fluffiest texture. The browning occurred as a result of mailard browning in the
sugar. The Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour was brown, crisp, and very burnt. Burnt results did
not accurately describe the flour because the pancakes were not prepared properly. The pancake batter
was left on the heat for an extended amount of time. Pancakes do not require much gluten because they
have tenderizers such as sugar in the ingredient.
For procedure D, four variations of gluten-free flour were used for both sensory and objective
tests to determine the appearance, flavor, texture, height, and hardness of cakes. The types of flour used
included: Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour, Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose
Baking Flour, Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour, and Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free Original Multi-
Purpose Flour. Results shown on table 10 prove all cakes to have a vanilla flavor. Both of the Bob’s Red
Mill products had a light brown appearance. The Domata and Cup 4 Cup were both brown on the surface
and white on the inside. They also both had a very moist texture. Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose
Baking Flour was flakey and hard. Gluten free flours results in a lack of volume
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
In the four experiments that were conducted for the analysis of different types of flour, it was
concluded that each flour varied in volume and texture based on the amount of gluten present/not present.
It was concluded that each flour had its own strengths and weaknesses, and thrived in different
environments. Each student prepared a different gluten and gluten free dish and evaluated each based on
appearance, flavor, texture, weight, volume, height, and hardness. High protein content means that there
is more gluten and low protein content means that there is less gluten in the product. High protein results
in high volume and low protein results in low volume.
REFERENCES
Brannan,	
  R.G.	
  2016.	
  Laboratory	
  Manual	
  for	
  NUTR	
  2200	
  (67-­‐71)	
  
Brannan,	
  R.G.	
  Johnson,	
  Hannah.	
  2016.	
  Laboratory	
  Manual	
  for	
  NUTR	
  2220	
  (1-­‐4)	
  
Histologic	
  Follow-­‐up	
  of	
  People	
  With	
  Celiac	
  Disease	
  on	
  a	
  Gluten-­‐Free	
  Diet	
  
	
   http://ajcp.oxfordjournals.org/content/118/3/459	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrition 2220
Literary Analysis
Beta-Alanine’s Effect on Endurance Athletes
Beta-alanine has a positive effect on the overall athletic performance in endurance
athletes. It is a non-essential beta-amino that is natural produced in the human body and therefore
not required through food sources. Beta-alanine affects the muscles in the body which can result
in improving lean muscle mass, longer exercise duration, and enhanced physical functioning.
Beta-alanine was discovered over one hundred years ago and is also referred to as 3-
aminopropionic acid. It consists of three carbon atoms, seven hydrogens, one nitrogen, and two
oxygens. Taking place in the liver, pyrimidine nucleotides break down into uracil and thymine
which then is metabolized into beta alanine. Although beta-alanine is naturally produced in the
body, it can be found in outside sources. Beta-alanine can be ingested through animal proteins
which are found in beef and pork or can be found in pre-workout supplements. Beta-alanine
comes from three different dipeptides including carnosine, anserine, and balenine.
Beta-alanine is a component of an important dipeptide that influences performance in
athletes. Carnosine, is stored in muscles and brain tissue and can be found in type I and type II
muscle fibers. There is a higher concentration of carnosine in type II muscle fibers which are fast
twitch fibers that contract rapidly for short burst of energy. These types of fibers fatigue quickly
and, therefore, require carnosine for improved anaerobic exercise performance (Culbertson 83).
Carnosine helps keep the pH in type II muscle fiber level. A balanced pH helps improves lactate
acid build up enhancing overall performance.
Beta-alanine affects lactate threshold in endurance athletes who have a challenging time
maintaining acid-base balance. Beta-alanine decreases acidosis and influences uptake kinetics
during high intensity exercise (Baguet 495). Exercising causes the muscle pH to decrease due to
the accumulation of hydrogen ions and when pH levels in the muscle are low they become more
acidic and produce lactic acid. The production and elimination of lactic acid is not balanced
when there is a low ph. When lactate acid becomes unbalanced, muscles in the body slow down
and become weak. When pH levels are balanced, muscles have optimal performance.
The amount of beta-alanine available has a major affect on carnosine levels in the body.
Carnosine is the combining of beta-alanine and L-histidine. An increased amount of carnosine in
the body will prevent or delay muscle fatigue, which is when the muscles lose energy and
become very exhausted, resulting in the decrease in muscle fiber contraction. The intramuscular
acidosis is known to be the main cause of fatigue during intense exercises (Gross 222). Beta-
alanine increases muscle carnosine levels, which acts like a buffer to reduce acidity in active
muscles, during high intensity exercises (Culbertson 76).
Experimentations were done on forty six men who participate in high intensity interval
training exercises to determine if electromyography fatigue threshold and efficiency of electrical
activity would be effected when taking beta-alanine supplementations (Smith 357). The men
were randomly assigned to either beta-alanine supplementation, placebo, or a control group.
Three grams of beta-alanine were taken every day for six weeks. Electrographic fatigue threshold
and electrical activity were plotted using a bipolar surface electrode while the men performed
two minutes of work on a cycle ergometer (Smith 357). Results show that beta-alanine
supplementation had no significant influence on electromyography fatigue threshold and
electrical activity. (Smith 359).
Twelve endurance athletes around the age of twenty eight all consumed 46 grams of beta-
alanine supplementation for a six week time period to determine the outcome. Eating habits were
tracked to make sure that food and beverage intake did not influence the performance of the
athletes. Aerobic capacity, one rep maximum, reaction familiarization, and intermittent critical
velocity familiarization were tested (Spradley 2). Results proved that ingesting beta-alanine
improves agility, reaction time, muscular endurance, energy, and fatigue (Spradley 2).
Harris and his colleagues studied three groups to examine the effect of beta-alanine
supplementation on carnosine concentration in muscles. Over a four week period, group I
consumed supplements containing 90 grams while group II consumed 146 grams (Harris 283).
The final group consumed a placebo. After the supplements were taken, a muscle biopsy was
performed. The results proved that the groups who had taken supplements had a significant
increase in their carnosine concentration while there was no effect on the placebo group (Harris
283). There was an average of around 14% increase in buffering capacity within the two groups
that had taken supplements (Harris 283).
Beta-alanine and creatine monohydrate supplementation were taken to determine the
effect on body composition, aerobic and anaerobic exercise performance, and muscle carnosine
and phosphagen levels (Kresta 1). Thirty two active college aged females were randomly
categorized into four different supplementation groups including beta-alanine, creatine, beta-
alanine and creatine combined, and a placebo. Results show that after four weeks of
supplementation muscle carnosine levels increased by 35.3%-44.8% for beta-alanine, .7-27.1%
for creatine, 42.5-99.3% for the combination of beta-alanine and creatine, and -4.1-10.9% for
placebo (Kresta 1). There was no effect on the females VO2 max, peak lactate, lactate threshold,
ventilator threshold, peak power, mean power, total work, and rate of fatigue (Kresta 1).
It is more beneficial to ingest beta-alanine rather than carnosine for improved
performance in endurance athletes. Directly consuming beta-alanine will postpone muscle
fatigue. This is due to when carnosine is ingested the gastrointestinal tract breaks it down into
beta-alanine and L-histidine. The enzyme carnosine converts these two amino acids back to
carnosine once they are taken to the muscle. This means that only about 40% of the carnosine
contains beta-alanine.
Beta-alanine is proven to increase muscular strength, power output, muscle mass,
anaerobic endurance, aerobic endurance, and delay muscle fatigue (Gross 222).The consumption
can benefit both men and women weightlifters, bodybuilders, and high intensity cross trained
athletes. Beta-alanine plays a larger role in endurance events because of the large accumulation
of hydrogen ions and lack of pH.
When taking beta-alanine supplements, results are typically recognized within one week
of consumption. Beta-alanine supplementation increases muscle carnosine concentration by 20-
30% after two weeks, 40-60% after four weeks, and 80% by 10 weeks (Budguet 837). There has
not been enough research to determine how long carnosine levels are raised after cessation of
supplements. Ducker examined if beta-alanine supplementation could improve performance in
male athletes running 800 meters around a track. After eighteen trained runners were chosen, the
participants went three months without using any supplementation. They were well rested before
each performance. A male participant ingested either 161.5 grams of beta alanine or a placebo
for twenty-eight days (Ducker 555). Results proved beta-alanine had a significant impact on
exercise performance. They improved their time on average 3.6 seconds better than the placebo
participants (Ducker 555-557).
Oral supplementation of beta-alanine was ingested by fifteen male athletes during a four
week time frame. They supplemented orally with 4.8 grams a day of ether beta-alanine or a
placebo (Derave 1). Isokinetic testing was done on the athletes to determine if the beta-alanine
supplementation improved muscle carnosine concentration in the soleus and gastrocnemius. .
Five rounds of thirty second knee extensions and a 400meter run was performed (Derave 1).
Beta-alanine supplements increased carnosine content by forty seven percent in the soleus and
thirty seven percent in the gastrocnemius during forty five percent maximal voluntary knee
contractions (Derave 1). Beta-alanine supplements did not increase muscle carnosine in
endurance athletes who ran a 400 meter race. There was no effect on performance when the
placebo was taken.
Beta-alanine enhances athletic performance in endurance athletes. It increases muscular
power, strength, and endurance while simultaneously increases carnosine levels, which acts as a
buffer to reduce acidity in muscles. Therefore, when pH levels are balanced, muscles become
less fatigued and performance improves.
Reference
Baguet, A., Reyngoudt, H., Pottier, A., Everaert, I., Callens, S., Achten, E., & Derave, W.
(2009). Carnosine loading and washout in human skeletal muscles. Journal of Applied
Physiology, 106(3), 837–842.
Baquet, Audrey, et al. beta-alanine supplementation reduces acidosis but not oxygen uptake
response during high-intensity cycling exercise. European Journal Of Applied Physiology
108.3 (2010): 495-503.
Culbertson, Julie Y., et al. Effects of beta-alanine on muscle carnosine and exercise
performance: A Review Of the Current Literature.” Nutrients 2.1 (2010) 75-97. Food
Science Source. Web 4 Nov. 2015
Ducker, Kajan J, Brian Dawson, and Karen E Wallman. Effect of beta-alanine
supplementation on 800-M unning performance. International Journal Of Sport
Nutrition And Exercise Metabolism 23.6 (2013): 554-561.
Gross, Micah, et al. Effects of beta-alanine supplementation and interval training on
physiological determinants of severe exercise performance.” European Journal Of
Applied Physiology 114.2 (2014): 221-234. MEDLINE with Full Text. Web. 3 Nov. 2015
Harris, R.C.; Tallon, M.J.; Dunnett, M.; Boobis, L.; Coakley, J.; Kim, H.J.; Fallowfield, J.L.;
Hill, C.A.; Sale, C.; Wise, J.A. The absorption of orally supplied beta-alanine and its
effect on muscle carnosine synthesis in human vastus lateralis. Amino Acids 2006, 30,
279-289.
Kresta Julie Y., et al. Efects of 28 days of beta-alanine and creatine monohydrate
supplementation on muscle carnosine, body composition and exercise performance in
recreationally active females.” Journal of The International Society Of Sports Nutrition
9. Suppl 1 (2012): 1-2. Food Science Source. Web. 22 Nov. 2015.
Smith, Abbie E, et al. The effects of beta-alanne supplementation and high-intensity interval
training on neuromusclular fatige and muscle function, European Journal Of
Applied Physiology 105.3 (2009): 357-363. MEDLINE with Full Text. Web. 22 Nov.
2015.
Sradley, Brandon D., Ingesting a pre-workout supplement containing caffeine, B vitamins, amino
acids, creatie, and beta-alanine before exercise delays fatigue while improving reaction
time and muscular endurance. (2012). Nutrition & Metabolism, 9(1) 28-36.
Doi:10.1186/1743-7075-9-28
Wim Derave, MahirS. Özdemir, RogerC. Harris, Andries Pottier, Harmen Reyngoudt, Katrien
Koppo, John A. Wise, Eric AchtenJournal of Applied Physiology Published 1 November
2007 Vol. 103 no. 5, 1736-1743 DOI: 10.1152/japplphysiol.00397.2007
BETA-ALANINE’S EFFECT ON ENDURANCE ATHLETES
INTRODUCTION
Beta-alanine has a positive effect on the overall athletic performance in endurance athletes. It is a non-
essential amino acid that affects the muscles in the body, which can result in improving lean muscle mass,
longer exercise duration, and enhanced physical functioning. It is a component of an important dipeptide
that influences performance in athletes. Beta-alanine is a Carnosine stored in muscles and brain tissue and
can be found in type I and type II muscle fibers. There is a higher concentration of carnosine in type II
muscle fibers, which are fast twitch fibers that contract rapidly for short burst of energy. These types of
fibers fatigue quickly and, therefore, require carnosine for improved anaerobic exercise performance (1).
The intramuscular acidosis is known to be the main cause of fatigue during intense exercises (2). Beta-
alanine increases muscle carnosine levels, which acts like a buffer to reduce acidity in active muscles,
during high intensity exercises (1). A balanced pH helps improve lactate acid build up enhancing overall
performance.
Beta-alanine affects lactate threshold in endurance athletes who have a challenging time maintaining acid-
base balance. Beta-alanine decreases acidosis and influences uptake kinetics during high intensity
exercise (3). Exercising causes the muscle pH to decrease due to the accumulation of hydrogen ions and
when pH levels in the muscle are low they become more acidic and produce lactic acid. When lactate acid
becomes unbalanced, muscles in the body slow down and become weak.
Beta-alanine was discovered over one hundred years ago and is also referred to as 3-aminopropionic
acids. Taking place in the liver, pyrimidine nucleotides break down into uracil and thymine, which then is
metabolized into beta alanine. Although beta-alanine is naturally produced in the body, it can be found in
outside sources. Beta-alanine can be ingested through animal proteins or can be found in pre-workout
supplements.
When taking beta-alanine supplements, results are typically recognized within one week of consumption.
Supplementing dietary intake with 4 to 6.4 g/day of beta alanine has shown an increase in muscle
carnosine concentration by 20-30% after two weeks, 40-60% after four weeks, and 80% by 10 weeks (3).
There has not been enough research to determine how long carnosine levels are raised after cessation of
supplements. Spradley examined if beta-alanine supplementation could improve performance in
endurance athletes. Aerobic capacity, one rep maximum, reaction familiarization, and intermittent critical
velocity familiarization were tested (4). Results proved that ingesting beta-alanine improves agility,
reaction time, muscular endurance, energy, and fatigue (4).
OBJECTIVE
The objective of this study was to determine if a pre workout smoothie with the addition of beta alanine
could be just as desirable as a smoothie without beta alanine by distinguishing the color, pH, and
consistency, and preference.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Three different variations of smoothies were made in order to determine the difference in flavor,
consistency, color, and pH. For variation one, a regular smoothie was made without the addition of any
supplementation. For this variation one cup of almond milk, three frozen bananas, 6 tbsp. of peanut
butter, and 2 tsp. of coco powder were combined in a blender. All the ingredients were mixed until a
smooth consistency was reached. When the desired consistency was reached the smoothie was poured
into 16 individual custard cups. The cups were labeled with a number (575) to keep the tester unbiased.
All cups were placed in the refrigerator to chill until they were ready to be tasted. The remaining
smoothie was poured into a measuring cup. Using a colorimeter the color of the smoothie was tested. The
pH meter was used to determine the acidity of the smoothie. The Brookfield viscometer was used next to
determine the viscosity. The second variation followed the exact same procedure as above. The only
difference was the addition of two grams of beta alanine to the smoothie and the cup was labeled a
different number (759). The third variation followed the exact same procedure as above but the difference
was twelve grams of beta alanine and the cup was labeled a different number (387). Once the smoothies
were ready to be tasted they were pulled out of the fridge and evaluated based preference. After all
participants tested the product they provided feedback and the data was recorded. The statistics were
generated using excel for the analysis.
RESULTS
Table 1
Effect of Beta Alanine on Smoothie color, pH, viscosity, and preference
Treatment Day L* A* B* pH Viscosity
(Brookfield
spindle 2)
Preferred
1 1 64.0(+/-
0.4)
6.6(+/-
0.5)
11.4(+/-
0.6)
5.69(+/
-0.9)
27(+/-0.0) 1.5
2 1 63.5(+/-
0.1)
6.9(+/-
0.7)
12(+/-
0.8)
5.59(+/
-1.0)
42(+/-0.0) 1.8
3 1 65.5(+/-
0.7)
5.7(+/-
0.4)
11.4(+/-
0.4
5.60(+/
-0.2)
18(+/-0.0) 2.3
1 2 63.2(+/-
0.7)
64.8 (+/-
0.3)
10.8 (+/-
0.2)
5.34(+/
-0.7)
31(+/-0.0) 2.7
2 2 62.4(+/-
0.3)
6.8(+/-
0.8)
11.2(+/-
0.6)
5.80(+/-
0.9)
38(+/-0.0) 1.7
3 2 63.1(+/-
0.6)
6.4(+/-
0.2)
10.9(+/-
0.2)
5.72(+/
-0.4)
22(+/-0.0) 2.1
1 3 66.2(+/-
0.2)
7.0(+/-
0.7)
11.7(+/-
0.9)
5.10(+/
-0.9)
34(+/-0.0) 3.1
2 3 64.0(+/-
0.8)
6.8(+/-
0.4)
11.9(+/-
0.6)
5.86(+/
-0.7)
41(+/-0.0) 2.6
3 3 63.5(+/-
0.4)
6.2(+/-
0.3)
10.9(+/-
0.2)
6.23(+/
-0.9)
30(+/-0.0) 1.3
Note: Averages from the colorimeter, pH meter, and Brookfield viscometer taken on three different days.
Data was based on observation of three different types of smoothies. Treatment one was a chocolate
peanut butter banana smoothie, variation two was a chocolate peanut butter banana smoothie with 6
grams of beta alanine, and variation 3 was a chocolate peanut butter banana smoothie with 12 grams of
beta alanine
DISCUSION
The results taken did not detect substantial differences between the three smoothies. Each smoothie
contained the same ingredients with varying amounts of beta alanine. Based on the colorimeter all
smoothies were relatively similar. All three smoothies were dark in color, which is supported by the data.
Both the a* and b* values fell closer towards the middle of the color chart showing that they are brown
which in this experiment was the case.
There was not a significant difference in the pH values. There were different values for each treatment.
These results were not expected. It was thought that there was going to be an alteration in pH between the
smoothies since beta alanine is considered an amino acid. Although the results do not show a change in
pH the amino acid does however work as a buffer inside the body. It helps maintain pH in extra cellular
fluid outside the body and intracellular fluid inside the cell by absorbing hydrogen ions. An ideal pH
range keeps muscles forcibly contracting for a longer duration of time.
The results taken from the Brookfield viscometer were inconclusive. The same spindle size was used for
each treatment, however they were all different results. Based on the data it is not clear which smoothie
had a higher or lower viscosity. The lack of supporting evidence could be a result of human error.
Standard deviation was calculated using excel. Results had a low standard deviation and were close to the
expected values as indicated by table 1. Based on which smoothies were preferred results only varied
slightly. Preference was measured on a scale of 1 to 3, with one being the most preferred in flavor. There
was not enough significant evidence to declare one smoothie of having a better flavor than the other.
COLCLUSION
The addition of beta alanine did not have a considerable difference in color, pH, consistency, or
preference. All results were relatively similar according to the data that was collected. If deciding which
smoothie to drink athletes should choose the smoothie that contained the maximum amount of beta
alanine supplementation for improved athletic performance.
LITERATURE CITED/REFERENCES
1. Culbertson, Julie Y., et al. Effects of beta-alanine on muscle carnosine and exercise
performance: A Review Of the Current Literature.” Nutrients 2.1 (2010) 75-97. Food Science
Source. Web 4 Nov. 2015
2. Gross, Micah, et al. Effects of beta-alanine supplementation and interval training on physiological
determinants of severe exercise performance.” European Journal Of Applied Physiology 114.2
(2014): 221-234. MEDLINE with Full Text. Web. 3 Nov. 2015
3. Baquet, Audrey, et al. beta-alanine supplementation reduces acidosis but not oxygen uptake
response during high-intensity cycling exercise. European Journal Of Applied Physiology
108.3 (2010): 495-503.
4. Sradley, Brandon D., Ingesting a pre-workout supplement containing caffeine, B
vitamins, amino acids, creatine, and beta-alanine before exercise delays fatigue while
improving reaction time and muscular endurance. (2012). Nutrition & Metabolism, 9(1)
28-36. Doi:10.1186/1743-7075-9-28
Nutrition 3300
Executive Summary
Child obesity is a major health problem in the United States. Studies show that one in
three children in the United States are overweight. “In the last 30 years the rate of childhood
obesity has increased considerably, almost tripling for children aged 6-11 years”(Calbom 5).
Being obese can cause serious problems and it is very sad to see young children go through
health related issues. Being overweight is a serious issue. It can cause high cholesterol, high
blood pressure, early heart disease, diabetes, skin conditions, and bone problems. Overweight
children are also more likely to experience death at a younger age. It is expected that today’s
generation of children will die at an earlier age than their parents. Because of this major issue we
have all agreed to create a menu plan for Athens Middle School. We chose this institution
because of it’s location. Athens Middle School is located within the poorest county of Ohio. We
are very Interested in researching and improving breakfast meals within local schools. Also
hope to expand the awareness of healthy foods available across the schools in the area.
Our main focus is going to be aimed more towards kids within the ages of six through
fourteen. We think focusing on the middle school is more important than the high school or other
local establishments because this is the age where kids develop and keep most of their
behavioral and eating habits. Therefore, if we are able to improve and have an influence on
them at this age then they could carry their habits into the future and even into their households.
By doing this, we would help them avoid early onset diabetes, chronic diseases, and other bad
nutrition habits.
Healthy breakfast leads to many benefits in a child’s life. Healthy lifestyle, better attitude,
reduced risk of chronic diseases, reduced risk of childhood obesity and diabetes. For this
reason we have decided to incorporate breakfast into the menu plan. We will be creating a
breakfast and lunch menu for 444 people per day, which averages to 4,440 meals per week.
This menu will will contain more organic fruits, vegetables, any other organic or more beneficial
healthy food available within the local area.
There are local farms within the area that we will research and contact about their prices
or deals that they would be willing to hypothetically give to the middle school. By using local
organic produce and food from nearby farms, it can result in healthier diets for the children and
show the parents that there is a local place where they can purchase healthy foods for a
reasonable price.
We will also begin to look at restaurant food services that are changing their menus and
recipes to better accommodate healthy living. Starbucks recently adjusted their menu to
eliminate all trans fat from their menu. Also, McDonalds gave their kids menu a make over a few
years ago by cutting french fry portions, adding fruit and offering 1% milk in place of soda.
Athens Middle School has vending machines offering soda and snacks for the kids. If we
eliminate these vending machines and use that money towards the breakfast and lunch menu’s,
we could potentially offer the kids more nutritious foods with their meals.
Menu cycle design
Child obesity is becoming a problem for low income families in rural areas. Being
overweight is a serious issue. It can cause high cholesterol, high blood pressure, early heart
disease, diabetes, skin conditions, and bone problems. Because of this major issue we all agreed
to create a menu plan for Athens Middle School. We chose this institution because of it’s
location. Athens Middle School is located within the poorest county of Ohio. We realize that
children are going to require meals that are simple yet tasteful. Children are picky and like a
limited amount of vegetables. We came up with a variety of cheap, tasty, healthy recipes.
Healthy breakfast leads to many benefits in a child’s life. A healthy lifestyle, better
attitude, reduced risk of chronic diseases, reduced risk of childhood obesity, and a reduced risk
of diabetes. For this reason, we have decided to incorporate breakfast into the menu plan. We
are also doing a lunch menu as well as an after school snack. We chose to include an afternoon
snack because we do not know if low income families are able to afford to feed their children at
home. Because of the possibility that children are not being fed dinner we wanted to make sure
that we send them home with a snack to conquer some of their appetite.
We created a breakfast, lunch, and after school snack menu for 391 children per day,
which averages to 5,865 meals per week. We called Athens Middle School and talked to the
principal who informed us that there are 391 students. Of those students, about fifty percent ate
lunch at school each day. Since fifty percent of the children eat lunch we chose to use .5
percent for the lunch period on our budget sheet. We then split the last .5 between breakfast
and afternoon snack meals. We figure that since breakfast is a very important part of the day we
would use .3 percent. Also, if children are not eating dinner at home they will be very hungry
come breakfast time. The remaining .2 percent would be used for the snack being received
once classes are released. With each meal being accounted for, it totalled to one hundred
percent. We did have to scale the total sale to match our prices. The total sale is based off of
391 children, 36 feeding weeks, and a 5 day operational week. We will be feeding three meals a
day for five days a week. We will not be feeding the children on the weekends as they will not
be attending school on those two days. There are 36 weeks in a school year and we found this
number by subtracting out the weeks students have off for winter and summer breaks. We
ended with a total sale of 320,000 dollars.
We thought that it would be a good idea to include a variety of different options for the
children. Our options include vegetarian and allergy free recipes. Although, not a large portion of
children are vegetarians, we thought that incorporating it into the menu was necessary. Many
children do not pay attention to their allergies. Therefore, having an allergy free option is
important. Due to the budget, we chose to opt out of providing milk to the students. Yes, milk is
an important beverage that children need to consume for bone health, however, it cuts a deep
chunk into the budget. We are replacing milk with water because it is more financially possible
given the schools funding. Also, it is acceptable to not include milk because the calcium that the
children need can be found in the other food sources that the school is giving to them. We have
included numerous recipes that contain calcium to make up for the amount lost. For example
the consumption of yogurt and other dairy based meals will contain the calcium that these kids
need.
For breakfast, we are offering two main dishes with fruit and water. For our dairy
product we decided to include yogurt, especially since we are getting rid of milk. For protein we
are offering scrambled eggs, peanut butter, and sausage. Peanut butter is a great option for the
students because it provides a great source of protein and healthy fats, monounsaturated and
polyunsaturated. Highly saturated foods increase weight gain, which helps explain the
predicament America is in with obese children and families. With monounsaturated and
polyunsaturated fats in the diet, the child will be able to maintain their body weight and build a
strong foundation for their cholesterol.
For lunch, we are offering two different dishes. Most of the recipes used for the main
dish include both a protein and a starch. We chose to include a lot of beans and rice into the
lunch menu because they are healthy, filling, and financially affordable. Combining rice and
beans will provide all nine essential amino acids that children need. Beans provide a great
source of protein, fiber, iron, magnesium, potassium, zinc, folate, and vitamin B-6. They lower
the risk of developing diabetes and cardiovascular disease because the fiber will help balance
their blood sugar and lower their cholesterol if it is high (1). We have turkey/ham and cheese
wraps with whole wheat tortillas. Whole wheat is less processed and contains more fiber and a
wide array of vitamins and minerals that are beneficial to the body. Broccoli is the main and
most popular vegetable that we are serving. This is because broccoli is one of the healthiest
foods your body should consume. It has a high density in nutrients and a high density in
vitamins and minerals as well.. Throughout the research that we conducted during this project,
we found multiple studies that showed a surprisingly high number of children who enjoyed
eating broccoli. Along with the two dishes we will still provide fruit, vegetables, and water to all
the children who are having lunch.
If you have not already took a glance over our menu, we have incorporated grilled
chicken sandwiches into it. Even though a majority of the younger children these days love
chicken nuggets or any kind of fried chicken, grilled chicken is a better health benefit in
numerous ways. This grilled chicken sandwich is a great source of vitamins, minerals, proteins
and carbohydrates. Also, it is healthier than the fried chicken because when you grill chicken,
you are required to use way less oil than you need in order to deep fry. Of course less oil means
a lot fewer calories and fat in the end product. Also, by serving the students grilled chicken at
this young of an age, they can quickly learn to enjoy and adapt to this lifestyle rather than the
fried chicken nuggets they used to receive or still do when they are at home. Also, we made an
alternative and decided to incorporate less amounts of regular french fries. Since everybody
loves french fries, we knew sweet potato fries were a healthier adjustment to our menu. Sweet
potato fries are healthier and more beneficial for people’s health because they contain more
vitamin A, more potassium and more fiber than regular white potatoes.
We thought that by making fruit and water available at every meal on every day that
it would encourage the students to eat them while they are there because those resources
might be limited to them when they are home. Some schools have bags of chips, soda’s, ice
cream machines and other various snack deals that have no benefits to the children. Therefore,
we decided to eliminate those options from our menu and add in the extra vitamins and minerals
these children need to grow and get through their day. Also, by replacing the unnecessary fatty
foods and replacing them with heart healthy and beneficial foods, the students might learn
something and bring the knowledge home to their family and progressively show their
householder how to live a healthier life.
Overall, we enjoyed conducting all this research throughout the project. There were
times where it became difficult but we found ways to figure it out and learned information we
didn’t know before.
Recipies
40 different recipes created on computer software not attached.
Menu Design
	
  
	
  
Nutrition Care Process
Nutrition 3100
EAL Question #1
What is the evidence that interventions targeting only parents may contribute to the effective
treatment of childhood obesity in children ages 6-12
• There is limited evidence to support the belief that targeting only parents will decrease
obesity in children aged 6-12.
• There were 3 studies that were done to see if it is possible to exclusively target parents
for intervention to treat obesity in their children
• Epstein LH, Gordy CC et al 2001
• study was designed to test different diet interventions among obese
adults.
• study on the weight of the children was also gathered
• Found that one year after treatment children of parents in one treatment
group improved weight status slightly, while children of parents in the
other diet treatment group did not decrease percent overweight by a
statistically significant amount
• Golan, Weizman, et al 1998
• study of 60 children comparing weight loss interventions for children
focusing only on parents versus focusing only on the child
• parents in the parent-only group were provided training to act as a
change agent in their child’s weight management.
• finding were that a significant treatment effect between the parent-only
and child-only and child-only intervention groups at post-treatment, one
year, and two years
• all differences between groups significant at p<.05 or less
• Golan and Crow 2004
• study extended Golan, Weizman, et al 1998
• at 7 years, parent-only and child-only groups decreased percent, but
children in the parent-only treatment group had a significantly greater
decrease in percent overweight
• Conclusion
• There is weak evidence that targeting only parents can bring out some positive
change in managing childhood obesity in children 6-12
• However
• The nature of parent intervention makes a difference
• it is unclear to what degree parent-focused interventions affect longer term
outcomes
EAL Question #2
What is the relationship between the availability of retail food stores and childhood obesity and
overweight?
Registered	
  Dietitians	
  must	
  take	
  into	
  consideration	
  a	
  patient’s	
  built	
  environment	
  to	
  
effectively	
  assess,	
  diagnose,	
  intervene,	
  monitor	
  and	
  evaluate	
  their	
  nutrition	
  related	
  
problem.	
  	
  The	
  built	
  environment,	
  which	
  includes	
  neighborhood	
  safety,	
  physical	
  activity	
  
resources,	
  and	
  residential	
  density,	
  is	
  especially	
  important	
  when	
  working	
  with	
  an	
  obese	
  or	
  
overweight	
  child.	
  The	
  availability	
  of	
  retail	
  food	
  stores	
  is	
  related	
  to	
  childhood	
  obesity	
  and	
  
overweight.	
  	
  
After	
  performing	
  and	
  analyzing	
  3	
  separate	
  studies	
  on	
  the	
  issue,	
  it	
  was	
  concluded	
  
that	
  there	
  is	
  a	
  decreased	
  risk	
  of	
  childhood	
  obesity	
  and	
  overweight	
  when	
  large	
  chain	
  
supermarkets	
  are	
  easily	
  accessible.	
  The	
  studies	
  measured	
  the	
  density	
  of	
  and	
  proximity	
  to	
  
chain	
  supermarkets,	
  retail	
  stores	
  and	
  convenience	
  stores.	
  A	
  total	
  of	
  87,329	
  subjects	
  
participated	
  in	
  the	
  studies	
  ranging	
  in	
  age	
  from	
  2	
  to	
  18.	
  One	
  study	
  found	
  that	
  the	
  closer	
  
children	
  were	
  to	
  large	
  brand	
  name	
  supermarkets,	
  the	
  lower	
  their	
  risk	
  for	
  obesity	
  in	
  low	
  
population	
  density	
  areas.	
  
One	
  large	
  nationally	
  representative	
  study	
  with	
  a	
  sample	
  size	
  of	
  73,079	
  adolescents	
  
found	
  the	
  density	
  of	
  chain	
  supermarkets	
  decreased	
  BMI	
  status.	
  It	
  was	
  estimated	
  that	
  one	
  
chain	
  supermarket	
  per	
  10,000	
  people	
  would	
  reduce	
  BMI	
  rates	
  by	
  0.11,	
  and	
  it	
  was	
  even	
  
higher	
  for	
  African	
  Americans;	
  however,	
  the	
  same	
  effect	
  was	
  not	
  found	
  in	
  early	
  school	
  aged	
  
children.	
  	
  The	
  same	
  study	
  found	
  that	
  an	
  additional	
  convenience	
  store	
  per	
  10,000	
  people	
  
increased	
  BMI	
  by	
  0.03	
  and	
  0.15%	
  increase	
  in	
  overweight.	
  	
  A	
  different	
  study	
  examining	
  
early	
  school	
  aged	
  children	
  concluded	
  density	
  of	
  convenience	
  stores	
  had	
  no	
  effect	
  on	
  BMI.
The	
  conclusion	
  that	
  children	
  have	
  a	
  decreased	
  risk	
  of	
  obesity	
  and	
  overweight	
  when	
  
they	
  have	
  accessibility	
  to	
  large	
  chain	
  supermarkets	
  reflects	
  the	
  dietary	
  choices	
  being	
  
made.	
  	
  When	
  children	
  and	
  their	
  families	
  shop	
  at	
  supermarkets	
  they	
  are	
  able	
  to	
  purchase	
  
fresh	
  produce	
  and	
  healthier	
  food	
  options.	
  	
  On	
  the	
  other	
  hand	
  when	
  access	
  to	
  large	
  
supermarkets	
  is	
  limited	
  people	
  tend	
  to	
  eat	
  more	
  fast	
  food	
  and	
  high	
  caloric	
  snacks.	
  The	
  
finding	
  that	
  the	
  addition	
  of	
  convenience	
  stores	
  will	
  increase	
  BMI	
  also	
  reflects	
  the	
  types	
  of	
  
food	
  sold	
  at	
  these	
  type	
  of	
  stores,	
  sugary,	
  high	
  fat	
  snacks.	
  	
  When	
  children	
  have	
  access	
  to	
  
chain	
  supermarkets	
  the	
  quality	
  of	
  food	
  they	
  consume	
  tends	
  to	
  be	
  healthier	
  and	
  relates	
  to	
  a	
  
decreased	
  risk	
  of	
  childhood	
  obesity	
  and	
  overweight.
EAL Question 3
What is the effectiveness of using behavioral counseling as part of a multi component pediatric
weight management program to treat childhood obesity?
A Literature review was conducted in 2005 to assess this question:
• 28 Peer reviewed Articles
• Grade 1: Good Evidence to Support
• Behavioral components as part of a multicomponent program are shown to result
in significant results including a decrease in adiposity and improved weight status
• All interventions occurred in clinical settings
• Multiple study designs all show significant improvements when treatment
includes a behavioral intervention despite different behavioral components and
research designs
• Randomized controlled studies (7)
• Behavioral counseling intervention vs control group (8)
• Behavioral component group vs control group (6)
• Three common theories in the articles reviewed:
• Social Learning Theory
• Albert Bandura’s theory to explain learning through observation, imitation
and cognitions applied to observations (vicarious learning)
• Social Action Theory
• Max Weber - Social structure shapes behavior
• Social Cognition Theory
• Theory of personality that focuses on cognition and learning cues from
the environment
• Bandura’s Reciprocal Determinism
• Personality develops partly through observation of others
• Behavior shaped by social interactions and environment
• Individuals shape environment through their behavior and
cognitions
• Common Behavioral techniques seen across multiple studies
• Self-monitoring of diet and physical activity
• Cue elimination
• Stimulus control
• Goal setting
• Action planning
• Modeling
• Limit Setting
The above techniques may have various effects on the outcome of individual studies but can
not be determined because in most studies multiple techniques were used in tandem and a
causal relationship can not be isolated. However, the following three studies include an
additional component that can be evaluated.
• Behavioral Intervention with Problem Solving Component
• Graves, Meyers, et al (1988)
• Incorporated several behavioral techniques including self monitoring,
stimulus control, and cognitive restructuring
• Addition of a problem solving component increased initial weight loss and
improved maintenance of behavioral modifications 3 to 6 months later
• Epstein & Paluch (2000)
• Unlike Graves & Meyers, this study found no short term boost in initial
weight loss
• However after 24 months the children in the parent + child problem
solving intervention group had lower BMI Z scores versus those in the
control group or the child only problem solving group
• Behavioral Intervention with Enhanced Child Involvement
• Israel (1994)
• Three variables: Behavior Intervention primarily for parents, Enhanced
Child Involvement, and Control Group
• No significant difference in outcomes between the parent focused training
and the enhanced child training
Another, important factor was who the target of intervention was as can be seen in the following
examples:
• Behavioral Intervention focused on Parents Only
• Golan, Weizman, et al. (1998)
• Parents-only group and Child-only group
• Both groups had a decrease in the percentage of overweight participants
• Intervention for parents-only group resulted in a greater reduction in
percentage of overweight participants (14.6% versus 8.1%)
• Golan & Crow (2004)
• Long term effect of parents-only group versus child-only group indicates
that 5 years post treatment parents-only group had a greater percentage
of non-obese children (60% versus 31%)
• Behavioral Intervention focused on Family Treatment
• Flodmark, Ohlsson et al (1993)
• Long term outcome was improved in the Family treatment group in
comparison to the child only group
• At 1 year follow up children whose families were part of the treatment
group had a reduction of 16.8% in subscapular skinfold thickness
• While children in the child alone group had an increase of 6.8% in
subscapular skinfold thickness
Additional differences are correlated with the length of treatment. Despite overlapping
techniques the studies that had a longer duration of treatment had better outcomes.
• Treatment Duration 3 to 6 months
• Saelens, Sallis et al (2002)
• Self-monitoring
• Problem solving
• Stimulus control
• Follow up BMI greater than baseline
• Epstein, Paluch et al (2000)
• Self-monitoring
• At follow up increase in baseline weight observed
• Obarzanek, Kimm et al (2001)
• Self-monitoring
• Problem solving
• No difference at follow up between control and intervention
group
• Israel (1994)
• Self-monitoring
• Cognitive restructuring
• Post treatment weight gain
• Treatment Duration 6 months to 1 year
• Golan, Weizman et al (1998)
• Self-monitoring
• Problem solving
• Stimulus control
• Cognitive restructuring
• 1 year post treatment both treatment groups had a
decrease in percentage of overweight participants (14% &
8%)
• Golan & Crow (2004)
• Self-monitoring
• Problem solving
• Stimulus control
• Cognitive restructuring
• Five years post treatment both groups maintained a
reduction in the mean of overweight percentage (60% &
31%)
• Treatment Duration 1 to 2 years
• Flodmark, Ohlsson et al (1993)
• Self-monitoring
• Stimulus control
• Cognitive restructuring
• Parents-only group 16.8% reduction in subscapular
skinfold thickness
Question 4 Provide common nutrition diagnoses and related interventions for overweight and
obesity.
Common Nutrition Diagnosis:
NI 1.5 Excessive energy intake
NI 2.2 Excessive oral food/beverage intake
NI 5.5.2 Excessive fat intake
NI 5.8.2 Excessive intake of carbohydrates
NB 1.1 Food, nutrition and nutrition related knowledge deficit
NB 1.4 Self-monitoring deficit
NB 2.1 Physical inactivity
NB 1.5 Disordered eating pattern
NB 1.6 Limited adherence to nutrition related recommendations
NB 1.3 Not ready for diet/lifestyle change
NC 2.2 Altered Nutrition related lab values
NC 3.3 Overweight/Obesity
NC 3.4 Unintended weight gain
NI 1.6 Predicted excess energy intake
NI 4.3 Excessive alcohol intake
Nutrition Diagnosis, with Interventions:
1. Excessive energy intake and obesity (NI-1.5, NC 3.3) related to preference for fast food and lack
of value for behavior change as evidenced by physical assessment (constipation), BMI (31.9
class 1), clinical manifestations of Metabolic Syndrome and altered lab values (elevated BP,
cholesterol, LDL, triglycerides, blood sugar, and low HDL).
a. Diet modification- Very low calorie diet (VLCD)- 〜 500kcal and 100g protein with multi vitamin
mineral supplement a day for 16 weeks.
i. Self monitor- record amount and type of food eaten for each meal, describe physical activity, and
journal feelings and settings.
2. Risk for limited adherence to nutritional related recommendations (NB-1.6) related to 24 hour
food recall, subjective statements, comments/questions directed at surgery, medical history, and previous
diet trial.
a. Behavior therapy/modification and cognitive restructuring- STRONG, Learn to control stimuli, set
small, achievable goals
b. Education and cognitive restructuring- Teach benefits of a healthy diet, and how to easily
progress into sustaining long term habits.
3. Physical inactivity (NB-2.1) related to sedentary activity level as evidenced by joint pain.
a. Increase physical activity: Suggest going to group fitness activities, promote walking and other
active alternatives for transportation
i. Goals/objective- Patient is to begin walking for at least 30 minutes each day for the next two
weeks. Reassess patient compliance, increase activity when appropriate (progress to reach 60min/day).
ii. Recommend physical therapist or exercise physiologist- Construct feasible/appropriate personal
activity and fitness program to accommodate lifestyle. Provide flexibility and document progress.
Question 5
Some resources that we feel are important for dietitians to utilize from the Nutrition Care Manual
include:
• Drug-Nutrient interaction
• Medical Nutrition Therapy (MNT)
• Nutrition Care Process (NCP)
• Nutrition Interventions
• Nutrition Screening
• Nutrition Support
• Calculators-REE/EEE
• Client-diet--Weight Management
• Nutrient list
Drug-Nutrient interactions are defined as physical, chemical, physiological, or
pathophysiological relations between a drug and a nutrient. This type of study is important within
clinical dietetics. Dietitians need to utilize the resources provided based on drug-nutrient
interactions to ensure safety of patients receiving treatment.
Medical Nutrition Therapy (MNT) is a therapeutic approach to treating medical conditions and
their associated symptoms via the use of specifically tailored diet, prescribed by a medical
doctor, and registered dietitian.
Nutrition Care Process (NCP) is the systematic approach to providing high quality nutrition care.
Nutrition Interventions are designed purposefully to resolve or improve the nutrition diagnosis or
nutrition problem by provision of advice, education, or delivery of the food component, of a
specific diet or meal plan tailored to the patient’s needs.
Nutrition support is an extremely important resource for dietitians. This type of treatment is
useful for individuals who cannot get nutrients from eating or drinking.
Nutrition screening is the process of identifying patients at high nutritional risk so that more
extensive nutrition assessment can be performed. Nutrition assessment is a more detailed
evaluation and seeks to define the risk of developing nutrition-related medical complications. It
can also be used to monitor the course of nutritional therapy. Thus, nutrition screening is a brief
evaluation to identify a subset of people at high risk, whereas nutrition assessment is a more
complex process applied to this subset to delineate further their nutrition status. The distinction
between screening and assessment can be blurred, however. The ultimate goal of both of these
activities is to identify factors in individuals that can be altered through nutritional support to
improve outcome in the screened population. Because nutrition screening and assessment are
inextricably linked, this overview addresses both of these processes. Nutrition screening may
also influence case finding in clinical practice. For example, a history of recent weight loss and
evidence of malnutrition along with other signs and symptoms may prompt medical evaluation to
search for possible causes, such as cancer or other conditions.
The REE/EEE calculator is a convenient way to calculate the patient’s Rest Energy Expenditure
and the Estimated Energy Expenditure. You just need to type in all the information, the result
will come out, and it will tells which formulation was used. Dieticians can check the Nutrition
Manual Calculators page to find out which formulation should be apply for each situation. And it
gives you all the equations.
On the Clients/diet page, you can see a list of diseases and disorders, if we choose weight
management, it’ll give you some sample menus for each level of Kcal intake, up to 5 days. And
there are meal planning tips and label reading tips that dieticians can show their patients. Also,
it gives a list of recommended food and an example of one day’s menu.It may helpful when
planning dietary menu for your patients.
The nutrient list is also very useful. For example, if you check iron-content food, you will see a
list of high iron containing food, with serving size.
Snack Analysis
Rationale: low fat diary, contains fiber and water for satiety, easy to prepare, requires minimal
time, equipment and ingredients, low cost per serving, nutrient dense, Balsamic vinegar adds
flavor without adding calories, low in added sugars, visual appealing variety of colors, low in
calories
Nutrient Analysis: Calories 72, Total fat - trace amount, cholesterol 1 mg, total carbohydrate
13g, Fiber 3 g, protein 5 g, sodium 103 mg, potassium 542 mg, 154 mg, iron 1 mg, zinc 1 mg,
vitamin c 35 mg, vitamin A 9460 IU, Vitamin A (r.e.) 946 RE, vitamin B6 .1 mg, Vitamin B12 .3
mcg, Vitamin B 1 trace amount, Riboflavin .1 mg, Folacin 62 mcg, Niacin 1 mg
Food Exchanges: ½ Non-Fat Milk, 1 1/2 vegetable
PES statements
Overweight/obesity (NC- 3.3) related to excessive energy intake and physical inactivity as
evidenced by 24 hour food recall, undesirable food choices, BMI of 31.9 (Obese class I), self
report of sedentary lifestyle due to joint pain, and presence of 4 out of 5 criteria for metabolic
syndrome including elevated BP, low HDL cholesterol, elevated triglycerides and elevated blood
sugar.
Excessive fat intake (NI-5.5.2) related to preference for fast food and lack of value for behavior
change as evidenced by 24 hour food recall, comments/questions directed at surgery and
altered lab values including elevated cholesterol, elevated LDL, elevated triglycerides and low
HDL.
	
  
Heading	
   Diabetes	
  Case	
  Study	
  
A	
  	
   S	
  (1	
  pt)	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
O	
  (2	
  pt)	
  
Patient	
  has	
  a	
  sedentary	
  lifestyle	
  due	
  to	
  occupation.	
  She	
  states,	
  “she	
  does	
  not	
  follow	
  any	
  
strict	
  diet	
  except	
  for	
  not	
  adding	
  salt	
  and	
  tying	
  to	
  avoid	
  high	
  cholesterol	
  foods	
  and	
  high	
  
sugary	
  desserts.”	
  She	
  has	
  diet	
  instructions	
  but	
  finds	
  them	
  to	
  be	
  confusing.	
  She	
  questions	
  
her	
  ability	
  to	
  succeed	
  in	
  controlling	
  blood	
  sugars.	
  Current	
  blood	
  glucose	
  is	
  1524mg/dl.	
  
She	
  suffers	
  from	
  type	
  II	
  diabetes	
  mellitus	
  and	
  has	
  been	
  prescribed	
  glyburide	
  and	
  
metformin	
  but	
  comments	
  “she	
  does	
  not	
  take	
  medication	
  regularly.”	
  She	
  complains	
  
about	
  being	
  lethargic	
  and	
  vomiting	
  and	
  mentions	
  “I	
  thought	
  it	
  was	
  food	
  poisoning,	
  but	
  it	
  
kept	
  getting	
  worse.”	
  Used	
  to	
  smoke	
  1	
  ppd	
  for	
  20	
  years	
  and	
  has	
  quit	
  and	
  she	
  drinks	
  3-­‐4	
  
alcoholic	
  beverages	
  a	
  week.	
  No	
  allergies	
  that	
  anyone	
  is	
  aware	
  of	
  at	
  this	
  time.	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Patient	
  is	
  a	
  53-­‐year	
  old	
  Hispanic	
  female.	
  She	
  is	
  67	
  inches,	
  weighs	
  81.81kg,	
  and	
  has	
  a	
  BMI	
  
of	
  28.3.	
  She	
  has	
  been	
  diagnosed	
  with	
  possible	
  acute	
  hyperglycemia.	
  She	
  has	
  a	
  medical	
  
history	
  of	
  type	
  II	
  diabetes	
  mellitus	
  and	
  has	
  been	
  prescribed	
  glyburide	
  20mg	
  daily	
  and	
  
metformin	
  500mg.	
  Her	
  father	
  had	
  HTN	
  and	
  CAD	
  and	
  her	
  mother	
  had	
  type	
  two	
  diabetes	
  
mellitus.	
  
	
  
Nutrient	
  analysis	
  	
  
Sugar	
  56.608	
  grams	
  
46.1	
  %	
  fat	
  of	
  kcal	
  
13.338g	
  fiber	
  	
  
2256.084	
  kcal	
  
	
  
Lab	
  values	
  	
  
Blood	
  pressure	
  90/70	
  
Glucose:	
  1524	
  mg/dl	
  
BUN	
  31	
  mg/dl	
  
HbA-­‐1C	
  %-­‐	
  15.2	
  
Cholesterol:	
  205	
  mg/dl	
  
HDL-­‐C:	
  45mg/dl	
  
LDL-­‐C:	
  123	
  mg/dl	
  
Urinalysis:	
  Protein:	
  10	
  mg/dL	
  Glucose:	
  +	
  Ketones:	
  +	
  
	
  
TEE	
  Female=1,892.3125	
  (RMR	
  x	
  AF	
  1.3)	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
D	
   PES	
  
#1	
  	
  
	
  
(4pts)	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
PES	
  
Excessive	
  carbohydrate	
  intake	
  NI-­‐5.8.2	
  related	
  to	
  food	
  and	
  nutrition	
  compliance	
  
limitations	
  from	
  lack	
  of	
  willingness	
  or	
  failure	
  to	
  modify	
  carbohydrate	
  intake	
  in	
  response	
  
to	
  recommendations	
  from	
  a	
  dietitian	
  or	
  physician	
  as	
  evident	
  from	
  her	
  comment	
  about	
  
the	
  diet	
  instructions	
  being	
  confusing,	
  high	
  carbohydrate	
  intake,	
  and	
  elevated	
  blood	
  
glucose	
  levels	
  of	
  1524	
  mg/dl	
  on	
  admit	
  date	
  and	
  475	
  mg/dl	
  on	
  day	
  2.	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
Self-­‐Monitoring	
  Deficit	
  (NB-­‐1.4)	
  related	
  to	
  lack	
  of	
  focus	
  and	
  attention	
  to	
  detail	
  as	
  
#2	
  
	
  
(4pst)	
  
evidence	
  by	
  her	
  comment	
  stating	
  that	
  she	
  does	
  not	
  follow	
  any	
  strict	
  diet	
  except	
  for	
  not	
  
adding	
  salt	
  and	
  trying	
  to	
  avoid	
  high	
  cholesterol	
  with	
  lab	
  values	
  showing	
  glucose	
  levels	
  of	
  
1525	
  mg/dl,	
  BUN	
  of	
  31	
  mg/dl,	
  and	
  sugar	
  of	
  56.608g	
  on	
  admit	
  date.	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
I	
   (4	
  
pts)	
  
Recommended	
  nutrition	
  education	
  and	
  nutrition	
  counseling	
  to	
  learn	
  how	
  to	
  watch	
  her	
  
food	
  intake.	
  She	
  should	
  not	
  exceed	
  1,300	
  kcal/day.	
  She	
  needs	
  to	
  be	
  taught	
  the	
  exchange	
  
system	
  and	
  how	
  to	
  count	
  her	
  carbohydrate	
  to	
  help	
  control	
  carbohydrate	
  intake	
  and	
  
blood	
  glucose	
  levels.	
  Increase	
  fiber	
  intake	
  is	
  recommended.	
  Provide	
  client	
  with	
  
handouts	
  with	
  explanations	
  of	
  diabetes	
  and	
  healthy	
  food	
  choices	
  that	
  will	
  keep	
  blood	
  
levels	
  normal.	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
   	
  	
  	
  
Nutrient Intake Summary
DM	
  Project	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
   	
   	
   	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  
Client:	
  Sophia	
  Manchego	
  Age:	
  53	
  Height:	
  67in/170.18cm	
  Weight:	
  180ib/81.81kg	
  
	
   Initial	
  Food	
  Log/Date:	
  
Average	
  Kcalorie	
  Intake	
   2256.084	
  
Estimated	
  Kcalorie-­‐
Maintenance	
  
1892.3125	
  
Estimated	
  Kcalorie-­‐Weight	
  
Loss	
  
1392.3125	
  	
  
Source	
  of	
  Kcal	
   Initial	
  Food	
  	
  
	
  Log	
  –	
  kcals.	
  
%	
  of	
  Kcal.	
   Recommende
d	
  %	
  of	
  	
  Kcal	
  
CHO	
   909.02	
   40.6%	
   45%	
  
Pro	
   297.04	
   13.3%	
   30%	
  
Fat	
   1032.003	
   46.1%	
   25%	
  
Sat	
  Fat	
  
	
  
313.83	
   30.4%	
   5%	
  
	
  MUSFA	
  
	
  
264.573	
   25.6%	
   15%	
  
	
  	
  PUFA	
  
	
  
186.957	
   18.1%	
   10%	
  
Sugar,	
  
GRAMS	
  total	
  
56.608(grams
)	
  
12%	
   25	
  (grams)	
  
Nutrient	
  
	
  
Initial	
  -­‐	
  Intake	
   Recommended	
  Intake	
  
Protein	
  (g)	
  
	
  
74.260	
   134.643	
  
Calcium	
  (mg)	
  
	
  
441.319	
   12000	
  
Iron	
  (mg)	
  
	
  
7.853	
   8.000	
  
Vitamin	
  C	
  (mg)	
  
	
  
21.590	
   75.000	
  
Vitamin	
  A	
  RE	
  
	
  
432.985	
   1000	
  
EXCHANGES	
   Patient	
  Intake	
   Recommended	
  Exchange	
  
Pattern	
  
Bread/Starch	
  
Exchanges	
  
	
  
9.50	
   4.0	
  
*Fruit	
  Exchanges	
  
	
  
0	
   4.0	
  
*Meat-­‐MF	
  
Exchanges	
  
2.00	
   3.0	
  
*Milk-­‐Low	
  Fat	
  
Exchanges	
  
0	
   3.0	
  
*Vegetable	
  
Exchanges	
  
3.50	
   5.0	
  
	
  
*Other	
  CHO	
  	
   4.50	
   2.0	
  
Dietary	
  Fiber	
   13.338	
   21.000	
  
Soluble	
  Fiber	
   0	
   20	
  
	
  
Heading	
   Renal	
  Disease	
  Case	
  Study	
  
A	
  	
   S	
  (1	
  pt)	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
O	
  (2	
  pt)	
  
Patient	
  has	
  a	
  sedentary	
  lifestyle	
  due	
  to	
  occupation.	
  He	
  suffers	
  from	
  stage	
  3	
  chronic	
  renal	
  
disease.	
  He	
  is	
  requesting	
  on	
  self-­‐administered	
  continuous	
  ambulatory	
  peritoneal	
  dialysis	
  
because	
  of	
  his	
  occupation	
  and	
  personal	
  everyday	
  tasks.	
  	
  He	
  states,	
  “I	
  am	
  here	
  to	
  have	
  a	
  
catheter	
  paced	
  so	
  I	
  can	
  start	
  CAPD”.	
  He	
  has	
  been	
  admitted	
  for	
  insertion	
  of	
  Pd	
  catheter	
  
and	
  plans	
  to	
  use	
  the	
  cycler	
  at	
  night.	
  Reports	
  having	
  warm	
  and	
  dry	
  skin.	
  Patient	
  states	
  
that	
  he	
  has	
  noticed	
  his	
  appetite	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  as	
  good	
  lately”.	
  Describes	
  mild	
  nausea,	
  but	
  
no	
  vomiting.	
  Relates	
  that	
  food	
  has	
  a	
  bad	
  taste.	
  No	
  allergies	
  that	
  anyone	
  is	
  aware	
  of	
  at	
  
this	
  time.	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Patient	
  is	
  49-­‐years	
  old	
  African	
  American	
  male.	
  He	
  is	
  66	
  inches,	
  weights	
  77.1kg,	
  and	
  has	
  a	
  
BMI	
  of	
  23.	
  He	
  has	
  been	
  diagnosed	
  with	
  stage	
  3	
  chronic	
  renal	
  disease.	
  He	
  has	
  been	
  
previously	
  treated	
  with	
  hemodialysis.	
  He	
  had	
  surgery	
  in	
  2000	
  to	
  repair	
  umbilical	
  kidney.	
  
He	
  has	
  a	
  medical	
  history	
  of	
  membranoproliferative	
  glomerulonephritis,	
  dyslipidemia,	
  
anemia	
  of	
  chronic	
  kidney	
  disease,	
  dyslipidemia,	
  and	
  HTN.	
  He	
  has	
  been	
  prescribed	
  
Procardia,	
  carvedilol,	
  catapres,	
  cellCept,	
  fish	
  oil,	
  Lasix,	
  prednisone,	
  and	
  calcitriol.	
  His	
  
father	
  had	
  lung	
  cancer	
  and	
  his	
  mother	
  had	
  cervical	
  cancer.	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
Nutrient	
  analysis	
  	
  
2044.841	
  Kcal	
  
Protein	
  79.521g	
  
Fluid	
  1182.96cc	
  
Potassium	
  3133.326	
  
Phosphorus	
  781.248mg	
  
Fiber	
  18.412g	
  
	
  
Lab	
  values	
  	
  
Protein,	
  total	
  (g/dl)	
  5.8	
  
BUN	
  (mg/dl)	
  124	
  
Hemoglobin	
  (Hgb,	
  g/dl)	
  6.6	
  
Creatinine	
  serum	
  (mg/dl)	
  6.8	
  
Phosphate,	
  inorganic	
  (mg/dL)	
  11.9	
  
BP	
  161/92	
  
Calcium	
  (mg/dL)	
  8.3	
  
RBC	
  2.33	
  
Hematocrit	
  (Hct,	
  %)	
  19	
  
Sodium	
  (mEql)	
  130	
  
	
  
	
  
TEE=2,054.52	
  (RMR	
  x	
  AF	
  1.3)	
  
	
  
	
  
D	
   PES	
  
#1	
  	
  
Excessive	
  protein	
  intake	
  NI-­‐5.7.2	
  related	
  to	
  altered	
  laboratory	
  values	
  as	
  evident	
  by	
  high	
  
protein	
  intake,	
  increased	
  BUN	
  124	
  mg/dl,	
  blood	
  pressure	
  161/92,	
  hemoglobin	
  6.6	
  g/dl,	
  
 
(4pts)	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
PES	
  
#2	
  
	
  
(4pst)	
  
hematocrit	
  19%,	
  and	
  creatinine	
  serum	
  of	
  6.8	
  mg/dl	
  on	
  admit	
  date.	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Excessive	
  mineral	
  intake	
  (NI-­‐5.10.1)	
  related	
  to	
  altered	
  laboratory	
  values	
  as	
  evident	
  by	
  
high	
  levels	
  of	
  potassium	
  3133.326,	
  phosphorus	
  781.248mg,	
  and	
  calcium	
  8.3	
  mg/dl	
  on	
  
admit	
  date	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
I	
   (4	
  
pts)	
  
Nutrition	
  prescription	
  (NP-­‐1.1)	
  	
  
	
  
Recommend	
  nutrition	
  education	
  and	
  nutrition	
  counseling	
  to	
  train	
  a	
  patient	
  in	
  skills	
  
needed	
  to	
  manage	
  or	
  modify	
  food	
  for	
  improved	
  health.	
  Nutritional	
  intervention	
  
recommended	
  by	
  self	
  monitoring,	
  record	
  review,	
  and	
  education	
  as	
  a	
  result	
  of	
  adjusting	
  
patient’s	
  intake	
  of	
  protein,	
  fluid,	
  phosphorous,	
  potassium,	
  label	
  reading,	
  and	
  
interpretation.	
  Handouts	
  can	
  be	
  provided	
  to	
  client	
  with	
  explanations	
  of	
  healthy	
  food	
  
options	
  for	
  renal	
  disease.	
  
	
  
	
  
I(M/E)	
   (.5	
  
pt)	
  
Electrolyte	
  and	
  Renal	
  Profile	
  (BD-­‐1.2)	
  
	
  
Patient/client	
  BUN	
  124	
  mg/dl,	
  phosphate	
  11.9	
  mg/dl,	
  calcium	
  8.3	
  mg/dl,	
  and	
  creatinine	
  
serum	
  6.8	
  mg/dl	
  are	
  all	
  over	
  the	
  expected	
  range.	
  He	
  needs	
  to	
  gain	
  knowledge	
  on	
  foods	
  
that	
  he	
  can	
  eat	
  that	
  will	
  benefit	
  him	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  foods	
  that	
  he	
  should	
  limit.	
  Recommend	
  
frequent	
  visits	
  with	
  a	
  dietician	
  to	
  evaluate	
  and	
  monitor	
  progress.	
  	
  During	
  visits	
  he	
  should	
  
be	
  taught	
  how	
  to	
  self	
  monitor	
  his	
  own	
  intake.	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
   	
   Signature	
  
	
  
Nutrition 4100
Medical Record Note
Scores are listed in the left column.
Heading Pulmonary Case Study ADIME Note
A
(3 pts)
S Patient’s parents states: Have not had a formal diet instruction with the RDN
“We restrict most of the fat in his diet because it gives him diarrhea and make his
stool “really stink.” That can’t be good for him.”
“A lot of times we don’t know what to feed him. But we feel good about the fact
that at least he is getting enough calories.”
Patient states: “I have been having alot of cramps lately”
“I usually have really bad diarrhea in the afternoon at school”
“I only urinate a lot if I drink a lot”
O 10yo, M, Height: 131.0cm, Weight: 22.75kg, BMI: 13.5
Family hx: Has sister who died shortly after birth with CF.
Dx: Cystic Fibrosis, Upper respiratory tract infection
At Home Medications: Pancrease, 4 caps with meals; 1 cap with snacks;
Bronchodilators with respiratory treatments. Timing of Pancrease=6am, 11:30am
(by school nurse), 3:30pm, 6:30pm.
In the Hospital (physician orders): Pancrease, 4 caps with meals; 1 cap with snacks;
Bronchodilators with respiratory treatments. Tobramycin administered via IV.
Tylenol PRN po.
Diet recall: Est kcal: 1,048 Est fat: 6g or 6%
TEE: 2,022.85 kcal
DER: est. 2,200kcal
REE: 1,011.425kcal
Physical: Clubbing of fingers & toes, extremely thin & pale, oral tissues intact, free
of excoriation, flatus passed while in the room- very foul smelling, appropriate skin
turgor, and active activity level.
Lab Values
Serum Albumin = 2.3 g/dL
Serum Magnesium = 1.4 mEq/L
HbA1C = 7.1%
Transferrin = 190 mg/dL
Prealbumin = 8mg/dL
Urinalysis = glucose (negative)
protein (negative)
others are within normal limits
Coefficient of Fat Absorption= 0.85
FEV1= 75%
D
	
  
Dx:
____points
	
  
Dx:
____points
	
  
Dx:
____points
A
(Each PES
statement is
worth 4
points)
Inadequate fat intake (NI-5.51) related to food- and nutrition-related knowledge
deficit concerning appropriate amount of dietary fat as evidenced by parents stating
“We restrict most of the fat in his diet because it gives him diarrhea and make his
stool “really stink.” That can’t be good for him.” as diet recall shows 6% of kcal
was from fat when AMDR shows 20-35% should come from fat intake.
Inadequate energy intake (NI-1.2) related to pathological / physiological causes that
result in increased energy requirements as evidenced by diet recall indicating
1,048kcal intake while cystic fibrosis TEE is 2,094kcal.
Food- and Nutrition-Related Knowledge Deficit (NB-1.1) related to lack of prior
nutrition-related education as evidenced by no prior formal diet instruction on how
to apply food and nutrition related information to conditions related to cystic
fibrosis due to lack of nutrition knowledge diet recall indicating 1,048kcal while
cystic fibrosis TEE indicates a kcal need of 2,022.85kcal.
Impaired Nutrition Utilization (NC-2.1) related to compromised endocrine
functions such as the liver and pancreas, as evidenced by malabsorption of fat and
protein as shown in lab values by low production of prealbumin of 8mg/dL, serum
albumin of 2.3 g/d, and low absorption of serum magnesium 1.4 mEq/L.
I (M/E)
	
  
I:
____points
	
  
M/E:
____points
P
	
  
Interven-
tion: 6.5 pts
	
  
M/E;
2.5 pts)
Increased energy diet (ND 1.2.2.1) recommended 2, 100kcal to compensate for
elevated resting energy expenditure, malabsorption, and insulin insufficiency.
Nutrition relationship to health/diseases (E-1.4), to ensure patient is consuming
high calorie, fat, and sodium foods, along with making sure to obtain an appropriate
amount of carbohydrates for cystic fibrosis patients.
Nutrition	
  Education	
  (E)
• Ensure	
  parents	
  and	
  patient	
  understand	
  dietary	
  requirements	
  related	
  
to	
  cystic	
  fibrosis	
  
• Priority	
  modifications	
  are	
  to	
  ensure	
  parents	
  understand	
  their	
  child	
  
needs	
  to	
  increase	
  fat	
  intake	
  due	
  to	
  his	
  elevated	
  resting	
  energy	
  
expenditure	
  and	
  the	
  importance	
  of	
  meeting	
  his	
  recommended	
  DER	
  
• Explain	
  how	
  nutrition	
  related	
  to	
  cystic	
  fibrosis	
  	
  
• Recommend	
  high	
  fat	
  foods	
  and	
  increasing	
  calories	
  by	
  making	
  simple	
  
adjustments:	
  drinking	
  whole	
  milk,	
  consuming	
  full	
  fat	
  foods,	
  adding	
  full	
  
fat	
  spreads	
  
Goal Setting (C-2.2)
1. Provide nutrition education on cystic fibrosis diet to improve overall
health of patient
2. Provide examples of foods high in healthy fats for patient
Self-Monitoring (C-2.3)
Monitor total energy intake (FH 1.1.1.1)
Monitor total fat intake (FH 1.5.1.1)
Signature- 1pt 	
  
Writing Style Overall impression of the note. Writing style, neatness
	
  
 
Counseling and
Education
Nutrition 4901
Interdisciplinary Presentation (upcoming)
Management &
Leadership
Management 2000
	
  
Chapter	
  1	
  
• Organizations	
  
-­‐recall	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  definition	
  of	
  an	
  organization	
  and	
  the	
  various	
  types	
  of	
  
organizations	
  
• Management	
  
-­‐recall	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  definition	
  of	
  management	
  
• Efficiency	
  and	
  Effectiveness	
  
-­‐remember	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  differences	
  between	
  effectiveness	
  and	
  efficiency,	
  
recognize	
  examples	
  of	
  each	
  as	
  they	
  apply	
  to	
  a	
  manager’s	
  job	
  
• Types	
  of	
  Managers	
  
-­‐recall	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  different	
  levels	
  of	
  management	
  (top,	
  middle,	
  first-­‐line)	
  and	
  
types	
  of	
  managers	
  (functional	
  vs.	
  general),	
  be	
  able	
  to	
  recognize	
  examples	
  of	
  each	
  
• Management	
  Functions	
  
-­‐be	
  able	
  to	
  define	
  and	
  recognize	
  examples	
  each	
  of	
  the	
  four	
  functions	
  of	
  management	
  	
  
• Managerial	
  Roles	
  
-­‐be	
  able	
  to	
  describe	
  the	
  types	
  of	
  managerial	
  roles	
  and	
  recognize	
  examples	
  of	
  each	
  of	
  10	
  
roles.	
  
• Management	
  Skills	
  
-­‐remember	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  three	
  management	
  skills	
  (conceptual,	
  technical	
  and	
  
human)	
  
Chapter	
  3	
  
• Internal	
  Stakeholders	
  
-­‐recall	
  the	
  three	
  internal	
  stakeholders	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  role	
  of	
  the	
  board	
  of	
  directors	
  
• Environmental	
  Forces	
  (PEST)	
  
-­‐	
  identify	
  the	
  forces	
  in	
  an	
  organization’s	
  environment	
  and	
  recognize	
  how	
  those	
  forces	
  may	
  
impact	
  on	
  an	
  organization’s	
  strategy	
  
• General/Task	
  Environment	
  
-­‐in	
  addition	
  to	
  the	
  environmental	
  forces	
  above,	
  be	
  able	
  to	
  describe	
  the	
  various	
  
stakeholders	
  in	
  the	
  organization’s	
  task	
  environment	
  
• Ethics	
  
-­‐define	
  ethics	
  and	
  values	
  
• Ethical	
  Dilemmas	
  
-­‐define	
  four	
  approaches	
  to	
  solving	
  ethical	
  dilemmas	
  and	
  recognize	
  how	
  these	
  approaches	
  
might	
  produce	
  different	
  ethical	
  decisions	
  
	
  
	
   	
  
Chapter	
  4	
  
• Globalization	
  
-­‐recall	
  the	
  definition	
  of	
  globalization	
  and	
  the	
  global	
  village	
  
• Management	
  Attitudes	
  Towards	
  Cultural	
  Differences	
  
-­‐define	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  differences	
  between	
  ethnocentric,	
  polycentric,	
  and	
  geocentric	
  
managers,	
  	
  recall	
  the	
  definition	
  of	
  culture	
  shock,	
  recognize	
  the	
  differences	
  between	
  high	
  
and	
  low	
  context	
  cultures	
  
• Strategies	
  for	
  international	
  growth	
  
-­‐describe	
  the	
  various	
  strategies	
  that	
  an	
  organization	
  might	
  pursue	
  in	
  order	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  
increase	
  their	
  operations	
  internationally	
  
• Free	
  Trade/Barriers	
  to	
  Free	
  Trade	
  
-­‐understand	
  how	
  free	
  trade	
  agreements	
  like	
  NAFTA	
  and	
  GATT	
  have	
  increased	
  
opportunities	
  for	
  international	
  trade	
  
• National	
  Culture/Globe	
  Project	
  
-­‐define	
  those	
  dimensions	
  on	
  which	
  cultures	
  vary	
  and	
  understand	
  how	
  cultural	
  differences	
  
may	
  impact	
  managers	
  and	
  organizations	
  
	
  
Chapter	
  6	
  
• SWOT	
  analysis	
  
-­‐recognize	
  examples	
  and	
  describe	
  the	
  four	
  elements	
  of	
  a	
  SWOT	
  analysis	
  
• Grand	
  strategies	
  
-­‐describe	
  the	
  three	
  grand	
  strategies,	
  recognized	
  examples	
  of	
  these	
  strategies	
  
• Porter’s	
  competitive	
  strategies	
  
-­‐define	
  and	
  recognize	
  examples	
  of	
  the	
  four	
  strategies;	
  Cost-­‐Leadership,	
  Differentiation,	
  
Cost-­‐Focus	
  and	
  Focused	
  Differentiation	
  
• BCG	
  matrix	
  
-­‐understand	
  how	
  market	
  growth	
  and	
  market	
  share	
  influence	
  strategy,	
  	
  
	
  
Chapter	
  7	
  
• The	
  rational	
  decision	
  model:	
  
Remember	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  rational	
  decision	
  making	
  model.	
  
• Bounded	
  rationality	
  
Understand	
  and	
  apply	
  the	
  limits	
  to	
  rational	
  decision	
  making	
  	
  including	
  bounded	
  rationality	
  
and	
  satisficing.	
  
• Group	
  Decision	
  Making	
  
Understand	
  and	
  apply	
  the	
  advantages	
  and	
  disadvantages	
  of	
  group	
  decision	
  making	
  
• Group	
  think	
  
Understand	
  the	
  symptoms	
  and	
  causes	
  of	
  Group	
  Think	
  
• Heuristics	
  and	
  Biases	
  
Remember	
  and	
  understand	
  the	
  concepts	
  of	
  Heuristics	
  and	
  their	
  related	
  	
  biases	
  
Chapter	
  8	
  
Organizational	
  Culture	
  
• Understand	
  and	
  apply	
  the	
  three	
  levels	
  of	
  organizational	
  culture	
  :	
  Artifacts,	
  Values,	
  Assumptions	
  
• Differentiate	
  between	
  Espoused	
  Values	
  and	
  Enacted	
  Values	
  
• Identify	
  Stories,	
  Myths,	
  Symbols,	
  and	
  Heroes	
  and	
  understand	
  how	
  they	
  shape	
  organizational	
  culture	
  
Organizational	
  Structure	
  
• Understand	
  and	
  remember	
  the	
  concepts	
  of	
  Authority	
  and	
  the	
  Chain	
  of	
  Command	
  and	
  how	
  these	
  are	
  identified	
  on	
  
an	
  organizational	
  chart	
  	
  
• Differentiate	
  between	
  examples	
  of	
  wide	
  and	
  narrow	
  Span	
  of	
  Control	
  	
  
• Recognize	
  examples	
  of	
  Functional	
  and	
  Divisional	
  organizational	
  structures	
  
	
  
Chapter	
  9	
  
• Define	
  Human	
  Resource	
  Management	
  (HRM)	
  and	
  identify	
  steps	
  in	
  the	
  HRM	
  Process	
  
• Understand	
  the	
  purpose	
  and	
  recognize	
  examples	
  of	
  Job	
  Analysis	
  
• Differentiate	
  between	
  Job	
  Descriptions	
  and	
  Job	
  Specifications	
  
• Understand	
  the	
  purpose	
  and	
  origins	
  of	
  the	
  Equal	
  Employment	
  Opportunity	
  Commission	
  
• Differentiate	
  between	
  Structured	
  and	
  Unstructured	
  Interviews	
  and	
  recognize	
  their	
  limitations	
  and	
  advantages	
  
• Understand	
  the	
  differences	
  between	
  Objective	
  and	
  Subjective	
  Performance	
  Appraisals	
  
• Understand	
  how	
  Behaviorally	
  Anchored	
  Rating	
  Scales	
  (BARS)	
  o	
  make	
  subjective	
  criteria	
  more	
  objective	
  
• Identify	
  examples	
  of	
  360	
  Degree	
  Performance	
  Appraisals,	
  their	
  purpose	
  and	
  limitations	
  
Chapter	
  11	
  
• Understand	
  and	
  define	
  Values	
  and	
  Attitudes	
  
• Recognize	
  the	
  five	
  major	
  personality	
  types	
  
• Understand	
  the	
  definition	
  and	
  levels	
  of	
  Diversity	
  
• Recognize	
  work	
  place	
  Stress	
  
• Understand	
  the	
  elements	
  of	
  Emotional	
  Intelligence	
  
• 	
  
Chapter	
  12	
  
•	
   Differentiate	
  between	
  Extrinsic	
  and	
  Intrinsic	
  Rewards	
  
•	
   Identify	
  and	
  apply	
  Maslow’s	
  Hierarchy	
  of	
  Needs	
  
•	
   Identify	
  Alderfer's	
  ERG	
  theory	
  
•	
   Understand	
  Herzberg’s	
  Two-­‐Factor	
  Theory	
  and	
  recognize	
  examples	
  of	
  Motivating	
  Factors	
  and	
  Hygiene	
  Factors	
  	
  
•	
   Remember	
  and	
  apply	
  Equity	
  Theory	
  
•	
   Understand	
  the	
  elements	
  of	
  Expectancy	
  Theory	
  
•	
   Understand	
  how	
  managers	
  use	
  Job	
  Enrichment	
  to	
  increase	
  motivation	
  
•	
   Understand	
  	
  and	
  apply	
  Reinforcement	
  Theory	
  (Operant	
  Conditioning)	
  
Chapter	
  13	
  
•	
   Understand	
  the	
  difference	
  between	
  Teams	
  and	
  Groups	
  
•	
   Identify	
  different	
  Types	
  of	
  Teams	
  
•	
   Recognize	
  the	
  different	
  Stages	
  of	
  Team	
  Development	
  
•	
   Understand	
  the	
  advantages	
  and	
  disadvantages	
  of	
  small	
  and	
  large	
  teams	
  
•	
   Identify	
  and	
  apply	
  Conflict	
  Resolution	
  Strategies	
  
Marketing 2020!Lorem&Ipsum&
Crossfit((((((((((((((
SEO$
!Lorem&Ipsum& 2&
What!We!Offer!
Our!student!organization!would!provide!students!with!the!opportunity!to!
meet!with!other!students!interested!in!Crossfit.!In!addition,!carpool!lanes!
would!be!established!and!gym!membership!rates!could!be!lowered!through!
the!Senate!Appropriation!Commission.!!Also,!a!facebook!group!will!be!made!
so!that!members!can!easily!interact!with!one!another.!
!
CrossfitOU$
CrossfitOU$would$build$student$relationships$and$strengthen$the$
bond$established$through$the$act$of$working$out.$
!Lorem&Ipsum& 2&
What!We!Offer!
Our!student!organization!would!provide!students!with!the!opportunity!to!
meet!with!other!students!interested!in!Crossfit.!In!addition,!carpool!lanes!
would!be!established!and!gym!membership!rates!could!be!lowered!through!
the!Senate!Appropriation!Commission.!!Also,!a!facebook!group!will!be!made!
so!that!members!can!easily!interact!with!one!another.!
!
CrossfitOU$
CrossfitOU$would$build$student$relationships$and$strengthen$the$
bond$established$through$the$act$of$working$out.$
!Lorem&Ipsum& 3&
Our!S.W.O.T.!Analysis!showed!us!
that!the!large!student!market!is!
untapped!and!we!decided!to!
capitalize!on!that!by!creating!the!
CrossfitOU!club.!
Target$Market$
Our$target$market$would$be$the$Ohio$
University$students.$Mainly$this$would$be$
ages$18B23,$however$any$students$
regardless$of$age$are$welcome.$
!!!! Strengths
• Unique Service
• Close knit
community
• Direct and personal
instruction
• Family friendly
• Targets large variety
of people
Weaknesses
• Poor web
performance
• High priced fees
• Poor location/hard
to find
• Little advertisement
Opportunities
• Large population of
college students
• Athens county
schools (Teachers &
students)
Threats(
• Ping(
• Economic$
downturn(
• Apathy$towards$
working$out(
(
!!
S.W.O.T. Analysis
!Lorem&Ipsum& 4&
We!conducted!a!survey!asking!50!students!at!Ping!the!following!
questions,!to!get!more!insight!and!see!if!they!would!be!interested!in!
CrossfitOU!
CrossFit(Club(Survey(
(
Do(you(regularly(work(out?(
(
Yes__________( ( No__________(
(
Have(you(heard(of(CrossFit?(
(
Yes__________( ( No__________(
(
Have(you(heard(of(CrossFit(SEO?(
(
Yes__________( ( No__________(
(
Would(you(be(interested(in(joining(a(CrossFit(club?(
(
Yes__________( ( No__________(
(
Would(you(be(willing(to(travel(off(campus(if(transportation(were(provided?(
(
Yes__________( ( No__________(
(
What(would(you(be(willing(to(pay(for(a(gym(membership?(__________(
(
(
!
!
!
!
!
!
!Lorem&Ipsum& 5&
This!is!a!brochure!that!descirbes!the!
essence!of!CrossfitSEO!and!CrossfitOU.!
These!would!be!distributed!throughout!
Baker!and!other!school!buildings.!
Getting Started
We know that new exercise
programs can be very
difficult. We do our best to
make you feel very
welcomed from the
moment you walk through
our door. To get started visit
our website for more
information. Pick a time and
date that you would like to
attend and be sure to
confirm your reservations.
Services
• Unlimited
$95/month
• Student/Service/Leo-
$75.99/month
• Multi-month discounts
o 3-month membership: 5%
o 6-month membership: 10%
• Family Discount
o Additional family member
receives 20% discount
CrossFit
762 W. Union Street,
(Behind Third Sun Solar)
Suite A, Athens, OH 45701
(
Location
ContactEmail:
Jolene@crossfitseo.com
Phone: (740) 591-0735
www.crossfitseo.com
SEO
Reasons to join
CrossfitOU
• Fast results
• Builds community
• Trainer expertise
• Prepares you for day
to day activities
• Improves self
confidence
• Personal growth
• Increased mental
toughness
• FUN!
What is CrossFit?
1
Our Philosophy
The three most important
principles of CrossFit SEO
• Adherence to the
foundations of the CrossFit
way
• Improving one’s overall
sense of well-being while
building physical
competence and mental
confidence for people of all
ages, shapes, sizes, and
abilities
2
With the support of an
organization students will be able
to meet others interested in
Crossfit and form a tight student
community. In addition, car pool
lanes will be established and
reduced fees will be enacted
through the Senate Appropriations
Commision.
CrossFit is a fitness system meant to help people develop and increased work
capacity across road time and modal domains. This means that CrossFit isn’t
necessarily designed to get you better at one skill or fitness attribute; instead, it’s
engineered to help you develop multiple skills and strengths at varying levels of
intensity and time.
!Lorem&Ipsum& 6&
We!have!also!made!a!Facebook!group!called!“CrossfitOU”!
in!order!for!the!members!to!stay!connect!and!keep!up!to!
date!on!the!latest!CrossfitOU!details.!
This!is!the!homepage!of!the!group!
!
!Lorem&Ipsum& 7&
Brand Model Pyramid
Competitive Context
Ping workout center
Insight
Students should be able to obtain a
quality workout, while building
relationships with people of the
same lifestyle
Target
Ohio University students
!
Product Attributes
Access to CrossfitSEO’s gym
Credibility
Club taught and lead by CrossfitSEO instructors
Emotional Benefit
A way to connect with others and release stress
Functional Benefits
Only Crossfit club on OU’s campus
Slogan
“CrossfitOU, where everyone fits in”
Personality
Active, and dedicated
organization
Positioning
To all Ohio University students, but mostly to ages 18-23!
Essence / Consumer Value Proposition
Memorable experiences enjoyed over group/
community workouts
EXTERNALANALYSISBUSINESSCONCEPTDEMANDFORECASTSMARKETINGFINANCIALS
Brand Pyramid Model
Vision
To offer the best Crossfit experience in the Athens area
Mission
To provide a rewarding and fulfilling experience while engaging with other students and Crossfit
members
9
!!
!
!
Lorem&Ipsum&
!
Lorem$Ipsum$Dolor$
[Street$Address]$
[City],$[State][Postal$Code]$
[Web$Address]$
CONCLUSION
Feasibility
•  Out of 50 people surveyed at Ping 17% showed interest in a
Crossfit club, this shows promising opportunity for growth in
regards to CrossfitSEO
•  Although it may be difficult to gain support from the Senate
Appropriations Commission, we believe it to be possible as a
substantial amount of students have shown interest
•  The brochure lays out the essence of Crossfit and this we believe
will generate more interest
•  A major weakness of CrossfitSEO is the lack of transportation,
with CrossfitOU the car pooling would will solve this issue
ACCT 1020
Communication and
Research
PSY 2110
Research Report #3
Caffeine is the most addictive drug and is consumed by the majority of the population. Some
enjoy the taste, while others enjoy the feeling that it offers. Either way many people rely heavily on
caffeine and need it to function throughout the day. Our group thought it would be interesting to see how
much money three different age groups spend on caffeinated beverages weekly. The three of us decided
to test how much money is spent on caffeinated beverages each week between underclassman,
upperclassman, and graduates. We asked the three groups a series of questions to determine which group
spends the most money. Our questions that we came up with were: what is your gender? Are you an
underclassman, upperclassman, or graduate? How much money do you spend each week on caffeinated
beverages?
As researchers there were certain aspects of the study that we could control. All of our subjects
were random and were either underclassman, upperclassman, or graduates. We controlled for whether
each subject was an underclassman, upperclassman, or graduate because we believe that these three
groups have different access to caffeinated beverages. For example, underclassman have a meal plan, so
they may be less inclined to spend money on caffeinated beverages because of access to caffeine within
the dining halls. In addition to this, graduate students may also be less inclined to purchase caffeinated
beverages because free coffee may be provided within the department in which they work. The other
aspect of our study that we controlled for was whether the participant was male or female. We controlled
for this because it may be possible that due to a male’s larger physique, they may have to consume more
and spend more money on caffeine to get the same pleasure affect as females.
During our study there were many aspects that we could not control. We could not control
dishonest answers. It is difficult to put a number on something that you do not keep track of on a regular
basis so we had to deal with the possibility of bad estimates. Another characteristic we could not control
for was where the participants choose to buy their caffeinated drinks. For example, some businesses may
charge more money for a 12 oz cup of coffee versus other businesses. A third aspect we could not control
for was the kind of caffeinated beverages the participants choose to buy. A vanilla latte is usually more
money than a small cup of coffee.
We expect to find that upperclassman will spend the most amount of money on caffeinated
drinks. This is because they have the least amount of access to free or included caffeinated beverages. As
stated previously, undergraduates have a dining hall plan where they can obtain caffeine drinks and
graduates oftentimes work in a place that may provide free coffee/tea as part of the job. In this study the
independent variables are underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates. Our dependent variable is the
amount of money spent on caffeinated beverages each week.
Raw Data:
Using SPSS we calculated the mean and standard deviation for each group. The mean for
underclassmen was 4.18 with a standard deviation of 3.843, the mean for upperclassmen was 9.45 with a
standard deviation of 6.605, and a mean for graduate was 8.10 with a standard deviation of 6.129
Underclassmen Upperclassmen Graduates
2.50 5 0
5 0 4
0 15 5
5 20 10
0 10 3
10 8 3
8 14 7
5 10 15
0 20 8
0 5 15
10 20 0
0 5 15
3 4 2
0 5 10
10 8 15
5 10 10
5 0 20
5 15 15
10 15 5
0 0 0
There are three assumptions that are associated with ANOVA and these include: normality,
homogeneity of variance, and independence of observations. Normality assumes that the dependent
variable should be normally distributed in the population from which we draw our samples. Using large
samples can balance out the effect of violating the normality assumption. The second assumption is
homogeneity of variance. Homogeneity of variance assumes that two or more populations being
compared have an equal variance, the rule is a 4 times difference. Violating this assumption means that
the variances are not within 4 times of each other. The third and final assumption is independence of
observations. Independence is the assumption that the two groups were sampled independently of each
other, which means that the groups are made up of different people. One person should not appear twice
in two different groups because this is inaccurate and could skew results.
We have not violated any of the above assumptions associated with ANOVA. Graphically, our
results show that the three sample groups are distributed normally. As you can see below we have our
histogram of our data that clearly shows a normal curve for each group. The variance of each group is
within four times of each other group in the study. This follows the 4 times rule. We did not violate the
assumption of independence of observation because our data that was gathered was completely separated
from one another and we never had one person record their results more than once. We asked them all the
same series of questions independently. This helped to control influenced answers, as the individuals felt
no pressure to give certain answers based on their peers. Violating independence of observations is the
most important variable not to violate because results could be very inaccurate and biased.
Using SPSS we conducted a one way ANOVA for our data. These are the steps that we took to obtain our
final data.
Hypotheses:
Ho: There is no significant difference in the amount of money spent each week on caffeinated beverages
when comparing underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates.
H1: At least one group mean is significantly different in the amount of money spent each week on
caffeinated beverages when comparing underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates.
Critical value:
According to Howell at alpha of .05 with degrees of freedom (2,57)
F.05 (2,57)= 3.18. We used the degrees of freedom between groups, which was 2 and a degrees of freedom
within groups which was 57.
Obtained:
ANOVA
Money spent per week
Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Sig.
Between Groups 300.358 2 150.179 4.695 .013
Within Groups 1823.388 57 31.989
Total 2123.746 59
We rejected the null hypotheses because we have a F critical value of 3.18 and an F obtained
value at 4.695. That means there is a significant difference in the amount of money spent each week on
caffeinated beverages when comparing underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates. It is appropriate to
perform a Fisher’s LSD post-hoc test because we rejected the null hypothesis. Therefore, we need to
evaluate which sample is significantly different.
Using SPSS we have created a Fisher’s LSD test. According to Howell, our t-critical value would
be T.05 (59)=+/- 2.009. The standard error value for our data is 1.78855. We found that there was a
significant difference in the amount of money spent on caffeinated beverages between underclassmen and
upeclassman as well as underclassman and people who have graduated. We calculated the t obtained by
dividing the mean difference by the standard error between the two groups. This was done to compare
each group to the other group. We compared our t critical value to our t statistic and determined whether
or not it fell in the rejection region.
Multiple Comparisons
Dependent Variable: Money spent per week
LSD
(I) Status (J) Status
Mean Difference (I-
J)
Std.
Error Sig.
95% Confidence Interval
Lower
Bound
Upper
Bound
Underclassmen Upperclassmen -5.27500*
1.78855 .005 -8.8565 -1.6935
Graduate -3.92500*
1.78855 .032 -7.5065 -.3435
Upperclassmen Underclassmen 5.27500*
1.78855 .005 1.6935 8.8565
Graduate 1.35000 1.78855 .453 -2.2315 4.9315
Graduate Underclassmen 3.92500*
1.78855 .032 .3435 7.5065
Upperclassmen -1.35000 1.78855 .453 -4.9315 2.2315
*. The mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level.
Eta-squared measures the degree of variability among observations that can be attributed to group
membership. Looking at the table below, the calculated eta- squared was .141. This means that 14.1% of
the variability in the mean amount of money spent on caffeinated beverages per week is due to whether
the participants are an underclassmen, upperclassmen, or college graduate.
Tests of Between-Subjects Effects
Dependent Variable: Money spent per week
Source Type III Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Sig. Partial Eta Squared
Corrected Model 300.358a
2 150.179 4.695 .013 .141
Intercept 3146.504 1 3146.504 98.361 .000 .633
Status 300.358 2 150.179 4.695 .013 .141
Error 1823.388 57 31.989
Total 5270.250 60
Corrected Total 2123.746 59
a. R Squared = .141 (Adjusted R Squared = .111)
where the participants choose to buy their caffeinated drinks
After this study we can conclude at least one group mean is significantly different in the amount
of money spent each week on caffeinated beverages when comparing underclassman, upperclassman, and
graduates. We found that there was a significant difference in the amount of money spent on caffeinated
beverages between underclassmen and upperclassmen as well as underclassman and people who have
graduated. We divided the mean difference by the standard error, which resulted in a value larger than our
t critical value therefore, we had to reject this region. Based on the results we can conclude that
upperclassmen spend the most money on caffeinated beverages per week, which is what we expected to
find.	
  
The average amount of money spent per week for upperclassmen was $9.45 dollars, which was
higher than the other two groups. We did not violate any assumptions when doing ANOVA, however
there were a few factors that we could not control, which could have affected our results. We could not
control the possibility of bad estimates. It can be difficult to have to put a number on something that we
do not normally keep track of on a regular basis. We can’t control where the participants choose to buy
their caffeinated drinks or what type of caffeinated beverage they choose to buy. Some drinks tend to be
more expensive than others. Although, there were factors that could not control we believe that our study
is accurate representation of the amount of money spent each week when comparing underclassmen,
upperclassmen, and graduates.
Communications 1010
Name:	
  Sydney	
  Crowley	
   	
  
Activity	
  #1	
  –	
  Facebook	
  CSI	
  –	
  Self	
  Evaluation	
  
More	
  and	
  more	
  these	
  days,	
  employers	
  are	
  surfing	
  the	
  internet	
  to	
  find	
  out	
  more	
  and	
  more	
  information	
  
about	
  their	
  future	
  employees.	
  	
  For	
  this	
  exercise	
  I	
  want	
  you	
  to	
  play	
  detective….on	
  your	
  own	
  Facebook	
  
page.	
  	
  Starting	
  your	
  profile	
  page,	
  explore	
  all	
  of	
  the	
  tabs	
  (especially	
  Timeline,	
  Basic	
  Information,	
  About	
  
and	
  More).	
  	
  In	
  AT	
  LEAST	
  500	
  words,	
  construct	
  a	
  “profile	
  report”	
  of	
  you.	
  	
  Specifically:	
  
a. Tell	
  me	
  as	
  much	
  information	
  as	
  you	
  can	
  about	
  yourself	
  from	
  the	
  Basic	
  Information	
  screen.	
  
b. Tell	
  me	
  what	
  you	
  can	
  about	
  yourself	
  from	
  the	
  About	
  Screen	
  
c. Look	
  at	
  the	
  first	
  5	
  things	
  on	
  your	
  Timeline	
  and	
  describe	
  the	
  content	
  and	
  assess	
  what	
  that	
  says	
  
about	
  you.	
  
d. Examine	
  the	
  first	
  8	
  pictures	
  under	
  the	
  photo	
  link.	
  	
  Describe	
  the	
  photos	
  and	
  evaluate	
  what	
  they	
  
say	
  about	
  you.	
  
e. Select	
  two	
  tabs	
  from	
  the	
  “More”	
  tab	
  and	
  describe	
  what	
  they	
  say	
  about	
  you.	
  
	
  
PLEASE	
  NOTE:	
  Writing	
  less	
  than	
  500	
  words	
  will	
  result	
  in	
  a	
  grade	
  of	
  0	
  for	
  this	
  section.	
  
Facebook	
  can	
  tell	
  you	
  a	
  lot	
  about	
  an	
  individual.	
  A	
  lot	
  of	
  people	
  go	
  onto	
  others	
  Facebook	
  pages	
  
to	
  investigate	
  and	
  figure	
  out	
  a	
  little	
  bit	
  about	
  the	
  person.	
  Weather	
  you	
  realize	
  it	
  or	
  not	
  Facebook	
  tells	
  a	
  
lot	
  about	
  your	
  personality.	
  Facebook	
  is	
  a	
  great	
  social	
  networking	
  system	
  that	
  allows	
  people	
  to	
  connect	
  
with	
  friends	
  and	
  family.	
  However,	
  it	
  can	
  also	
  be	
  harmful	
  if	
  you	
  are	
  not	
  careful.	
  If	
  you	
  post	
  inappropriate	
  
items	
  on	
  Facebook	
  then	
  that	
  can	
  have	
  a	
  huge	
  impact	
  on	
  your	
  life.	
  People	
  need	
  to	
  be	
  very	
  cautious	
  about	
  
what	
  they	
  decide	
  to	
  post	
  because	
  things	
  can	
  definitely	
  come	
  back	
  to	
  haunt	
  you.	
  I	
  have	
  always	
  heard	
  that	
  
its	
  important	
  to	
  be	
  careful	
  but	
  I	
  never	
  actually	
  heard	
  of	
  Facebook	
  having	
  an	
  impact	
  on	
  someone	
  until	
  
recently.	
  A	
  few	
  months	
  ago	
  my	
  dad	
  told	
  me	
  a	
  story	
  about	
  how	
  he	
  had	
  to	
  fire	
  a	
  guy	
  at	
  work	
  because	
  of	
  
what	
  he	
  was	
  posting.	
  Now	
  my	
  dad	
  has	
  a	
  Facebook	
  and	
  is	
  always	
  checks	
  my	
  page	
  to	
  make	
  sure	
  that	
  it	
  is	
  
clean.	
  
	
  If	
  a	
  random	
  person	
  was	
  a	
  to	
  take	
  a	
  look	
  at	
  my	
  page	
  they	
  would	
  be	
  able	
  to	
  dig	
  up	
  some	
  
information	
  about	
  me.	
  I	
  try	
  not	
  to	
  post	
  anything	
  to	
  personal	
  on	
  the	
  Internet.	
  I	
  never	
  post	
  any	
  statuses	
  
but	
  I	
  do	
  put	
  up	
  a	
  lot	
  of	
  pictures.	
  The	
  person	
  would	
  be	
  able	
  to	
  figure	
  out	
  how	
  old	
  I	
  am	
  because	
  it	
  says	
  
that	
  I	
  just	
  graduated	
  from	
  Mount	
  Notre	
  Dame	
  high	
  school.	
  They	
  would	
  notice	
  that	
  I	
  really	
  enjoy	
  hanging	
  
out	
  with	
  my	
  family	
  and	
  friends.	
  Based	
  on	
  my	
  timeline	
  picture	
  they	
  would	
  be	
  able	
  to	
  tell	
  that	
  I	
  have	
  three	
  
brothers	
  that	
  I	
  am	
  very	
  close	
  to.	
  They	
  would	
  also	
  know	
  who	
  my	
  very	
  close	
  friends	
  are	
  because	
  they	
  are	
  
in	
  my	
  last	
  eight	
  pictures	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  my	
  profile	
  picture.	
  They	
  would	
  know	
  that	
  my	
  friends	
  and	
  I	
  were	
  the	
  
three	
  blind	
  mice	
  for	
  Halloween.	
  If	
  they	
  looked	
  through	
  more	
  of	
  my	
  pictures	
  they	
  would	
  know	
  that	
  I	
  went	
  
on	
  vacation	
  to	
  the	
  Bahamas	
  with	
  my	
  family	
  over	
  the	
  summer	
  and	
  had	
  a	
  great	
  time.	
  If	
  they	
  were	
  to	
  scroll	
  
down	
  they	
  would	
  be	
  able	
  to	
  see	
  what	
  kind	
  of	
  movies,	
  TV	
  shoes,	
  books,	
  music,	
  and	
  actors	
  that	
  I	
  am	
  
interested	
  in.	
  If	
  they	
  were	
  to	
  take	
  a	
  look	
  at	
  the	
  movies	
  they	
  would	
  see	
  that	
  I	
  really	
  enjoy	
  watching	
  
Disney	
  movies.	
  If	
  they	
  clicked	
  on	
  music	
  then	
  would	
  now	
  that	
  a	
  group	
  of	
  my	
  friends	
  are	
  in	
  a	
  band.	
  I	
  have	
  
their	
  CD	
  and	
  a	
  link	
  that	
  will	
  take	
  them	
  to	
  their	
  page.	
  After	
  looking	
  at	
  my	
  likes	
  they	
  may	
  get	
  a	
  sense	
  that	
  I	
  
am	
  really	
  into	
  fitness	
  and	
  being	
  very	
  active.	
  	
  It	
  shows	
  that	
  I	
  attend	
  Power	
  Ryde	
  and	
  Simply	
  Power	
  Yoga,	
  
which	
  is	
  a	
  studio	
  located	
  in	
  near	
  my	
  house	
  in	
  Loveland,	
  Oh.	
  I	
  share	
  a	
  lot	
  of	
  their	
  post	
  to	
  try	
  and	
  
encourage	
  others	
  to	
  attend.	
  I	
  think	
  that	
  Facebook	
  can	
  be	
  a	
  great	
  way	
  to	
  advertise.	
  
	
  
Activity	
  #2	
  –	
  Facebook	
  CSI	
  –	
  Detective	
  on	
  the	
  job	
  
Now	
  that	
  you	
  have	
  practiced	
  writing	
  an	
  evaluation	
  of	
  yourself,	
  it’s	
  time	
  to	
  put	
  our	
  skills	
  to	
  the	
  test.	
  	
  
Open	
  up	
  your	
  Facebook.	
  	
  As	
  a	
  friend	
  –	
  who	
  is	
  not	
  looking	
  at	
  your	
  screen	
  to	
  pick	
  a	
  number	
  between	
  1	
  and	
  
the	
  total	
  number	
  of	
  friends	
  you	
  have.	
  	
  (E.g.	
  Mine	
  would	
  be	
  1-­‐1,019).	
  	
  	
  Using	
  that	
  number,	
  navigate	
  to	
  
that	
  friends	
  page	
  and	
  complete	
  a	
  “profile	
  report”	
  on	
  them.	
  	
  Feel	
  free	
  to	
  change	
  names	
  to	
  protect	
  the	
  
innocent.	
  
Starting	
  with	
  their	
  profile	
  page,	
  explore	
  all	
  of	
  the	
  tabs	
  (especially	
  Timeline,	
  Basic	
  Information,	
  About	
  and	
  
More).	
  	
  In	
  AT	
  LEAST	
  500	
  words,	
  construct	
  a	
  “profile	
  report”	
  of	
  them.	
  	
  Specifically:	
  
a. Tell	
  me	
  as	
  much	
  information	
  as	
  you	
  can	
  about	
  them	
  from	
  the	
  Basic	
  Information	
  screen.	
  
b. Tell	
  me	
  what	
  you	
  can	
  about	
  them	
  from	
  the	
  information	
  on	
  the	
  About	
  Screen	
  
c. Look	
  at	
  the	
  first	
  5	
  things	
  on	
  their	
  Timeline	
  and	
  describe	
  the	
  content	
  and	
  assess	
  what	
  that	
  says	
  
about	
  them.	
  
d. Examine	
  the	
  first	
  8	
  pictures	
  under	
  the	
  photo	
  link.	
  	
  Describe	
  the	
  photos	
  and	
  what	
  conclusions	
  you	
  
can	
  draw	
  from	
  looking	
  at	
  them.	
  
e. Select	
  two	
  tabs	
  from	
  the	
  “More”	
  tab	
  and	
  describe	
  what	
  they	
  tell	
  you	
  about	
  this	
  person.	
  
	
  
PLEASE	
  NOTE:	
  Writing	
  less	
  than	
  500	
  words	
  will	
  result	
  in	
  a	
  grade	
  of	
  0	
  for	
  this	
  section.	
  
I	
  had	
  a	
  friend	
  who	
  was	
  not	
  looking	
  at	
  my	
  screen	
  pick	
  a	
  number	
  between	
  1	
  and	
  609.	
  I	
  used	
  the	
  
number	
  that	
  she	
  picked	
  to	
  get	
  to	
  one	
  of	
  my	
  Facebook	
  friends	
  with	
  the	
  name	
  of	
  Katie	
  Carstens.	
  Katie	
  was	
  
born	
  on	
  August	
  fourteenth	
  in	
  1991	
  and	
  raised	
  in	
  Batavia,	
  OH.	
  She	
  is	
  the	
  daughter	
  of	
  Chip	
  and	
  Sheri	
  
Carstens.	
  She	
  grew	
  up	
  in	
  a	
  catholic	
  household	
  with	
  her	
  two	
  sisters	
  Cassidy	
  and	
  Chelsea	
  Carstens.	
  Katie	
  
and	
  both	
  of	
  her	
  sisters	
  attended	
  Mount	
  Notre	
  Dame	
  high	
  school.	
  While	
  in	
  high	
  school	
  Katie	
  was	
  a	
  part	
  of	
  
the	
  golf	
  team.	
  Katie	
  graduated	
  from	
  high	
  school	
  in	
  2010	
  and	
  she	
  now	
  is	
  a	
  senior	
  at	
  the	
  University	
  of	
  
Cincinnati.	
  She	
  is	
  currently	
  in	
  the	
  health	
  and	
  science	
  field	
  striving	
  to	
  become	
  a	
  speech	
  pathologist.	
  She	
  
has	
  recently	
  created	
  her	
  own	
  business	
  card	
  NSSLIIA.	
  I	
  feel	
  like	
  she	
  is	
  a	
  great	
  student	
  and	
  a	
  very	
  hard	
  
worker.	
  I	
  saw	
  a	
  post	
  that	
  she	
  put	
  up	
  on	
  last	
  Friday	
  night	
  about	
  how	
  she	
  was	
  stuck	
  in	
  a	
  twenty-­‐four	
  hour	
  
lab.	
  I	
  can’t	
  even	
  imagine	
  doing	
  that.	
  From	
  the	
  looks	
  of	
  her	
  profile	
  Katie	
  is	
  going	
  to	
  be	
  a	
  very	
  successful	
  
speech	
  pathologist.	
  She	
  seems	
  like	
  a	
  very	
  caring,	
  self	
  less,	
  and	
  helpful	
  individual.	
  It	
  seems	
  like	
  Katie	
  is	
  
extremely	
  outgoing	
  and	
  has	
  a	
  great	
  personality.	
  All	
  of	
  these	
  qualities	
  that	
  she	
  shows	
  will	
  be	
  great	
  for	
  her	
  
future	
  career.	
  She	
  is	
  part	
  of	
  Kappa	
  Alpha	
  Theta	
  and	
  from	
  the	
  looks	
  of	
  her	
  pictures	
  she	
  is	
  very	
  close	
  to	
  
everyone	
  in	
  her	
  sorority.	
  She	
  is	
  always	
  posting	
  pictures	
  of	
  them	
  and	
  talking	
  about	
  how	
  much	
  she	
  loves	
  
all	
  the	
  girls.	
  It	
  looks	
  like	
  she	
  is	
  doing	
  great	
  in	
  college	
  and	
  having	
  a	
  lot	
  of	
  fun.	
  	
  
Katie	
  has	
  five	
  bands	
  that	
  she	
  really	
  likes.	
  She	
  likes	
  Joseph	
  Nevels,	
  Cinema	
  Sleep,	
  Tana	
  Matz,	
  End	
  
the	
  Paradigm,	
  and	
  Peter	
  Lee	
  Johnson.	
  I	
  have	
  not	
  heard	
  of	
  any	
  of	
  these	
  bands	
  but	
  I	
  am	
  sure	
  that	
  they	
  are	
  
really	
  good	
  ones.	
  I	
  can’t	
  tell	
  what	
  type	
  of	
  movies	
  and	
  TV	
  shoes	
  that	
  she	
  is	
  interested	
  in	
  because	
  she	
  
doesn’t	
  show	
  that	
  she	
  likes	
  any.	
  TV	
  may	
  not	
  be	
  very	
  important	
  to	
  her	
  and	
  she	
  may	
  be	
  too	
  busy	
  to	
  watch	
  
any	
  shows.	
  Although	
  she	
  does	
  not	
  have	
  any	
  movies	
  that	
  she	
  likes	
  it	
  does	
  show	
  that	
  she	
  is	
  a	
  huge	
  fan	
  of	
  
Channing	
  Tatum.	
  Katie	
  likes	
  to	
  go	
  shopping	
  and	
  one	
  of	
  her	
  favorite	
  stores	
  in	
  Charlotte	
  Russe.	
  About	
  five	
  
months	
  ago	
  Katie	
  started	
  working	
  at	
  Stonelick	
  Hills	
  golf	
  course.	
  I	
  know	
  that	
  Katie	
  enjoys	
  gulfing	
  at	
  this	
  
course	
  because	
  there	
  is	
  a	
  picture	
  of	
  her	
  playing.	
  There	
  are	
  also	
  a	
  lot	
  of	
  pictures	
  of	
  Katie	
  with	
  a	
  boy	
  
named	
  Mike.	
  They	
  seem	
  to	
  be	
  very	
  close	
  but	
  I	
  am	
  not	
  sure	
  if	
  they	
  are	
  dating	
  or	
  not.	
  It	
  shows	
  that	
  they	
  
were	
  dating	
  at	
  one	
  point	
  in	
  time	
  but	
  I	
  think	
  they	
  may	
  have	
  broken	
  up	
  because	
  it	
  shows	
  on	
  her	
  page	
  that	
  
she	
  is	
  now	
  single.	
  	
  
Activity	
  #3	
  –	
  Texting	
  and	
  Chat	
  
For	
  this	
  activity	
  I	
  would	
  like	
  to	
  you	
  reflect	
  on	
  your	
  last	
  phone	
  text/chat	
  conversations.	
  	
  Take	
  out	
  your	
  
phone.	
  	
  Check	
  out	
  the	
  last	
  2	
  text	
  or	
  chat	
  (Kik	
  or	
  whatever)	
  conversations	
  you	
  had	
  and	
  type	
  them	
  out	
  
below.	
  	
  Please	
  select	
  messages	
  that	
  have	
  at	
  least	
  6	
  interactions.	
  	
  (An	
  interaction	
  is	
  a	
  single	
  response	
  
from	
  you	
  or	
  the	
  person	
  you	
  are	
  chatting).	
  	
  Be	
  sure	
  to	
  answer	
  the	
  questions	
  about	
  when	
  and	
  where	
  the	
  
conversation	
  took	
  place.	
  	
  Feel	
  free	
  to	
  change	
  names	
  to	
  protect	
  the	
  innocent.	
  	
  	
  
Conversation	
  1:	
  	
  
Mom:	
  Did	
  you	
  survive	
  Halloween?	
  
Me:	
  haha	
  yeah	
  I	
  did!	
  Tiff,	
  Sarah,	
  and	
  I	
  decided	
  to	
  be	
  the	
  three	
  blind	
  mice.	
  We	
  wore	
  black	
  leggings,	
  
grey	
  sweatshirt,	
  ears,	
  sunglasses,	
  and	
  painted	
  our	
  faces.	
  We	
  went	
  outside	
  and	
  just	
  found	
  random	
  
sticks	
  for	
  our	
  canes.	
  It	
  was	
  really	
  fun!	
  	
  
Mom:	
  Good	
  I’m	
  glad	
  you	
  had	
  a	
  good	
  time.	
  Send	
  me	
  a	
  picture	
  when	
  you	
  get	
  a	
  chance.	
  Your	
  brothers	
  
are	
  going	
  to	
  come	
  up	
  with	
  your	
  dad	
  in	
  two	
  weeks	
  for	
  dads	
  weekend.	
  	
  
Me:	
  Yeah	
  Ryan	
  came	
  up	
  last	
  weekend	
  and	
  that’s	
  what	
  he	
  told	
  me.	
  I	
  think	
  that	
  Zach	
  is	
  working	
  at	
  the	
  
cheesecake	
  factory	
  that	
  night.	
  He	
  said	
  that	
  he	
  can’t	
  take	
  off	
  work	
  but	
  he	
  is	
  trying	
  to	
  get	
  someone	
  to	
  
cover	
  his	
  shift.	
  	
  	
  
Mom:	
  He	
  got	
  someone	
  to	
  cover	
  for	
  him.	
  I	
  just	
  talked	
  to	
  him	
  last	
  night.	
  	
  
Me:	
  okay	
  awesome!	
  Can’t	
  wait!	
  
Mom:	
  You	
  guys	
  will	
  have	
  a	
  good	
  time.	
  I	
  got	
  your	
  picture	
  it’s	
  cute.	
  Love	
  you	
  sweetie!	
  Xoxo	
  
Me:	
  love	
  you	
  too	
  mom!:)	
  	
  
 
When	
  did	
  this	
  conversation	
  take	
  place?	
  Monday	
  the	
  28th
	
  	
  	
  
Where	
  were	
  you	
  when	
  you	
  were	
  having	
  this	
  conversation?	
  I	
  was	
  in	
  my	
  dorm	
  room	
  
Did	
  you	
  discontinue	
  Face-­‐to-­‐Face	
  conversation	
  with	
  a	
  live	
  person	
  to	
  answer	
  or	
  respond	
  to	
  this	
  text?	
  No	
  	
  
On	
  a	
  scale	
  of	
  1-­‐10	
  (with	
  10	
  being	
  the	
  most	
  important),	
  how	
  important	
  was	
  it	
  for	
  you	
  to	
  respond	
  to	
  this	
  
message	
  immediately?	
  Out	
  of	
  10	
  I	
  would	
  rate	
  this	
  message	
  a	
  3	
  of	
  importance.	
  It	
  was	
  not	
  that	
  important	
  
to	
  respond	
  immediately.	
  I	
  could	
  have	
  responded	
  whenever	
  I	
  wanted	
  to.	
  	
  	
  
	
  
Conversation	
  2:	
  
Tiffany:	
  Hey	
  do	
  you	
  want	
  to	
  meet	
  me	
  at	
  Shively	
  after	
  your	
  class?	
  
Me:	
  Yeah!	
  My	
  class	
  got	
  cancelled.	
  I	
  can	
  meet	
  you	
  there	
  after	
  your	
  class.	
  12:55	
  right?	
  
Tiffany:	
  Yeah.	
  	
  
Me:	
  Alright	
  cool	
  see	
  you	
  in	
  a	
  little	
  bit.	
  
Me:	
  wait..	
  haha	
  you	
  forgot	
  your	
  keys	
  on	
  my	
  desk.	
  
Tiffany:	
  oh	
  shoot	
  you’re	
  right.	
  Wooops!	
  Can	
  you	
  bring	
  them	
  to	
  me?	
  	
  
Me:	
  No,	
  I	
  don’t	
  feel	
  like	
  it.	
  
Tiffany:	
  Thank	
  you!:)	
  
Me:	
  No	
  problem!	
  	
  
When	
  did	
  this	
  conversation	
  take	
  place?	
  Tuesday	
  29th
	
  	
  
Where	
  were	
  you	
  when	
  you	
  were	
  having	
  this	
  conversation?	
  In	
  my	
  dorm	
  	
  
Did	
  you	
  discontinue	
  Face-­‐to-­‐Face	
  conversation	
  with	
  a	
  live	
  person	
  to	
  answer	
  or	
  respond	
  to	
  this	
  text?	
  Yes	
  
On	
  a	
  scale	
  of	
  1-­‐10	
  (with	
  10	
  being	
  the	
  most	
  important),	
  how	
  important	
  was	
  it	
  for	
  you	
  to	
  respond	
  to	
  this	
  
message	
  immediately?	
  I	
  would	
  say	
  a	
  7	
  because	
  if	
  I	
  didn’t	
  respond	
  then	
  I	
  would	
  not	
  have	
  met	
  her	
  at	
  
Shively.	
  	
  If	
  I	
  didn’t	
  meet	
  her	
  at	
  Shively	
  then	
  she	
  would	
  not	
  have	
  had	
  her	
  keys	
  to	
  the	
  dorm.	
  	
  
Activity	
  #4	
  –	
  Turn	
  it	
  OFF.	
  
	
  
You	
  need	
  to	
  plan	
  ahead	
  a	
  bit	
  for	
  this	
  activity.	
  	
  For	
  one	
  day	
  –	
  well,	
  one	
  SCHOOL	
  day,	
  I	
  need	
  you	
  to	
  make	
  a	
  
commitment	
  to	
  SHUT	
  YOUR	
  PHONE	
  OFF	
  during	
  all	
  of	
  your	
  classes	
  and	
  at	
  any	
  meals	
  where	
  you	
  are	
  not	
  
eating	
  alone.	
  	
  During	
  those	
  times,	
  I	
  want	
  you	
  to	
  observe	
  your	
  interactions	
  with	
  your	
  environment	
  
(noting	
  similarities	
  and	
  differences	
  from	
  when	
  you	
  have	
  your	
  cell	
  phone	
  on).	
  	
  What	
  do	
  you	
  notice	
  about	
  
your	
  own	
  communication	
  patterns?	
  	
  What	
  do	
  you	
  notice	
  about	
  the	
  communication	
  patterns	
  of	
  others?	
  	
  
In	
  conclusion,	
  reflect	
  on	
  your	
  own	
  cell	
  phone	
  use	
  throughout	
  the	
  day	
  and	
  assess	
  the	
  effectiveness	
  of	
  the	
  
strategies	
  you	
  employ?	
  
	
  
Please	
  respond	
  to	
  this	
  prompt	
  in	
  a	
  MINIMUM	
  of	
  250	
  words.	
  	
  Responses	
  less	
  than	
  250	
  words	
  will	
  receive	
  
a	
  0	
  for	
  this	
  section.	
  
I	
  am	
  not	
  one	
  to	
  constantly	
  be	
  on	
  my	
  cell	
  phone.	
  It	
  is	
  probably	
  because	
  I	
  do	
  not	
  have	
  a	
  very	
  good	
  
phone.	
  All	
  of	
  my	
  friends	
  make	
  fun	
  of	
  me	
  and	
  call	
  my	
  phone	
  the	
  iphone	
  7.	
  I	
  am	
  very	
  bad	
  at	
  responding	
  to	
  
people	
  and	
  a	
  lot	
  of	
  times	
  my	
  friends	
  get	
  a	
  little	
  frustrated	
  because	
  I	
  never	
  answer	
  them	
  when	
  they	
  call	
  
or	
  text	
  me.	
  Not	
  having	
  a	
  nice	
  phone	
  has	
  its	
  ups	
  and	
  downs.	
  I’m	
  not	
  going	
  to	
  lie	
  I	
  would	
  love	
  to	
  have	
  a	
  
smart	
  phone	
  but	
  I	
  don’t	
  necessarily	
  need	
  one.	
  I	
  don’t	
  want	
  to	
  be	
  one	
  of	
  those	
  people	
  who	
  are	
  addicted	
  
and	
  on	
  their	
  phone	
  twenty	
  four	
  seven.	
  I	
  personally	
  get	
  annoyed	
  when	
  I	
  am	
  hanging	
  out	
  with	
  someone	
  
who	
  can’t	
  be	
  away	
  from	
  their	
  phone	
  for	
  more	
  than	
  a	
  few	
  minutes.	
  There	
  is	
  nothing	
  more	
  awkward	
  then	
  
being	
  at	
  dinner	
  with	
  a	
  group	
  of	
  friends	
  who	
  are	
  all	
  on	
  their	
  phones.	
  I	
  really	
  don’t	
  understand	
  it.	
  If	
  you	
  
are	
  going	
  out	
  to	
  dinner	
  with	
  your	
  friends	
  then	
  I	
  think	
  that	
  you	
  should	
  put	
  away	
  your	
  phones	
  and	
  actually	
  
spend	
  time	
  and	
  talk	
  to	
  that	
  friend	
  that	
  you	
  are	
  with	
  at	
  that	
  moment	
  in	
  time.	
  Why	
  do	
  people	
  want	
  to	
  
hang	
  out	
  with	
  someone	
  if	
  they	
  are	
  just	
  going	
  to	
  be	
  on	
  their	
  phone	
  the	
  whole	
  time?	
  If	
  someone	
  is	
  with	
  
me	
  and	
  on	
  their	
  phone	
  it	
  is	
  kind	
  of	
  insulting.	
  It	
  makes	
  me	
  feel	
  like	
  they	
  are	
  really	
  bored.	
  Participating	
  in	
  
this	
  activity	
  was	
  very	
  easy	
  for	
  me	
  to	
  do.	
  I	
  was	
  able	
  to	
  keep	
  my	
  phone	
  turned	
  off	
  without	
  any	
  problems.	
  It	
  
was	
  not	
  a	
  struggle	
  for	
  me	
  at	
  all	
  because	
  I	
  never	
  have	
  my	
  phone	
  on	
  me	
  anyways.	
  	
  	
  
Anthropology 1010
I	
  went	
  to	
  the	
  Kennedy	
  Art	
  Museum	
  and	
  examined	
  the	
  Suku	
  Helmet	
  mask	
  for	
  Mukanda	
  initiation	
  
society.	
  It	
  is	
  from	
  the	
  Democratic	
  Republic	
  of	
  Congo.	
  The	
  mask	
  is	
  made	
  of	
  wood,	
  pigment	
  and	
  raggia.	
  
The	
  mask	
  was	
  a	
  gift	
  of	
  Frederick	
  and	
  Carol	
  LaSor.	
  I	
  was	
  not	
  sure	
  what	
  the	
  purpose	
  of	
  the	
  mask	
  was	
  so	
  I	
  
researched	
  to	
  find	
  out	
  more	
  information.	
  I	
  found	
  out	
  that	
  the	
  mask	
  is	
  a	
  symbol	
  for	
  deceased	
  elders.	
  
They	
  are	
  used	
  to	
  promote	
  success	
  in	
  the	
  hunt,	
  to	
  heal,	
  and	
  to	
  punish	
  criminals.	
  Dancers	
  wear	
  the	
  mask	
  
during	
  certain	
  initiation	
  ceremonies.	
  	
  The	
  mask	
  has	
  a	
  ton	
  of	
  straw	
  all	
  around	
  the	
  face,	
  which	
  looks	
  like	
  a	
  
large	
  beard.	
  The	
  face	
  is	
  painted	
  with	
  black	
  and	
  white	
  paint	
  and	
  there	
  is	
  an	
  animal	
  resting	
  on	
  the	
  top	
  of	
  
the	
  head.	
  The	
  animal	
  looks	
  like	
  an	
  armadillo.	
  	
  
English 1510
Multimodal Argument
“In the last 30 years the rate of childhood obesity has increased considerably, almost tripling for
children aged 6-11 years”(Calbom 5). Childhood obesity is a major health problem in the United States.
Studies show that one in three children in the United States are overweight. This increase has also caused
an increase in child health problems. Being overweight is a serious issue. It can cause high cholesterol,
high blood pressure, early cardiovascular disease, low self-esteem, skin conditions, depression, bone
problems, and diabetes. Overweight children are also more likely to experience death at a younger age. It
is expected that today’s generation of children will die at an earlier age than their parents. Parents, why is
it that child obesity is dramatically increasing? There are a number of different reasons. The main cause is
poor nutrition and lack of exercise. For the sake of your child’s health it is important to be aware of what
our nation as a whole can do about child obesity.
Many children are not getting enough exercise throughout the day. The National Association of
Sports and Physical education recommends that children get at least sixty minutes of physical activity
each day. In this day and age it is very difficult for children to get a full sixty minutes of physical activity.
Technology in our generation is so advanced making us all lazier whether we like to hear it or not. It
makes things ten times easier. Why force your child to take the stairs when it is way more convenient to
take the elevator? Why make them to go outside and play with their friends when they have just as much
fun playing with their friends online? Technology is children’s main source of entertainment. It has made
it possible for children to be entertained for hours without having to leave the couch. Today Children
spend their night watching television, playing video games, and searching the web. It is estimated that
kids spend around 75 hours using the media each week. If your child is not being active at home then it is
important that they attend a school that provides them with this opportunity. Unfortunately, many school
districts around the nation are cutting physical education programs and recess from their curriculum
because of expenses and the idea of intensely focusing on academics. This is incredibly harmful to your
child’s health.
For many kids physical education class is the only chance for exercise. If they are not getting
exercise at home or school then obesity will continue to be a major problem in the United States. Children
obesity rates will continue to rise and there will be an ongoing increase in child health problems. The
national association for sports and physical educations guidelines for physical education recommends that
schools provide 150 minutes per week of PE to elementary school students and 225 minutes for middle
and high school students. Unfortunately, in high school only about one third of kids have PE class every
day. Does this mean that the other two thirds of students are participating in physical activity outside of
school? Most likely they are not. More than sixty percent of children do not participate in physical
activities outside of class. Physical education classes should be made mandatory for students in
kindergarten through twelfth grade. Instead of cutting classes schools should be promoting them. They
should be encouraging physical education class and stressing to your children the importance of taking it.
Children need guidance in their life. Without physical education classes some students will not
learn the importance of exercise and the overall effect that it has on their life. Children may hear on the
television that exercising is healthy but that does not mean that they are going to do it. I’m sure many of
you parents explain to your children the importance of being active but it is always nice for them to hear it
from another source. They need a credible and reliable teacher to tell them that this is true. Someone who
can provide them with facts and teach them different activities that they have never been introduced to
before. Not everyone is interested in the same thing. Teachers can open up new doors for students. They
can give them the opportunity to explore and find something that they personally enjoy doing. There are
numerous activities in the world and everyone is bound to find something that they enjoy doing. It is the
teachers responsibility to help the students find what they like to do and then encourage them. Exercise
does not strictly mean running and lifting weights. For children it is simply running around with their
friends playing a wide variety of games. Children should not dread going to gym class. Teachers should
make them feel comfortable in their environment and make it fun for everybody. If children feel self
conscious in their class then they are not going to want to participate in any of the activities. If they do not
participate in the activities then it is less likely that they will find something that they enjoy doing.
It is important for a child to find something that they like to do. Physical education class is a great
way for them to explore different options. There is an increased chance that students will participate in
extra curricular activities if they find a certain activity in PE class that they find enjoyable. Physical
education classes are great for encouraging children to be physically active outside of school. It also gives
children the opportunity to find something that they are good at. Your child may be naturally talented at
soccer, basketball, softball, football, etcetera, but without Physical education class they may never learn
the game. It would be a shame to let such talent go to waste.
Exercising during Physical Education class can be very beneficial for your child. It is incredibly
important and needs to be done everyday. While exercising your child will increase their heart rate, pulse,
and metabolism. This is extremely healthy for all children especially for those that are inactive.
Exercising can significantly improve your child’s weight by allowing them to burn calories. Children gain
weight by in taking more calories than they burn. Exercising during PE class can give them the chance to
burn off some of those extra calories. It can also improve mood, sleep, and bones. It is extremely
important for your kids to exercise especially for females because it increases their bone density. Weight
bearing activities can help strengthen the bone and decrease your child’s chance of developing
osteoporosis when older. Exercise not only helps prevent osteoporosis but it helps with many other
chronic diseases and even some cancers.
Physical education classes can increase your child’s confidence. Self esteem increases when
others are encouraging and giving you compliments. When students are split into teams for different
activities they learn the importance of communication and how to work well with others. Students also
learn how to follow rules. Your child will win some games as well as loose some, which is great for
teaching them sportsmanship skills. If your child messes up then they cannot blame someone else for their
mistake. They will learn how to take responsibility for their actions. Your child will learn leadership skills
by teaching other kids how to do things that they know how to do. PE class may also be the only time in
the school day where your child get the chance to talk with other classmates. This can be a great way to
improve his or her social skills.
Many schools are cutting physical education classes because they feel like it is valuable time that
is going to waste. School administrators think that by cutting Physical education class the students will
learn a lot more. This is not the case at all. There are more benefits from having physical education class
as opposed to not. It is actually proven that physical education classes improve academic performance.
Having the child exercise during the school day gives the child’s mind a rest, increases oxygen flow to the
brain, increases blood circulation, and increases brain neurotransmitters and neutrophins. This enhances
the child’s memory, attention span, and problem solving skills. The neurotransmitter that is being released
during exercise is called endorphins. Endorphins are “feel good” hormones in the body. These hormones
improve children’s mood, which decrease the risks of developing depression and anxiety. Research has
shown that aerobic exercise can improve memory and executive functioning in school-age youth
especially those who are overweight. Giving students breaks for physical activity throughout the school
day can significantly increase on task behavior. Research observed students in grades kindergarten
through fifth grade for thirty minutes before and after each break. On average the activity breaks
increased on task behavior by eight percent. Reports have also shown that children who are physically
active do better on tests and have overall higher grades.
Physical education programs are critical investments. Some schools however lack the financial
resources to provide all children physical activity opportunities in schools. I understand that there are
budget cuts being made in schools. Some schools may be hurting financially but allowing children to get
physical activity in for the day is not expensive. If schools cant afford to hire a professional then they
should at least let them have recess. Recess can be a time for children to run around and burn off some
extra energy. Although it would be nice to have a teacher that is well educated on the topic of health it is
not required. Schools that can afford to hire someone should. They should not replace physical education
class with recess just because it is cheaper. The reason being is because there are some children that may
sit around and do nothing during this time. Schools should look at physical education class as being just
as important as all of the other core classes.
Schools should not be eliminating physical education classes especially with all of the benefits
that it provides to children. More and more children are becoming obese everyday, and having them
attend physical education class can help reduce this problem. With a decrease in obesity that means a
decrease in health problems and an increase in longevity. Some schools believe that they are honestly
doing what is best for the students. They think by cutting physical education class they are giving the
student more time to focus on important subjects such as math, science, and reading. They however are
highly mistaken. They are not in any way helping the students succeed. I think that its great schools are
working hard to prepare students for the future but cutting physical education class is not the way to do it.
Children are developing unhealthy habits at a very early age. They are going to carry these habits into
adulthood and nothing positive is going to come from it. They are going to have incredibly expensive
medical bills and a decrease in their life expectancy. According to the centers for disease control and
prevention “The annual direct cost of obesity in the United States is estimated to be $14.3
billion”(Calbom 4). This is an incredible amount of money being spent for health related reasons caused
by obesity. I’m sure that you all would be devastated to see your child go down this unhealthy expensive
pathway.
Only six states nationwide require the recommended amount of physical education. This needs to
change. The legislation passed a new law in 2012 that requires twenty minutes of physical exercise during
the school day for student’s kindergarten through fifth grade. This is not enough. There needs to be
federal requirements for physical education in all schools. State legislatures need to make policies that
require children to take physical education class from kindergarten through twelfth grade. By creating
these laws we are creating an overall healthier nation.
Literary Analysis
The Best TV Commercial Ever is an extremely powerful advertisement video. The producers of
this video made it clear whom they were trying to target. The main audience is definitely any parent that
is currently raising a child. The secondary audience is anyone planning or expecting to become a parent in
the future. Although they are directly speaking to parents, this does not mean that they are the only ones
that can benefit from it. I personally am not a parent, but I have definitely learned a valuable life lesson.
It has a strong message that can be tremendously influential to many different people in today’s society.
By choosing to include a diverse group of people, both white and blue collard individuals allows for an
even larger audience.
By only watching this video once it is obvious who the main audience is. The advertisement starts
off in a large city with a few groups of individuals walking around. These groups are made up of two
people, one adult and one child. The following fifteen scenes continue in a pattern. They all have an adult
who is performing some type of unacceptable behavior. Following the adult is a young child who imitates
that same exact behavior. By the way these children dress, look, and behave it is appropriate to conclude
that these adults are their parents.
In this advertisements the parents make very poor choices. They are rude, uncaring, cruel, and
disrespectful. They don’t realize that their child is mimicking everything that they do and say. The
children are literally following in their parent’s footsteps in this video. It goes to show that parents have a
major impact on their children’s lives whether they realize it or not. Kids look up to their parents and
strive to be just like them. They watch their every move. Parents need to be careful of their actions and be
aware that there children are watching and learning from them every second of the day. Children do not
know right from wrong and it is the parent’s responsibility to teach them. If a parent treats someone
disrespectfully the child will think that it is okay to treat others this way as opposed to treating someone
with respect. In the video it showed a man that beat his wife in front of his little boy. This little boy will
now grow up to think that this is acceptable behavior when in reality it is not at all.
This video was definitely a little sad but it was a real eye opener for the audience. The message
being communicated was very effective. Parents need to take this message and apply it to their own life.
They need to learn to be mindful of their actions especially when there kids are around. They are teaching
their kids so much more than they realize. Every single parent’s choices, actions, and behaviors
significantly impact their children.
The claim of this commercial is explicitly shown at the end of the video. The claim is what
children see is what children will do. The purpose of this video was to make parents aware of how much
of an influence they have on their children. Everything that they do has an effect. Parents choice of
appearance, behavior, and language all matter. Children watch their parents like a hawk. They want to
dress, act, and behave just like them. Parents have the ability to shape their kids into whomever they want.
They can teach them right from wrong by practicing what they preach. If parents want their kid to show
respect towards others then they should do the same. Teach children good habits as opposed to bad.
In the video there is a parent and child riding up an escalator both smoking. Parents know that
smoking is unhealthy and the majority of parents don’t want their kids to smoke. It’s a hard habit to
break, but if one wants to save their child from smoking then they should quit. The video is not saying
that every parent who smokes child smokes. However, they are saying that it is more likely for a child to
smoke if the parents do. There was another scene in the video of a woman driving her car. This woman
was holding up the middle finger and hollering at the car next to her shouting “ do you even have a
drivers license” while the kid in the back was yelling, “I don’t think so.” The kid was also flicking off the
other woman in the car. This mom has taught her son that it is okay to blow up at a random person who
may have made an honest mistake.
There is a scene where both the father and son are throwing rocks at a dog hiding in his doghouse.
It is obvious that the dog is frightened but they still continue to scare it. The dad may think that it’s all in
fun, but this is not beneficial for the boy. It is teaching him to be forcefully aggressive. It is wrong to
abuse animals, but it is even worse if he is taking what he is learning at home with him to school. It may
cause him to pick fights with other kids for no apparent reason. This violent act can greatly affect his
future.
The success of this commercial comes from the little details that most people do not take time to
realize. The background music, color, text, tone, font, clothes, appearance, style, lighting, camera angle,
speed, volume, and so much more really contribute to the overall quality of the commercial. The small
things that seem to slip our minds as we watch is what makes us feel the way we do.
The music played in this video was slow and depressing. It’s instrumental throughout most of the
video except for in the beginning. The lyrics state, “It looks like rain again today. Dark clouds fill the sky.
Don’t know how to talk to you just know how to say goodbye.” They specifically chose this part of the
song because it’s a great way to appeal to the audiences emotions without them even realizing. Another
use of pathos in this video was at the end of the film when they displayed the black background. On this
black background slowly appeared a phrase that stated, “Children see. Children do” This text was written
in white bold lettering that was easy to see. There was nothing else to look at on the screen, which forced
the audience to focus their attention on the meaningful four words. They chose a simple phrase in hopes
that the message would stick. It was short, sweet, to the point, and very memorable.
The background colors of the video were very dark and gloomy. Most of the scenes were shot
outside during the day but the sun was rarely ever shining. One scene took place in an abandoned ally
way. If one looked close enough they would notice flickering lights in the background. By the way the
lights were displayed it looked like a scene taken out of a scary movie. There were not any vibrant colors
being used. Everyone’s outfits were plain and extremely dull. There was not a significant difference in
appearance between the child and parent. Their choice of style was almost identical. Having the child
dress similar to the parent was a subtle way to show that many children grow up to be just like their
parents. They start imitating their parents at a very young age. Every single child in this video looked
roughly the same age. They all looked to be around six years old, to young to question their parent’s
actions.
The speed of the film goes back and forth from fast to slow motion. The slow motion adds a
dramatic effect to the scenes. Every time the producers wanted you to pay specific attention they would
slow the film down and the camera would zoom in on a certain object. They zoomed in on the cigarette
that the girl was holding as she went up the escalator, they zoomed in on the boy throwing his can into the
streets, and they zoomed in especially on the facial expressions of those yelling. No one ever talked in
this video, they only would scream. Scream at their children, significant other, or even an innocent
bystander. Out of fifteen parents only one was being a good role model. It was the man in the very last
scene that kindheartedly helped out the woman who dropped her groceries. The dad bent down to help the
woman and the son followed. Words were not needed in this scene because his actions spoke louder.
Parents should perform more acts of kindness just like this father. It will impact their children in more
ways than one. Remember what children see children do.
Cons 3450J
CROWLEY
Contact: Sydney Crowley FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE
Tel. 513-625-0746
Cell phone 513-236-7189
Email: s087612@ohio.edu
UP CLOSE… WITH SYDNEY CROWLEY
Dreams, goals, and hobbies
Sydney Crowley, 20 years of age, was born on May 12, 1995 in Cincinnati Ohio. She is
currently enrolled as a student at Ohio University and is working hard to attain a bachelor’s
degree in nutrition with a minor in business. Sydney currently works as a customer service
representative in the claims department at American Modern Insurance Group. She has worked
for the company going on five years. She works in the office when she is in her hometown and
works from home while she is away at school in Athens, Ohio
Sydney lives a healthy lifestyle and enjoys staying very active. She has been on several
different sport teams throughout the years including volleyball, softball, soccer, basketball, track,
and cross country. Her hobbies include-but are not limited to running, hot yoga, listening to
music, and hanging out with family and friends. Sydney grew up in a household of boys. She has
three brothers all of which she is very close too.
When Sydney was younger she was a member of a 4-H club where she showed goats and
turkeys at the Clermont County Fair. Not only did she raise goats and turkeys but she also had
sheep, hogs, chickens, cats, and dogs. Trying to balance school, sports, and 4-H all at once was
not easy, but it taught Sydney how to be a hard worker and how to manage her time wisely.
Sydney has volunteered at various locations during the past five years. Her favorite volunteer
experience was with Live Healthy Appalachia. She taught a second grade classroom at
Alexander Elementary School about the overall important of eating healthy and exercising
regularly.
Sydney’s expected graduation date is spring of 2017. After graduation she plans on
backpacking through Europe before pursuing her career in the health field. She enjoys traveling
and would love to get out and explore the beautiful world that we live in. Sydney hopes to open
up her own studio in years to come.
For more information on the topic, or to schedule an interview, please contact Sydney Crowley
at sc087612@ohio.edu
Nutrition 3600
Health and Wellness
BIOS 2210
Recent	
  discoveries	
  have	
  proven	
  evidence	
  of	
  microbial	
  growth	
  in	
  the	
  harshest	
  conditions	
  where	
  
the	
  division	
  and	
  multiplication	
  of	
  bacteria	
  was	
  previously	
  thought	
  to	
  be	
  impossible.	
  	
  Although	
  bacteria	
  
may	
  be	
  invisible	
  to	
  the	
  naked	
  eye,	
  it	
  is	
  everywhere	
  on	
  earth.	
  	
  The	
  topic	
  of	
  microbial	
  growth	
  in	
  
environments	
  that	
  would	
  usually	
  have	
  no	
  signs	
  of	
  life	
  ties	
  all	
  three	
  articles.	
  Microbial	
  growth	
  is	
  an	
  
increase	
  in	
  cell	
  division	
  where	
  a	
  bacterium	
  divides	
  into	
  two	
  daughter	
  cells.	
  Bacteria	
  can	
  multiply	
  rapidly	
  
under	
  certain	
  growth	
  conditions.	
  In	
  the	
  past,	
  research	
  scientists	
  have	
  tried	
  to	
  determine	
  the	
  best	
  
location	
  and	
  conditions	
  for	
  bacteria	
  to	
  grow.	
  	
  Recent	
  research	
  has	
  discovered	
  that	
  a	
  bacterium	
  survives	
  
in	
  even	
  the	
  harshest	
  of	
  conditions,	
  some	
  of	
  which	
  are	
  completely	
  sterile.	
  Researchers	
  are	
  debating	
  if	
  the	
  
surviving	
  bacteria	
  could	
  actually	
  be	
  a	
  beneficial	
  breakthrough	
  for	
  certain	
  aspects	
  of	
  life.	
  	
  
Bacteria	
  can	
  be	
  extremely	
  harmful	
  for	
  our	
  bodies;	
  yet,	
  we	
  need	
  it	
  to	
  stay	
  healthy.	
  It	
  was	
  once	
  
thought	
  that	
  there	
  was	
  no	
  bacteria	
  found	
  in	
  the	
  womb	
  during	
  pregnancy.	
  Now,	
  there	
  is	
  evidence	
  that	
  
bacterium	
  does	
  exist	
  in	
  the	
  womb	
  and	
  it,	
  in	
  fact,	
  helps	
  boost	
  the	
  infant’s	
  immune	
  system.	
  The	
  mother’s	
  
seed	
  their	
  fetuses	
  with	
  microbes	
  that	
  are	
  thought	
  to	
  help	
  attack	
  pathogens	
  and	
  fend	
  off	
  diseases.	
  
Healthy	
  bacteria	
  in	
  the	
  fetus	
  can	
  decrease	
  premature	
  birth.	
  Scientists	
  are	
  researching	
  ways	
  to	
  
manipulate	
  the	
  bacteria	
  to	
  treat	
  gut	
  infections	
  and	
  autoimmune	
  disorders.	
  There	
  are	
  a	
  few	
  
controversies,	
  however.	
  	
  Some	
  scientists	
  do	
  not	
  believe	
  there	
  is	
  strong	
  enough	
  evidence	
  to	
  support	
  the	
  
idea	
  that	
  a	
  bacterium	
  passes	
  from	
  a	
  mother	
  to	
  her	
  fetus	
  resulting	
  in	
  a	
  strengthened	
  immune	
  system.	
  If	
  
microbes	
  can	
  grow	
  inside	
  a	
  mother	
  and	
  affect	
  a	
  fetus	
  then	
  where	
  else	
  can	
  they	
  thrive?	
  Three	
  years	
  ago,	
  
research	
  was	
  preformed	
  in	
  the	
  Antarctic	
  plain.	
  Scientist	
  collected	
  samples	
  directly	
  from	
  a	
  subglacial	
  lake	
  
avoiding	
  any	
  threats	
  of	
  contamination	
  to	
  prevent	
  invasion	
  of	
  organisms	
  into	
  the	
  lake.	
  They	
  drilled	
  
through	
  a	
  thick	
  sheet	
  of	
  ice	
  to	
  retrieve	
  their	
  samples	
  and	
  what	
  they	
  found	
  was	
  astonishing.	
  From	
  the	
  
collected	
  samples	
  that	
  they	
  gathered,	
  it	
  has	
  been	
  confirmed	
  that	
  life	
  still	
  resides	
  where	
  no	
  energy	
  from	
  
the	
  Sun	
  has	
  been	
  for	
  one	
  million	
  years.	
  These	
  microbes	
  found	
  could	
  possibly	
  supply	
  important	
  nutrients,	
  
such	
  as	
  iron,	
  to	
  the	
  subglacial	
  waters	
  and	
  ecosystems	
  in	
  the	
  Sothern	
  Ocean.	
  The	
  survival	
  of	
  microbes	
  in	
  
harsh	
  climates	
  is	
  amazing.	
  Furthermore,	
  there	
  have	
  been	
  signs	
  of	
  microbial	
  growth	
  in	
  extremely	
  
sterilized	
  environments	
  found	
  in	
  NASA.	
  Samples	
  have	
  been	
  gathered	
  from	
  the	
  air	
  and	
  surfaces	
  in	
  clean	
  
rooms	
  at	
  three	
  National	
  Aeronautic	
  and	
  Space	
  Administration	
  centers	
  and	
  discovered	
  particular	
  types	
  of	
  
bacteria	
  resist	
  the	
  sterilization	
  procedures.	
  	
  This	
  substantial	
  breakthrough	
  has	
  played	
  a	
  role	
  in	
  the	
  
discovery	
  of	
  life	
  elsewhere.	
  Researches	
  say	
  that	
  the	
  surviving	
  bacteria	
  can	
  help	
  reduce	
  microbe	
  
contamination	
  in	
  locations	
  where	
  spacecraft’s	
  visit.	
  These	
  findings	
  of	
  beneficial	
  surviving	
  microbial	
  
growth	
  are	
  very	
  significant.	
  
The	
  next	
  stage	
  of	
  research	
  for	
  microbial	
  growth	
  will	
  be	
  to	
  further	
  research	
  other	
  subglacial	
  lakes	
  
as	
  well	
  as	
  expand	
  on	
  different	
  sterilization	
  techniques.	
  I	
  am	
  very	
  fascinated	
  by	
  all	
  three	
  of	
  these	
  articles.	
  
I	
  have	
  always	
  thought	
  of	
  bacteria	
  as	
  being	
  harmful	
  substances	
  that	
  grow	
  in	
  dirty	
  environments	
  causing	
  
illnesses.	
  	
  I	
  have	
  learned	
  that	
  this	
  is	
  not	
  always	
  the	
  case.	
  There	
  are	
  bacteria	
  out	
  in	
  the	
  world	
  that	
  are	
  in	
  
fact	
  favorable	
  to	
  us	
  all.	
  
BIOS 2215
The organism letter that I had was C. By looking into the microscope after my gram staining I
discovered that I had a gram-positive bacillus organism. I know this because the color was purple, which
indicates that it was positive instead of negative. The organism was rod shaped indicating that it was
bacillus instead of cocci. I looked at the sheet that was provided to us in class to figure out which test I
should run to determine which unknown organism was in the tube labeled C. The confirmation test that I
ran was VP+ and amylase+.
For the VP+ test I incubated my organism and then added five drops of both VP reagent A and B.
I shook the tube well, took the cap off, and placed it at a slant. After a few minutes I noticed that there
was an orange color on the top layer of the liquid, which indicates that it is positive. I also used the starch
agar plate. For this test I took my unknown organism and streaked it on the plate. After incubation I took
iodine and covered the entire plate to see it’s interaction with the starch. The iodine turned a dark
blue/black color and was clear around the bacterial growth, which indicates that the organism hydrolyzed
the starch. This confirms that my organism is positive.
After running the VP+ and amylase + test I determined that my unknown organism was Bacillus
megatarium. Bacillus megaterium is a gram-positive spore forming bacterium found in many areas. It is
one of the biggest known bacteria that grow at a temperature of 3 degrees Celsius to 45 degrees Celsius.
Interestingly, it has been found as a potential agent for the biocontrol of plant diseases. It produces
penicillin amidase used to make various amylases in the baking industry, and glucose dehydrogenase used
in glucose blood tests. It is used for the production of pyruvate, vitamin B12, drugs with fungicidal and
antiviral properties, enzymes for modifying corticosteroids, and other amino acid dehydrogenases.
Bios 1030
Cardiovascular	
  Health	
  	
  
	
   There	
  are	
  a	
  few	
  simple	
  things	
  that	
  young	
  people	
  can	
  do	
  to	
  help	
  prevent	
  cardiovascular	
  diseases.	
  
It’s	
  very	
  important	
  for	
  one	
  to	
  avoid	
  smoking.	
  Smoking	
  is	
  very	
  dangerous	
  and	
  can	
  cause	
  serious	
  
problems.	
  It	
  is	
  the	
  biggest	
  risk	
  factor	
  of	
  cardiovascular	
  disease.	
  It	
  is	
  also	
  important	
  to	
  maintain	
  a	
  healthy	
  
weight.	
  Obesity	
  is	
  drastically	
  increasing	
  in	
  young	
  individuals,	
  which	
  is	
  very	
  harmful	
  to	
  our	
  health.	
  We	
  
need	
  to	
  avoid	
  eating	
  foods	
  that	
  contain	
  a	
  lot	
  of	
  sodium	
  and	
  high	
  trans	
  fat.	
  These	
  foods	
  filled	
  with	
  salt	
  
and	
  fat	
  are	
  not	
  healthy	
  for	
  ones	
  heart.	
  Some	
  of	
  these	
  foods	
  can	
  cause	
  high	
  cholesterol,	
  which	
  causes	
  
heart	
  problems.	
  One	
  should	
  watch	
  what	
  they	
  are	
  consuming.	
  Eggs	
  are	
  extremely	
  high	
  in	
  cholesterol	
  but	
  
this	
  does	
  not	
  mean	
  that	
  you	
  should	
  avoid	
  them	
  all	
  together.	
  They	
  contain	
  healthy	
  nutrients	
  that	
  your	
  
body	
  needs.	
  You	
  should	
  not	
  eat	
  eggs	
  everyday	
  because	
  the	
  yolk	
  is	
  filled	
  with	
  cholesterol	
  but	
  I	
  think	
  they	
  
are	
  okay	
  to	
  eat	
  in	
  moderation.	
  One	
  should	
  just	
  make	
  sure	
  to	
  watch	
  their	
  cholesterol.	
  One	
  should	
  get	
  it	
  
checked	
  by	
  the	
  doctor	
  every	
  so	
  often.	
  	
  Along	
  with	
  eating	
  nutritious	
  foods	
  such	
  as	
  fruits,	
  vegetables,	
  
whole	
  grains,	
  and	
  lean	
  protein	
  it’s	
  also	
  beneficial	
  to	
  make	
  exercise	
  part	
  of	
  your	
  daily	
  routine.	
  Exercise	
  
helps	
  to	
  reduce	
  stress	
  another	
  factor	
  of	
  heart	
  disease.	
  Oral	
  health	
  is	
  also	
  important.	
  People	
  with	
  gum	
  
disease	
  are	
  at	
  risk	
  for	
  heart	
  problems	
  because	
  the	
  inflammation	
  in	
  the	
  body	
  causes	
  the	
  arteries	
  to	
  clog.	
  	
  	
  
	
  African	
  Americans	
  are	
  twice	
  as	
  likely	
  than	
  any	
  other	
  race	
  to	
  suffer	
  from	
  cardiovascular	
  disease.	
  
This	
  is	
  because	
  they	
  carry	
  a	
  gene	
  that	
  makes	
  them	
  more	
  sensitive	
  to	
  salt.	
  This	
  gene	
  increases	
  their	
  risk	
  of	
  
having	
  high	
  blood	
  pressure.	
  African	
  Americans	
  are	
  also	
  more	
  likely	
  to	
  be	
  obese	
  and	
  have	
  diabetes.	
  As	
  
mentioned	
  above	
  this	
  is	
  terrible	
  for	
  the	
  heart.	
  It	
  does	
  not	
  help	
  that	
  they	
  are	
  less	
  likely	
  to	
  pay	
  visits	
  to	
  the	
  
doctor.	
  They	
  should	
  be	
  visiting	
  the	
  doctor	
  regularly	
  so	
  that	
  they	
  can	
  be	
  put	
  on	
  certain	
  medications	
  if	
  
need	
  be.	
  There	
  are	
  supplements	
  that	
  can	
  be	
  taken	
  to	
  help	
  cardiovascular	
  disease.	
  The	
  simplest	
  
supplement	
  to	
  take	
  is	
  Aspirin	
  but	
  there	
  are	
  other	
  supplements	
  that	
  can	
  be	
  taken	
  as	
  well.	
  These	
  include:	
  
fish	
  oils,	
  psyllium,	
  vitamin	
  C,	
  vitamin	
  E,	
  CoQ10,	
  B	
  complex,	
  Curcumin,	
  Turmeric,	
  Terminalia	
  Arjuna,	
  and	
  
Danshen.	
  	
  
For	
  only	
  ninety-­‐nine	
  dollars	
  I	
  would	
  definitely	
  want	
  to	
  be	
  tested.	
  Although	
  it	
  may	
  be	
  difficult	
  to	
  
receive	
  the	
  bad	
  news	
  it	
  can	
  also	
  be	
  very	
  helpful.	
  I	
  would	
  like	
  to	
  know	
  if	
  I	
  should	
  be	
  making	
  any	
  life	
  
changing	
  habits	
  that	
  can	
  prolong	
  my	
  life.	
  If	
  there	
  is	
  anything	
  that	
  I	
  should	
  be	
  doing	
  to	
  help	
  my	
  body	
  I	
  
would	
  like	
  to	
  know.	
  I	
  want	
  to	
  live	
  a	
  long	
  happy	
  life	
  and	
  if	
  there	
  is	
  something	
  that	
  I	
  can	
  do	
  to	
  make	
  this	
  
happen	
  I	
  will	
  do	
  it.	
  	
  	
  
Resources	
  
http://www.webmd.com/heart-­‐disease/features/how-­‐can-­‐i-­‐prevent-­‐heart-­‐disease	
  
http://www.medicinenet.com/script/main/art.asp?articlekey=161440	
  
http://www.webmd.com/heart-­‐disease/features/why-­‐african-­‐americans-­‐greater-­‐risk-­‐heart-­‐
disease?page=2	
  
http://www.heart.org/HEARTORG/Conditions/More/MyHeartandStrokeNews/African-­‐Americans-­‐and-­‐
Heart-­‐Disease_UCM_444863_Article.jsp	
  
http://www.raysahelian.com/heartdisease.html	
  
Bios 1300
Sydney Crowley
Screening, assessment, and treatment of osteoporosis for the nurse practitioner: key questions and
answers for clinical practice- A Canadian perspective
Rice, P., Mehan, U Hamilton, C. and Kim, S.
Background on relevant pathology:
This study was done to determine treatment options for osteoporosis. Osteoporosis is a
disease that diminishes bone material. Due to the declining bone structure, the bones eventually become
so brittle and fragile they become likely to fracture. The areas that are most prone to break are located in
the hip, wrist, and spine. Osteoporosis is a very common disease in men and especially woman. The onset
of osteoporosis usually takes place between the ages of fifty and sixty-four. The disease usually occurs
suddenly without notice due to the fact that one can not feel their bones gradually becoming weaker. It is
painful and can cause many health related issues.
There are a variety of different treatments depending on the severity of the disease. Those at high
risk for fractures will greatly benefit from pharmacologic therapy. Those with a moderate risk will benefit
from becoming educated and gaining knowledge on fracture prevention methods. Low risk individuals
should participate in weight bearing activities and intake an adequate amount of calcium and vitamin D.
Prevention and treatment methods are absolutely critical for everyone.
Purpose and method of study:
The author used a case based approach to answer questions about nurse practitioners regarding
the screening, assessment, and treatment of osteoporosis in Canada. The author examined one specific
Canadian woman, Mrs. X who is 69 years old. She does not have any family history of osteoporosis or
any previous fragility fractures. However, she has shrunk 2.0cm in the past two years. Loosing height
could be a result of tiny fractures in the vertebra. This is an early sign of osteoporosis.
Summary of Results:
When Mrs. X went in for her annual checkup the nurse noticed a decrease in her height. Due to
the dramatic change in height Mrs. X was sent for a lateral thoracolumbar spine x-ray and biochemical
testing. Her results came back normal, free of vertebral fractures. In Canada the Canadian association of
radiologist and osteoporosis Canada (CAROC) and Fracture risk assessment (FRAX) tools both help in
assessing ten year fracture risks. They take into account low body mass index, parental hip fracture,
current smoking, alcohol intake, and rheumatoid arthritis. According the CAROC or FRAX tool Mrs. X is
going to have a moderate risk for developing osteoporosis, putting her in the 10-20% category.
Implications for Patient Care:
The longevity of individuals in today’s society will result in a dramatic increase in osteoporosis.
It is difficult to determine if one will develop this aching disease in their lifetime. Osteoporosis is
unenjoyable and incredibly expensive. The case study indicates methods for clinical assessment. Nurse
practitioners should be testing both men and women over the age of fifty not previously diagnosed with
osteoporosis. They should be able to provide treatment options to all patients depending on the severity of
their case. Furthermore, the nurse practitioner should also be assessing those who have previously
suffered from a fragility fracture. They have the ability to significantly improve current screening,
diagnosis, and treatment of osteoporosis. They could start recognizing signs sooner and start treating
patents before fractures occur.
Bios 2250
Name:	
  Sydney	
  Crowley	
  Bios2250	
  
	
   	
   	
   	
   	
   	
   	
   	
   	
   	
  
	
  
Pattern	
  of	
  
inheritance	
  
MAP	
  
Autosomal	
  
dominant	
  	
  
B	
  
Autosomal	
  
recessive	
  	
  
E	
  
X-­‐linked	
  
recessive	
  	
  
	
  
D	
  
X-­‐linked	
  
dominant	
  	
  
A	
  
Y-­‐linked	
  	
  
	
  
F	
  
Mitochondrial	
  	
  
	
  
C	
  
A
B
C
D
E
F
EXPH 1490
Exercise Prescription, Evaluation and Programming
Case Study
AA is a 38 year-old emergency medical technician on an ambulance crew, which necessitates
responding to calls at odd hours (high stress). He suffers from chronic low back pain for the past
2 years. This low back pain occasionally requires him to miss work. He was sent to you by his
doctor to improve his general health and improve his work performance.
Weight: 245 lbs Height: 5’9” Resting BP: 150/82 mmHg Resting HR: 83 bpm
Sit’n Reach: 11 cm (box method)
YMCA Submax VO2 Test: 4.05 L/min
Bench press: 90kg for 1 rep Push-ups: 12 Partial curl-ups: 32
Body Composition: 35%
Muscular Endurance Muscular
Strength
Cardiorespiratory
Endurance
Body
Composition
Flexibility
Description 50 percentile group
for partial curl up
and 20 percentile for
push ups
Around
50%
Average
Between 30-50%
Below average
TYPE 2
obesity class
Poor
Recommendation Needs improvement Maintain
but
wouldn’t
hurt to
improve
Needs
improvement
Needs
improvement
Needs
improvement
Days/week Continuously exercise
or long distance. 40-
60% of max capacity
for long distance.
2-3 days
a week
3-5 days a week Energy
consumed=
energy
expended
Minimal 2-3
times a week.
Ideal 5-7 days a
week.
Sets Several sets 1-3 sets 20-60 minutes a
Session
Cut the
amount of
calories
consumed
Hold stretch for
15-30 seconds.
Reps High number of
repetition. Extensive:
Repeat each exercise
20-30 times. Intensive:
repeat each exercise
10-20 times.
3-20 reps 65-90% Heart
rate max
Increase
physical
activity
Repeat stretch 2-
4 times.
Tips/examples Interval training
• Extensive:
intensity 60-
80% max
performance
• Intensive: 80-
90%
Repetition
8-10
exercises
per
session
Endurance
training
Interval training
Repetition
Weight loss Stretch all major
muscle groups
(static, dynamic,
PNF, yoga)
Stretch before
and after
exercising.
Using the data above calculate an Ideal Body Mass based on a Desired BF% of 25%. Use
the powerpoint slides to help you calculate (on the back of this paper).
Components of Fitness:
Each of the components of fitness can be measured and given a description. Below is a list of
ways that each component can be measured.
Muscular Endurance: Timed Curl-up Test, push-up test.
Muscular Strength: Grip Strength, Bench Press
Flexibility: Sit’n Reach
Cardiorespiratory Endurance: VO2 max test, YMCA sub-max test, 1.5 mile run test, non-
exercise predictions.
Body Composition: Bioelectrical Impedance, Skin Fold Calipers, Bod Pod, under water
weighing, BMI.
	
  
BMI	
  (kg/m
2
)	
  
Men	
  <	
  102	
  cm	
  
Women	
  <	
  88	
  cm	
  
Men	
  >	
  102	
  cm	
  
Women	
  >	
  88	
  cm	
  
Underweight	
   <	
  18.5	
   Low	
   Low	
  
Normal	
   18.5	
  –	
  24.9	
   Normal	
  	
   Normal	
  	
  
Overweight	
   25.0	
  –	
  29.9	
   Increased	
   High	
  
Obesity,	
  class	
  
	
   	
   	
  
I	
   30.0	
  –	
  34.9	
   High	
   Very	
  high	
  
II	
   35.0	
  –	
  39.9	
   Very	
  high	
   Very	
  high	
  
III	
   >	
  40.0	
   Extremely	
  high	
   Extremely	
  high	
  
Seeing and Knowing
Visual Art
I have chosen to write about a very famous piece of artwork that is here on campus. This piece of
art is located at the Bicentennial Park, which is right across the street from the convocation center. This
artwork is known as “input” and was created by Maya Lin in 2004. Maya Lin grew up in Athens, and
both of her parents were professors at Ohio University. Maya’s goal was to create a piece of art that
would have an effect on herself as well as anyone who has a connection with Athens. When Maya was in
high school she took a computer programming class at Ohio University, which became her inspiration.
Maya spent the majority of her time in computer programing class punching out data input cards.
These punch cards are represented as triangles in her piece of art. Her artwork contains 21 different
rectangles all of which are very unique. The denotation and connotation is represented by all of the
different dimensions of the rectangles. There are height differences between the rectangles, which show
an illusion of depth. Some are higher while some appear to be much lower. The architecture of the risen
rectangles depicts a three dimensional space which really catches the viewer’s attention. The high value
contrast that she portrayed really defines the rectangles and makes them easy to see. I recognize that all of
the rectangles are randomly placed throughout the land and this is because this piece is a representation of
punch cards, which do not have any specific pattern. After studying this piece of art I came to the
conclusion that it is a focal, meaning that there is no focal point present.
The value in this piece changes with each season. As the season changes so does the color of the
grass. The piece of art looks different depending on the season. During the summer the grass is green and
grows quickly and in the winter months the grass is less vibrant and has a more dull shade to it. One thing
that I would like to know is if the grass is symbolic. Why did Maya choose to create a piece of art in
grass? I want to know what her reasoning behind this decision was.
All of the rectangles contain meaningful poems that were written by her brother Tan Lin. These
poems are reflections of all of the memories in Athens that the two of them hold close to their heart. The
poems are not only significant to Maya and Tin Lin, but rather any individuals familiar with the town.
There is meaning behind each poem and my goal is to understand all of them. It is a learning process but I
am very intrigued by this piece of art. I am going to continue my learning by thinking and drawing
connections behind the true meanings of each poem.
To be totally honest I pass by the rectangles everyday and prior to learning about them not once
did the thought of art cross my mind. I was always curious on what the rectangles represented. I thought
that they were so random and I didn’t get the whole concept. I thought that they were very pointless and a
waste of space. I am so glad that I had the opportunity to research and closely examine these rectangles
because it truly altered my opinion. I now am aware of the history and story behind them. As I pass by
them now I do not view them as pointless. I see them as beautiful works of art. I think that Maya was
being very thoughtful when she created this piece of art. She not only made it significant to her life but
she created it so that it has meaning for numerous individuals. She included everyone’s feelings and
emotions into it. I find it to be so creative and interesting. I believe that Maya put a great deal of time into
this piece of art and I would like to show my respect by putting in a lot of my time to try and fully
recognize all of it’s beauty.
Bibliography
"MAYA LIN STUDIO." MAYA LIN STUDIO. N.p., n.d. Web. 16 Oct. 2013. This website was very
helpful in finding out information about the artist Maya. It told me about her background and what
inspired her to do her piece of art. This was probably the best website that I came across during my
research. It was very helpful because I knew that everything in it was factual.
"Ohio University Outlook." Ohio University Outlook. N.p., n.d. Web. 16 Oct. 2013.This website was
great because it talked about the significance that the artwork had to Ohio University. It was really cool to
see how much Maya affected OU. Her work influenced the lives of many people in Athens, which I think
is awesome!
"May Lin - Controversy." Public Art: Maya Lin's Input at Bicentennial Park. N.p., n.d. Web. 16 Oct.
2013. This website was not helpful at all. Most of the information that was given was opinion based so
therefore I did not pay any attention to it. It was not at all a reliable resource. I feel like all they did on this
site was talk about how much space and money Maya wasted for her artwork.
PORTFOLIO

PORTFOLIO

  • 1.
      PORTFOLIO   CLASS  SKILLS  INVENTORY   CORE  COURSES   COURSE   SKILL  LEARNED   DESCRIPTION  OF   SKILL  USE   TABBED  SKILL   AREA   ARTIFACT   NUTR  1100   Process  to  maintain   our  food  supply   (growing,  harvesting,   processing,   packaging,   transporting,   marketing,   consuming,  and   disposing  of   food/food  packages)   Sustainability  of  the   food  system  and  the   impact  of  the  food   system  on   nutritional  well   being   Food  system   Food  Safety  Paper   NUTR  1000   Formulate  dietary   recommendations   for  3  day  food  record   Assess  patient  and   client  food  intake  to   formulate  dietary   recommendations     Food  and   Nutrition   Nutrient  Analysis   Project     NUTR  2000   Examining  nutritional   needs  and  unique   concerns  to  foster   optimal  growth  and   development  during   the  lifespan     Current  research   used  to  plan  and   implement   recommendations   for  dietary  change   during  the  stages  of   life   Food  and   Nutrition   Pregnancy  Case   Study     NUTR  2200   Preparation  of  foods   with  emphasis  on   food   macromolecules.   Food  regulation  and   sensory  analysis   Examined  and   assessed  prepared   food   Food  Production   Lab  report:       Fats  and  Oils       Sensory  Analysis  of   Cereals     Flour  and  Gluten   Formation   NUTR  2220   Food  preparation   Examined  and   assessed  prepared   food   Food  Production   Term  Project     Term  Project   Performed   NUTR  2990   Awareness,   organization,   proactive   Examining  the   philosophy,  goals,   organization,  and   requirements  of   Food  and   Nutrition   ACEND and CDR Assignment  
  • 2.
    applied  nutrition   professions   NUTR  3300   Food  purchasing  and   preparation   Examining  large   food  production,   menu  planning,   recipe   standardization,   food  cost,  and   service  in   institutions   Food  Production   Food  for  Fifty   Project   NUTR  3000   Macro-­‐  and  micro   digestion,   metabolism,  and   utilization  at  the   cellular  level.     Evaluation  of  the   recommended   intake  for  the   prevention  of   chronic  disease  and   health  maintenance   Food  and   Nutrition   Caffeine  Metabolism   Project/Presentation     Exam  1  Study  Sheet   NUTR  3100   Medical  nutrition   therapy   Prevention  of   diseases   (overweight/obesity,   hypertension,   hyperlipidemia,   diabetes  mellitus,   and  kidney  disease   Nutrition  Care   Process   Obesity  Case  Study     Diabetes  Case  Study     Renal  Disease  Case   Study   NUTR  3600   Communicating   health  and  nutrition   advice  to  consumers   Studying  food  and   nutrition  in  different   cultures   Communication     Culture  Project   NUTR  4901   Organizing,   communication,  &   food  trends   Lead  discussions  and   share  professional   experiences   Food  and   Nutrition     Interdisciplinary   Presentation   (upcoming)   NUTR  4100   Public  speaking,   Medical  nutrition   therapy,  enteral  and   parenteral  nutrition   Assessing   prevention  and   treatments  of   diseases   (gastrointestinal,   pulmonary,  and   wasting  disease)   Nutrition  Care   Process   ADIME  Note:   Pulmonary  Case   Study     SCIENCE/ANALYSIS    COURSES   COURSE   SKILL  LEARNED   DESCRIPTION  OF   SKILL  USE   TABBED  SKILL   AREA   ARTIFACT   BIOS  1030   Structure  and   function  of  the   human  body     Studying  the  cells,   tissues,  and   integumentary,   skeletal,  muscular,   and  nervous   system,  digestive,   Education  and   Wellness   Cardiovascular   Disease     BIOS  1300   Screening   assessment    
  • 3.
    BIOS  1310  urinary,   reproductive,   cardiovascular,   lymphatic,   respiratory,   endocrine  system,   and  acid  base   balance   N/A   BIOS  2210   Understanding  of  the   history  and  life  of   microorganisms   Discussions  of  the   interactions   between  humans   and  microbes   (vaccines,   antibiotics,   biotechnology,   immunity,  disease   transmission,  food   spoilage.  Reading   current  topics  of   infectious  diseases   affecting  human   organ  systems   Education  &   Wellness   Writing  Assignment:   Microbial  Growth   BIOS  2215   Bacteria  paper   BIOS  2250   Recognize  normal   and  abnormal   chromosome   constitutions,  gene-­‐ protein   interrelationships,   and  factors  that   cause  mutations  of   genes  and   chromosomes.   Assess  patterns  of   inheritance     Education  &   Wellness   Genetics  map   CHEM  1200   Understanding  of   atomic  and   molecular  structures,   periodic  table,  states   of  matter  gases,   solutions,  energy   changes,  acids,   bases,  equilibrium,   and  nuclear   chemestry   Surveying  organic   chemistry  and   biochemistry   N/A   N/A   CHEM  1210   N/A   CHEM  3010   N/A   CHEM  4890   N/A   MATH  1200   Equations,  functions   and  graphs,  including   linear  equations  and   systems,   polynomials,  rational   and  radical   Assessed   individuals  using   SPSS  software.  The   mean,  standard   deviation,   normality,   Communication   and  Research     N/A     PSY  2110   Final  written   report/presentation:   Caffeine   consumption  
  • 4.
    expressions,   quadratic  equations,   exponential  and   logarithmic  function,   and  inequalities.   Descriptive  and   inferential  statistics     homogeneity  of   variance,   independence  of   observation,  and   critical  value  were   detected  to   support  hypothesis     between   underclassman,   upperclassman,  and   graduates     EXPH  1490   Understanding   human  movement   and  the  foundation   of  wellness  and   health  related   physical  fitness     Assessing   individuals  body   movements     Education  and   wellness   Exercise,   Prescription,   evaluation,  and   programing   assignment       BUSINESS    COURSES   COURSE   SKILL  LEARNED   DESCRIPTION  OF   SKILL  USE   TABBED  SKILL   AREA   ARTIFIACT   ACCT  1010     ACCT  1020    Analyzing,  external   financial  reporting,   elementary  capital   budgeting,  master   and  flexible   budgeting,  cost   behavior,  cost  control,   and  making   managerial  decisions.     Use  of  high  low   method  and   regression  to   determine  expected   sales.     Management  &   Leadership   Excel   Assignment     MGT  2000   Solving  problems   facing  managers  and   administrators   Using  concepts  and   principles  from   behavioral  sciences   and  other  applicable   disciplines     Management  &   Leadership   Class  Outline     MGT  3300   N/A     ECON  1030   Analyzing  prices,   markets,  production,   wages,  interest,  rent,   and  profit   Analysis  of  how   capitalistic  system   determines  what,   how,  and  for  whom   to  produce   N/A   N/A   MKT  2020     Understanding  of   marketing  activities,   decisions,  and  terms.   Problem  solving,   analyzing  marketing   environments   Social  media   marketing  on   Facebook  for  local   CrossFit  gym     Management  &   Leadership   SEO  Project      
  • 5.
    SOCIAL  SCIENCE    COURSES   COURSE   SKILL  LEARNED   DESCRIPTION  OF   SKILL  USE   TABBED  SKILL   AREA   ARTIFACT     PSY  1010   Understanding,   acceptance   Surveyed  behavior,   sensation,   perception,   learning,  memory,   human   development,  social   processes,   personality,  and   abnormal  behavior   N/A   N/A     ANTH  1010   Human  cultures  and   societies,   understanding  human   diversity   Considerations  of   anthropological   theories,  methods,   and  ethics  in  the   context  of   contemporary   culture  change,   taking  into  account   processes  of   colonialism,   globalization,  and   development.     Communication   and  Research   Museum   artifact   COMS  1010         Analyzing  oral   communication  in   human  relationships   Serving  others  and   analyzing  their   responses  and   reactions   Communication   and  Research   Communication   in  action        ART   Creativity,  open   minded   Assessing  “input”  at   the  Bicentennial Park   Seeing  &  Knowing   Visual  Art   Seeing  and   Knowing  Visual   Art           GENERAL  EDUCATION    COURSES   COURSE   SKILL  LEARNED   DESCRIPTION  OF   SKILL  USE   TABBED  SKILL   AREA   ARTIFACT     ENGL  1510   Composing  and   revising  expository   essays  that  are  well   organized,  logically   Nonfictional   reading,  research   material,  and   effective   Communication   and  Research     Multimodal   Argument       Literary  analysis    
  • 6.
      Cons  3450J   coherent,  and   effective  for  their   purpose  and   audience.     Investigating  and   analyzing  current   issues  and  concerns  in   the  Human  and   Consumer  Sciences   profession  specific  to   nutrition     communication  with   selected  audience     Letter  to   executive   director     HLTH  2300   Understanding  of   medical  terminology   Terms  associated   with  body  systems,   disease  processes,   laboratory  tests,  and   clinical  procedures   Education  &   Wellness   N/A                            
  • 7.
          Food  System                          
  • 8.
    Nutrition  1100   Foodconsumption is an important part of our lives. Food gives our body the energy that we need to function and in order to survive we all must eat. It is important to fuel our bodies with healthy foods that are rich in nutrients. Unfortunately, we live in a society where it is very difficult to consume healthy products. Most of us are aware that some foods are filled with a high content of saturated fat, sodium, and preservatives. What we do not know is where our food is grown, how it is processed, and the unnecessary amount of antibiotics that we unknowingly consume. There are many problems within the food system that go unnoticed and for our safety that needs to change. The author of Fair Foods believes that we need to focus on implementing a new food system for the future and I could not agree more. Many of the safety problems that we have within our food system begin on the farm where our livestock is raised. Animals are being shoved in overly crowded unsanitary areas with no room to walk around. This makes it easy for diseases to spread. Animals that carry the disease bring them into the slaughterhouses. One contaminated animal can contaminate thousands of pounds of meat, which is extremely unhealthy for us. Contaminated foods can greatly affect our well-being. Animals should not be treated this way. It is unhealthy for both the animals and the consumers. Serious health problems can arise from consuming bad meat or eggs. In the book the author talks about a single production company in Iowa. They were forced to recall more than 380 million eggs due to the risk of salmonella. The author of the book mentioned that it is difficult to find where the toxicity occurred due to over crowded areas. No one truly knows who is responsible for the problem. Animals need to be living in an environment where they are free to roam around. Instead of animal sitting in their own feces polluting the environment they can instead be wandering outdoors naturally fertilizing the soil. This will decrease the spread of diseases, which in turn will decrease the amount of antibiotics given to animals.
  • 9.
    Infections today areincreasing because we are becoming so resistant to antibiotics. Animals are confined to small areas where they are walking on top of each other. This is not healthy for the animals and makes it easy for diseases to spread. In order to prevent the spread of diseases they use antibiotics. The large corporations only care about one thing and that is making a profit. In our generation we are genetically altering our animals to grow much larger and in a shorter period of time. They are injecting all sorts of antibiotics into these animals resulting in weight gain. This is not healthy for our bodies either. Cutting back on the antibiotics used for livestock would be extremely beneficial. Eighty percent of antibiotics in the United States are used on livestock to prevent diseases and promote growth. When we consume the meat we are becoming infected with the resistant bacteria. I do not think that we should totally get rid of the antibiotics that help control diseases because this could lead to serious health problems. However, I definitely think that we should avoid giving the animals antibiotics that make them grow larger. I do not think that these antibiotics are absolutely necessary. The animals can grow naturally. This will help us to not become resistant to antibiotics. If the bacterium does not respond to the antibiotics that we take then this could be very harmful. We do not want antibiotics to loose its effectiveness. Antibiotics given to the animals, as a growth hormone needs to stop. If we do not stop injecting animals with all sorts of antibiotics then we are all going to suffer the consequences in the future. Another safety problem begins where our crops are produced. We are all encouraged to eat organic fruits and vegetables because they are free of pesticides. We should not have to worry about this. Some people cannot afford to pay the extra money to buy organic foods. Farmers should not be using so many drugs on crops because they can be very toxic to humans. Pesticide exposure is linked to Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson disease, autism, and endometriosis. Yes, it prevents animals from getting to the food and sometimes prolongs the growing season but is it worth it? Do the benefits outweigh the consequences? I agree with the author of the book. I do not think it is worth the risks. However, not all people have this mindset. The individuals making a profit do not have a problem with pesticides. I read an article online that stated “The use of pesticides provides safe, pure and disease free products to the society
  • 10.
    and aids insafeguarding public health. The market and food stores all over the world sell food that is safe, nutritious and available at affordable prices than ever before” (Kapoor 1). I do not think that this statement is true. Consuming pesticides is neither safe nor healthy for our bodies. Long-term exposure can cause problems within the reproductive, endocrine, immune, and nervous system. They also can cause cancer, mental deficits, and lung damage. Overall, we need to make a change within the current food system. There is way too much wrong going on that is posing a threat to all consumers. Animals are being shoved in tiny spaces where diseases are bound to spread, antibiotics are unnecessarily being used as growth hormones, and all of our crops are contaminated with numerous amounts of pesticides. We need to begin implementing policies now for the health and safety of our future. References Szpyrka. (n.d.). Assessment of Consumer Exposure Related to Improper Use of Pesticides in the Region of Southeastern Poland., 1-1. Retrieved December 4, 2014. Kapoor. (n.d.). Benefits Of Pesticides | Benefits Of. Retrieved December 4, 2014, from http://benefitof.net/benefits-of-pesticides/ Hesterman, O. (2011). Our Broken Food System. In Fair food: Growing a healthy, sustainable food system for all (pp. 16-20).      
  • 11.
          Food  and  Nutrition          
  • 12.
    Nutrition  1000   Three-DayAverage DRI Report Sydney Crowley scrowley075@yahoo.com Printed: 10/10/2013 Profile Active Profile: Sydney Crowley Height: 5 ft. 6 inches Weight: 130 lbs. Age: 18 years BMI: 21 Gender: Female Pregnancy: Not Pregnant Activity Level: Active Smoker: No Strict Vegetarian/Vegan: No Nutrient DRI Energy Kilocalories 2019.0 kcal Protein 50.12 g Daily requirement based on grams per kilogram of
  • 13.
    Carbohydrate 328.09 -227.14 g 45%-65% of kilocalories Fat, Total 78.52 - 44.87 g No recommendation Fat Saturated Fat < 22.4 g Less than 10% of calories Monounsaturated Fat * No recommendation Monounsaturated Fat * No recommendation Polyunsaturated Fat * No recommendation Trans Fatty Acid * No recommendation Cholesterol < 300.0 mg Less than 300.0 mg recommended Essential Fatty Acids Omega-6 Linoleic 11.00 g Omega-3 Linolenic 1.10 g Carbohydrates Dietary Fiber, Total 26.0 g Sugar, Total * No recommendation Other Water 2.30 L Alcohol * No recommendation Vitamins Thiamin 1.00 mg
  • 14.
    Riboflavin 1.00 mg Niacin14.00 mg Vitamin B6 1.20 mg Vitamin B12 2.40 μg Folate (DFE) 400.00 μg Vitamin C 65.00 mg Vitamin D (ug) 15.00 μg DRI Adequate Intake Vitamin A (RAE) 700.00 μg Vitamin A (IU) 2333.00 IU Alpha-T ocopherol 15.00 mg Minerals Calcium 1300.00 mg DRI Adequate Intake Iron 15.00 mg Magnesium 360.00 mg Potassium 4700.00 mg DRI Adequate Intake Zinc 9.00 mg Sodium 1500.00 mg DRI Adequate Intake Macronutrient Ranges
  • 15.
    09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013 1.1k1.0k 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0.0 Actual Recommended Carbs Protein Fat Alcohol Recommended Yours Carbs 45%- 65% 909-1312 kCal 55 % 1125 kCal Protei n 10%- 35% 202-707 kCal 17 % 342 kCal Fats 20%- 35% 404-707 kCal 30 % 629 kCal Alcoh ol 0% 0 kCal 0% 0 kCal Fat Breakdown Calories
  • 16.
    09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013 Sourceof Fat 0 | Monounsaturated Fat 7 Polyunsaturated Fat 5 Saturated Fat 9 Trans Fatty Acid 0 Unspecified 1 * Transfat data is not yet reported by all sources and therefore may be unde Intake vs. Goals 09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013 ! Nutrient DRI Intake 0% 25% 50% 75% 100% ||||| Energy Kilocalories 2019.0 kcal 2064.65 kcal 102%
  • 17.
    Protein 50.12 g85.43 g 170% Carbohydrate 328.09 - 227.14 g 281.35 g 124% 86% Fat, Total 78.52 - 44.87 g 69.91 g 89% Fat Saturated Fat < 22.4 g 20.85 g 93% Monounsaturated Fat * 15 g Polyunsaturated Fat * 10.8 g 156% Trans Fatty Acid * 0.26 g Cholesterol < 300.0 mg 245.62 mg 82% Essential Fatty Acids Omega-6 Linoleic 11.00 g 8.66 g 79% Omega-3 Linolenic 1.10 g 0.92 g 84% Carbohydrates
  • 18.
    Dietary Fiber, Total26.0 g 28.02 g 108% Sugar, Total * 128.17 g Other Water 2.30 L 0.99 L 43% Alcohol * 0g Vitamins Thiamin 1.00 mg 1.02 mg 102% Riboflavin 1.00 mg 1.85 mg 185% Niacin 14.00 mg 14.96 mg 107% Vitamin B6 1.20 mg 1.56 mg 130% Vitamin B12 2.40 μg 3.98 μg 166% Folate (DFE) 400.00 μg 366.79 μg 92% Vitamin C 65.00 mg 124.54 mg 192% Vitamin D (ug) 15.00 μg 2.83 μg 19% Vitamin A (RAE) 700.00 μg 544.11 μg 78%
  • 19.
    Vitamin A (IU) 2333.00 IU 8829.23 IU378% Alpha-T ocopherol 15.00 mg 3.91 mg 26% Minerals Calcium 1300.00 mg 1137.45 mg 87% Iron 15.00 mg 14.26 mg 95% Magnesium 360.00 mg 334.98 mg 93% Potassium 4700.00 mg 2561 mg 54% Zinc 9.00 mg 7.6 mg 84% Sodium 1500.00 mg 3094.53 mg 206% MyPlate Analysis 09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013 Goal * Actual % Goal Grains 7 oz. eq. tip s 3.5 oz. eq. 49.8 % Vegetables 3 cup tip 2.9 cup 95.2 %
  • 20.
    eq. s eq. Fruits 2cup eq. tip s 1.7 cup eq. 84.3 % Dairy 3 cup eq. tip s 2.2 cup eq. 73.2 % Protein Foods 6 oz. eq. tip s 8.8 oz. eq. 146.3 % Empty Calories 290 kcal tip s 625.1 kcal 215.6 % Your results are based on a 2019 calorie pattern.
Make Half Your Grains Whole! Aim for at least 3.5 oz. eq. whole grains. Vary Your Veggies! Aim for this much every week: Dark Green Vegetables = 3 cups weekly Orange Vegetables = 2 cups weekly
Dry Beans & Peas = 3 cups weekly Starchy Vegetables = 3 cups weekly Other Vegetables = 6.5 cups weekly Oils: Aim for 6 teaspoons of oil a day. * MyPlate contains recommendations only for calorie levels up to 3,200 per day. If Diet Analysis Plus recommends more than 3,200 calories per day for you, talk to your instructor for guidance on how to use MyPlate. ** CAUTION! Recipes are not included on the MyPlate Report, as plate values for these cannot be calculated.
  • 21.
    Intake Spreadsheet 9/29/2013 Item NameMeal Quantity Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter Breakfast 2 item(s) Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) Breakfast 1 cup(s) Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes Breakfast 3 ounce(s) Milk, Chocolate, Whole Breakfast 7.01 fluid ou Banana Lunch 1 item(s) Peanut Butter, Chunky Lunch 3.01 tablesp OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange Dinner 2.01 serving Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked Dinner 1.01 cup(s) Apple, Medium Evening Snack 1 item(s) LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet Evening Snack 7.01 fluid ou Total Item Name Protein (g) Carb (g) Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 12.19 1.96 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 11.91 45.57 Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 1.84 19.88 Milk, Chocolate, Whole 6.94 22.65
  • 22.
    Banana 1.29 26.95 PeanutButter, Chunky 11.59 10.39 OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 16.08 64.32 Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 5.08 45.22 1.77 0.35 Apple, Medium 0.47 25.13 LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0 Total 67.39 262.08 Item Name Mono Fat (g) Poly Fat (g) Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 5.42 2.96 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.95 0.1 Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 2.69 4.09 Milk, Chocolate, Whole 2.17 0.27 Banana 0.04 0.09 Peanut Butter, Chunky 11.14 6.71 OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0 Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0.64 0.64 Apple, Medium 0.01 0.09 LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0 Total 23.05 14.95
  • 23.
    Item Name Omega-6(g) Omega-3 (g) Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 2.52 0.16 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.07 0.03 Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 3.6 0.48 Milk, Chocolate, Whole 0.17 0.1 Banana 0.05 0.03 Peanut Butter, Chunky 6.67 0.04 OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0 Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0.61 0.03 3.55 0.69 Apple, Medium 0.08 0.02 LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0 Total 13.78 0.88 Item Name Water (L) Alcohol (g) Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 0.09 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.18 0 Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 0.05 0 Milk, Chocolate, Whole 0.18 0 Banana 0.09 0 Peanut Butter, Chunky 0 0
  • 24.
    OLD COUNTRY BUFFETChicken, Orange 0 0 Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0.14 0 Apple, Medium 0.16 0 LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0 Total 0.9 0 Item Name Niacin (mg) Vit B6 (mg) Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 0.09 0.16 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.26 0.11 Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 1.34 0.29 Milk, Chocolate, Whole 0.27 0.09 Banana 0.78 0.43 Peanut Butter, Chunky 6.6 0.2 OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0 0 0 Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 3.01 0.29 Apple, Medium 0.17 0.07 LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0 Total 12.52 1.65 Item Name Vit C (mg) Vit D (ug) (μg Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 0 2.2
  • 25.
    Yogurt, Fruit, LowFat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 1.72 0 Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 10.79 0 Milk, Chocolate, Whole 1.97 2.85 Banana 10.27 0 Peanut Butter, Chunky 0 0 OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0 Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 0 0 Apple, Medium 8.37 0 LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0 Total 33.12 5.04 Item Name Alpha-T (mg) Calcium (mg Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 1.4 80.52 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0 414.05 Home Fries or Pan Fried Potatoes 0.99 7.65 Milk, Chocolate, Whole 0.15 245.35 Banana 0.12 5.9 Peanut Butter, Chunky 3.03 21.67 0.92 77.06 OLD COUNTRY BUFFET Chicken, Orange 0 0 0
  • 26.
    Rice, Brown, LongGrain, Cooked 0.06 19.7 0.83 Apple, Medium 0.33 10.92 0.22 LIPTON Green Tea with Citrus, Diet 0 0 0 Total 6.08 805.76 4.89 Item Name Milk, Chocolate, Whole Potas (mg) Zinc (mg) Sodium (mg) Eggs, Scrambled with Milk and Butter 161.04 1.27 176.9 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 529.2 2.01 159.25
  • 27.
    Home Fries orPan Fried Potatoes 368.9 0.3 262.65 365.83 0.9 131.44 Banana 422.44 0.18 1.18 Peanut Butter, Chunky 358.79
  • 28.
    1.34 234.06 OLD COUNTRY BUFFETChicken, Orange 0 0 1025.1 Rice, Brown, Long Grain, Cooked 84.69 1.24 9.85 Apple, Medium 194.74 0.07 1.82
  • 29.
    LIPTON Green Teawith Citrus, Diet 26.29 0 52.58 Total 2511.92 7.31 2054.82 9/30/2013 Item Name Meal Quantity Strawberries Breakfast 1 cup(s) NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut Breakfast 2 tablespoon Soymilk, Chocolate Breakfast 1 cup(s) CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced Fat Lunch 1 ounce(s) WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain Lunch 1 serving(s) 31 140 Celery, Stalk Lunch 2 item(s) JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy Lunch 2 tablespoon
  • 30.
    Yogurt, Fruit, LowFat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) Lunch 1 cup(s) PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers, Cheddar Cheese Lunch 2.01 item(s) DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves Dinner 1.5 cup(s) Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded Dinner 1.01 cup(s) Cucumber Dinner 1.01 cup(s) Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green Dinner 0.5 cup(s) Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw Dinner 1 ounce(s) LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled Dinner 2.01 ounce(s Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat Dinner 0.5 cup(s) Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned Dinner 0.5 cup(s) Salad Dressing, Italian Dinner 1.01 tablespo Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Canned Dinner 0.5 cup(s) ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks Evening Snack 2 ounce(s) NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut Evening Snack 2.01 tablespo Total Item Name Protein (g) Carb (g) Strawberries 0.96 11.06 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 3 22
  • 31.
    Soymilk, Chocolate 5.5424.38 CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% 8 0.5 4.5 3 Reduced Fat WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 2 22 Celery, Stalk 0.55 2.38 JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 7 7 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 11.91 45.57 PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers, Cheddar Cheese 0.15 0.73 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 2 3 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.58 1.56 Cucumber 0.68 3.81 Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.64 3.46 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 3.86 0.26 LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 12.73 0.67 Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 2.16 12.7 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 6.68 18.98 Salad Dressing, Italian 0.06 1.55 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Canned 5.9 16.19 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 4 46
  • 32.
    NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut3.02 22.11 Total 81.42 265.9 Item Name Mono Fat (g) Poly Fat (g) Strawberries 0.06 0.22 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Soymilk, Chocolate 0.93 2.05 CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% 0 0 0 15 Reduced Fat WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 1 0 Celery, Stalk 0.03 0.06 JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.95 0.1 PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers, Cheddar Cheese 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.01 0.08 Cucumber 0.01 0.03 Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.01 0.05 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.02 0.04 LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0
  • 33.
    Croutons, Seasoned, Readyto Eat 1.9 0.47 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.06 0.31 Salad Dressing, Italian 0.94 1.92 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Canned 0.53 1.06 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Total 6.43 6.39 Item Name Omega-6 (g) Omega-3 (g) Strawberries 0.13 0.09 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Soymilk, Chocolate 1.43 0.18 CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced Fat 0 0 WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 0 2 1 Celery, Stalk 0.06 0 JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.07 0.03 PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers, Cheddar Cheese 0 0
  • 34.
    DOLE Baby SpinachLeaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.02 0.05 Cucumber 0.03 0.01 Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.04 0.01 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.01 0 LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0 Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0.45 0.03 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.14 0.08 Salad Dressing, Italian 1.71 0.21 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Canned 1.02 0.04 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Total 5.11 0.73 Item Name Water (L) Alcohol (g) Strawberries 0.13 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Soymilk, Chocolate 0.21 0 CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced Fat 0 0 WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 0
  • 35.
    0 0 Celery, Stalk 0.080 JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.18 0 PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers, Cheddar Cheese 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.04 0 Cucumber 0.1 0 Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.07 0 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.02 0 LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0 Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0 0 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.1 0 Salad Dressing, Italian 0.01 0 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Canned 0.09 0 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Total 1.04 0
  • 36.
    Item Name Niacin(mg) Vit B6 (mg) Strawberries 0.56 0.07 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Soymilk, Chocolate 1.26 0.19 CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced Fat 0 0 WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 0 0 0 Celery, Stalk 0.26 0.06 JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 4 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.26 0.11 PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers, Cheddar Cheese 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.15 0.04 Cucumber 0.1 0.04 Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.36 0.17 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.5 0.05 LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0 Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0.93 0.02 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.63 0.1 Salad Dressing, Italian 0 0.01
  • 37.
    Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzoor Bengal Gram, Canned 0.16 0.57 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 1.6 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Total 10.76 1.41 Item Name Vit C (mg) Vit D (ug) (μg) Strawberries 84.67 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Soymilk, Chocolate 4.17 0 CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced Fat 0 0 WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 0 0 0 Celery, Stalk 2.48 0 JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 1.72 0 PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers, Cheddar Cheese 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 24 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 1.9 0 Cucumber 2.94 0 Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 59.9 0
  • 38.
    Shrimp, Mixed Species,Raw 0 0.01 LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0 Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0 0 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 1.02 0 Salad Dressing, Italian 0 0 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Canned 0.12 0 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Total 182.91 0.01 Item Name Alpha-T (mg) Calcium (mg) Strawberries 0.42 23.04 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 40 Soymilk, Chocolate 0.02 61.25 CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced Fat 0 200 WHEAT THINS Crackers, Multi Grain 0 40 Celery, Stalk 0.22 32 0.16 8.8 JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0 414.05
  • 39.
    PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISHCrackers, Cheddar Cheese 0 1.46 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 80 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.06 15.67 Cucumber 0.03 16.81 Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 0.28 7.45 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.37 15.31 LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0 Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 0.08 19.2 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.03 37.12 Salad Dressing, Italian 0.74 1.04 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Canned 0 42 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 40.2 Total 2.25 1086.59 Item Name Potas (mg) Zinc (mg) Sodium (mg)
  • 40.
    Strawberries 220.32 0.2 1.44 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 15 Soymilk,Chocolate 350.35 0.83 129.85 CABOT Cheese, Pepper Jack, 50% Reduced Fat 0
  • 41.
    0 170 WHEAT THINS Crackers,Multi Grain 0 0 230 Celery, Stalk 208 0.1 64 JIF Peanut Butter, Creamy 0 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 529.2 2.01 PEPPERIDGE FARM GOLDFISH Crackers, Cheddar Cheese 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 117.25 0.11 Cucumber 154.41 0.21 Pepper, Bell or Sweet, Green 130.38 0.1 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 32.03 0.28 LOUIS RICH Chicken Breast, Strips, Grilled 0 0 Croutons, Seasoned, Ready to Eat 36.2 0.19
  • 42.
    Beans, Kidney, Red,Canned 332.8 0.79 Salad Dressing, Italian 7.13 0.02 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Canned 172.8 0.83 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Total 2290.86 5.67 10/1/2013 Item Name Meal Quantity WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla Breakfast 1 cup(s) Strawberries Breakfast 1 cup(s) NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut Breakfast 3.01 tablespo Grapes, Red or Green Breakfast 1.01 cup(s) Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) Breakfast 1.01 cup(s) Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish Lunch 6.01 piece(s) 156.26 218.76 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced Lunch 1.01 ounce(s Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes Multi-Grain Lunch 1.01 serving STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips Lunch 1.01 ounce(s DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves Dinner 2.01 cup(s)
  • 43.
    Lettuce, Romaine, ShreddedDinner 1.01 cup(s) Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw Dinner 1.01 ounce(s Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned Dinner 0.5 cup(s) Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry Dinner 0.25 cup(s) Pepper, Banana Dinner 0.25 cup(s) Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked Dinner 0.5 cup(s) Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded Dinner 0.25 cup(s) Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted Dinner 3 ounce(s) ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks Evening Snack 2.01 ounce(s Total Item Name Protein (g) Carb (g) WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 6 10 Strawberries 0.96 11.06 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 4.51 33.11 Grapes, Red or Green 1.1 27.6 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 12.03 46.03 Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 8.38 43.74 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 7.13 0.37 9.49 6.04
  • 44.
    Crackers, Saltines, WholeWheat, Includes Multi-Grain 1.01 9.65 STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 3.03 18.18 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 2.68 4.02 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.58 1.56 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 3.9 0.26 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 6.68 18.98 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry 9.65 30.32 Pepper, Banana 0.51 1.66 Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 1.89 12.95 Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 7.03 0.36 Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted 26.38 0 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 4.02 46.23 Total 107.48 316.08 Item Name Mono Fat (g) Poly Fat (g) WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 1 2 Strawberries 0.06 0.22 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Grapes, Red or Green 0.01 0.07
  • 45.
    Yogurt, Fruit, LowFat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.96 0.1 Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 0.14 0.2 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 2.69 0.27 Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes Multi-Grain 0.39 1.02 STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 4.04 0.51 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.01 0.08 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.02 0.04 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.06 0.31 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry 0.68 1.35 Pepper, Banana 0.01 0.08 Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 1.73 3.9 Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 2.65 0.27 Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted 1.05 0.65 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 Total 15.51 11.05 Item Name Omega-6 (g) Omega-3 (g) WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0 0
  • 46.
    Strawberries 0.13 0.09 NUTELLASpread, Hazelnut 0 0 Grapes, Red or Green 0.06 0.02 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.07 0.03 Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 0.1 0.02 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0.17 0.1 Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes Multi-Grain 0.91 0.11 STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.02 0.05 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.01 0 0 0 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.14 0.08 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry 1.3 0.05 Pepper, Banana 0.07 0 Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 3.45 0.44 Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0.16 0.1 Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted 0.5 0.03 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0
  • 47.
    Total 7.1 1.14 ItemName Water (L) Alcohol (g) WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0.22 0 Strawberries 0.13 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Grapes, Red or Green 0.12 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.18 0 Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 0.1 0 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0.01 0 Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes Multi-Grain 0 0 STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.04 0 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.02 0 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.1 0 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal 0.01 0 0.24 0.11 Gram, Dry Pepper, Banana 0.03 0 Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 0 0 Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0.01 0
  • 48.
    Chicken, Breast, MeatOnly, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted 0.06 0 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 Total 1.04 0 Item Name Niacin (mg) Vit B6 (mg) WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0 0 Strawberries 0.56 0.07 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Grapes, Red or Green 0.29 0.13 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0.26 0.11 Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 2.77 0.15 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0.02 0.02 Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes Multi-Grain 0.63 0.03 STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.15 0.04 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.51 0.05 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.63 0.1 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry 0.77 0.27
  • 49.
    Pepper, Banana 0.390.11 0 8.99 Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 1.34 0.02 Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0.02 0.02 Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted 11.66 0.51 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 1.61 0 Total 21.6 1.63 Item Name Vit C (mg) Vit D (ug) (μg) WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0 3 Strawberries 84.67 0 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 Grapes, Red or Green 4.88 0 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 1.73 0 Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 3.59 0 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0 0.17 Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes Multi-Grain 0 0 STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 32.16 0 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 1.9 0
  • 50.
    Shrimp, Mixed Species,Raw 0 0.01 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 1.02 0 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry 2 0 Pepper, Banana 25.64 0 Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 0 0 Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0 0.17 74.86 283.06 Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted 0 0.09 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 Total 157.6 3.44 Item Name Alpha-T (mg) Calcium (mg WHITE WAVE SILK Simply Soymilk, Vanilla 0 300 Strawberries 0.42 23.04 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 60.2 Grapes, Red or Green 0.29 15.25 Yogurt, Fruit, Low Fat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 0 418.19 Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 0.25 23.44 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 0.08 206.45 Crackers, Saltines, Whole Wheat, Includes Multi-Grain 0.17 0
  • 51.
    STACY'S SIMPLY NAKEDPita Chips 0 20.2 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 107.2 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 0.06 15.67 Shrimp, Mixed Species, Raw 0.38 15.46 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 0.03 37.12 Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry 0.41 52.5 Pepper, Banana 0.21 4.34 Noodles, Chinese Chow Mein, Cooked 0.78 4.5 Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 0.08 203.68 Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted 0.23 12.76 ROLD GOLD Pretzels, Classic Style Sticks 0 0 2.89 16.08 Total 3.39 1519. 99 21. 68 406. 77 Item Name Strawberries Beans, Chickpeas, Garbanzo or Bengal Gram, Dry Potas (mg) Zinc (mg) Sodium (mg)
  • 52.
    WHITE WAVE SILKSimply Soymilk, Vanilla 300 0.6 95 220.32 0.2 1.44 NUTELLA Spread, Hazelnut 0 0 22.57 Grapes, Red or Green 291.29 0.11 3.05
  • 53.
    Yogurt, Fruit, LowFat (11 grams protein per 8 ounces) 534.49 2.03 160.84 Sushi, with Vegetables and Fish 203.14 0.78 340.65 Cheese, Cheddar, Diced 28.06 0.89 177.81
  • 54.
    Crackers, Saltines, WholeWheat, Includes Multi-Grain 31.25 0.21 171.66 STACY'S SIMPLY NAKED Pita Chips 0 0 272.7 DOLE Baby Spinach Leaves 0 0 87.1 Lettuce, Romaine, Shredded 117.25 0.11
  • 55.
    3.8 Shrimp, Mixed Species,Raw 32.35 0.28 162.05 Beans, Kidney, Red, Canned 332.8 0.79 327.68 437.5 1.72 12 Pepper, Banana
  • 56.
    79.36 0.08 4.03 Noodles, Chinese ChowMein, Cooked 27 0.32 98.78 Cheese, Cheddar, Shredded 27.68 0.88 175.43 Chicken, Breast, Meat Only, Boneless, Skinless, Roasted 217.72 0.85 62.94
  • 57.
    ROLD GOLD Pretzels,Classic Style Sticks 0 0 1165.8 Total 2880.23 9.83 3345.33 Energy Balance 09/29/2013, 09/30/2013, 10/01/2013 Date kCal Consumed kCal Burned Net kCal 9/29/2013 1962 206 1756 9/30/2013 1975 413 1562 10/1/2013 2257 590 1667 Total: 6194 1209 4985
  • 58.
    Daily Caloric Summarykcal Recommended: 2019 Average Intake: 2065 Average Expenditure: 403 Average Net Gain/Loss: 1662                              
  • 59.
    Nutrition  2000   Case  Study  #2  (Pregnancy)     Directions:    Read  case  study  4.1  from  your  text  (pg.  128).    Consider  the  additional  information  below.     Answer  the  questions  below.    Note  these  questions  are  slightly  modified  from  the  questions  in  your  text.     Be  sure  to  type  your  answers.   Additional  Information:   Height:  5’8     Pre-­‐pregnancy  Weight.:  150lbs   Questions:   1. Is  Ms.  Lederman  consuming  enough  protein?    (Justify  why  or  why  not)   No,  Ms.  Lederman  is  not  consuming  enough  protein.  The  recommended  intake  during   pregnancy  is  71  grams.  Ms.  Lederman  is  consuming  71  grams  however  she  is  vegan  which   means  that  she  should  be  consuming  30%  more  than  the  average  pregnant  woman.       2. How  much  protein  should  Ms.  Lederman  consume?  (Show  your  work)   Ms.  Lederman  should  be  consuming  at  least  97.5  grams  of  protein.     Minimum     150Ibs/2.2=68.2kgx1.1g/kg=75  grams         75  grams  x30%=22.5   75grams  +22.5=97.5grams         Average     68.2x.8=54.55+25=79.55grams  +  22.5=102.05  grams     3. Provide  3  sources  of  protein  Ms.  Lederman  could  consume  to  ensure  she  gets  adequate  protein   (remember  she  is  vegan)?   Ms.  Lederman  can  consume  beans,  grains,  nuts,  and  seeds.  She  can  eat  buckwheat,   brown  rice,  tofu,  and  soybeans  to  name  a  few.   4. Based  on  the  information  presented  in  the  case  study  which  nutrients  are  consumed  in  amounts   that  are  below  the  DRI  standard  for  pregnancy  and  what  are  the  DRI  values  for  these  nutrients?  
  • 60.
    Ms.  Lederman  is  not  eating  enough  calories.  The  recommended  dietary  allowance  for  a   nonpregnant  woman  is  2,403.  A  pregnant  woman  should  be  consuming  an  extra  452  calories  on   top  of  that.  Ms.  Lederman  is  only  consuming  2,237  calories.  She  needs  to  consume  a  little  more   food.    She  is  also  lacking  in  Vitamin  D,  Alpha-­‐linolenic  acid,  vitamin  B-­‐12,  and  protein.  Her  intake   for  vitamin  D  is  mcg:  3  (120  IU)  and  the  recommended  intake  for  pregnant  woman  is  at  least  15   mcg  (600  IU)  from  food.  The  upper  limit  for  vitamin  D  intake  during  pregnancy  is  100  mcg  (4000   IU)  per  day.    Ms.  Lederman’s  intake  of  Alpha-­‐linolic  acid  (n-­‐3  fatty  acid)  is  0.54g  when  the   recommendation  is  1.4g.    Her  intake  for  vitamin  B-­‐12  is  2.1mcg  and  the  recommendation  is   2.6mcg.    Her  protein  intake  is  71g  and  the  recommendation  is  around  98g  of  protein.     5. For  each  nutrient  listed  in  #4,  provide  3  examples  of  specific  foods  Ms.  Lederman  could   consume  to  bring  up  her  intake  of  the  nutrient.     Vitamin  D-­‐I  would  say  that  Ms.  Lederman  should  get  her  vitamin  D  from  the  sun  but  that   will  not  do  much  good  because  Ms.  Lederman  puts  a  lot  of  sunscreen  on.  This  is  good  for  her   skin  but  not  for  her  vitamin  D  intake.  I  would  suggest  for  Ms.  Lederman  to  take  vitamin  D   supplements.  Some  foods  contain  vitamin  D  but  since  Ms.  Lederman  is  vegan  her  options  are   limited.  Mushrooms,  cod  liver  oil,  and  some  cereals  that  are  fortified  would  be  a  great  option  for   her.  They  contain  more  vitamin  D  then  one  would  expect.         Alpha  linoleic  acid-­‐  spinach,  broccoli,  yams,  potatoes,  brussel  sprouts,  and  carrots       Vitamin  B-­‐12-­‐  fortified  cereals,  pastas,  and  bread.  Vitamin  B-­‐12  is  mostly  found  in  animal   products.  Since  Ms.  Lederman  is  vegan  she  may  need  to  take  supplements.       Protein-­‐  beans,  grains,  nuts,  and  seeds.  She  can  eat  buckwheat,  brown  rice,  tofu,  and  soybeans  to   name  a  few.                      
  • 61.
    Nutrition 2990 Access  the  CDR  website  (http://www.cdrnet.org/).         Write  about  “Dietetic  Registration”—What  is  CDR?         CDR  stands  for  Commission  on  Dietetic  Registration.  It  is  a  certification  program  that  awards   specialists.  Their  mission  statement  is  the  Commission  on  Dietetic  Registration  administers   rigorous  valid  and  reliable  credentialing  processes  to  protect  the  public  and  meet  the  needs  of   nutrition  and  dietetics  practitioners,  employers  and  consumers.  Their  vision  statement  is   nutrition  and  dietetics  credentialing  protects  and  improves  the  health  of  the  public  and   supports  practitioner  competence,  quality  practice,  lifelong  learning  and  career  advancement.       Is  CDR  accredited?    If  so,  by  whom?         Yes,  the  CDR  is  accredited  by  the  National  Commission  for  Certifying  Agencies  (NCCA)       What  is  the  continuing  education  requirement  for  a  RDN?  How  does  the  RDN  “log  in  “these   CEUs?         The  continuing  education  requirement  for  a  RDN  is  75  hours  every  five  years.    The  RDN  must   track  their  hours  individually  on  a  learning  activities  log.  They  must  complete  a  state  licensure   verification  worksheet  and  submit  it  to  CDR.     Discuss  the  credentials  awarded  by  CDR.     The  CDR  awards  seven  separate  credentials  which  include  registered  dietitian  nutritionist,   nutrition  and  dietetics  technician,  board  certified  specialist  in  renal  nutrition,  board  of  certified   specialist  in  pediatric  nutrition,  board  certified  specialist  in  sports  dietetics,  board  certified   specialist  in  gerontological  nutrition,  and  board  certified  specialist  in  oncology  nutrition.  The   recommended  credentials  are  graduate  academic  degree,  RD,  or  RDN  specialty  certifications   with  the  Commission  on  Dietetic  Registration  (e.g.  CSG,  CSO,  CSP,  CSSD,  CSR),  licensure   designation,  other  certifications  (e.g.  CDE,  CNS,  etc),  Fellow  of  the  American  Dietetic   Association  (FADA).       Access  the  ACEND  website  (http://www.eatright.org/ACEND/).       Write  about  “Accreditation/Dietetics  Education”—What  is  ACEND?       ACEND  is  the  largest  food  and  nutrition  organization.  It  was  founded  by  a  group  of  women   during  World  War  I  who  wanted  to  improve  the  public’s  heath  and  nutrition.  Their  goal  still   today  is  to  improve  the  nations  health  and  advance  the  profession  of  dietetics  through   research,  education,  and  advocacy.  The  academy  is  made  up  75,000  members.  These  members  
  • 62.
    help  the  public  (both  healthy  and  ill)  make  healthy  food  choices.  They  provide  health  promotion   and  disease  preventions.    Members  can  work  in  health  care  systems,  home  health  care,   foodservice,  business,  research  and  educational  organizations,  and  private  practices.         What  are  its  vision,  mission,  and  goals?       Vision: ACEND® - accredited programs will be valued and respected for preparing competent professionals for entry-level and beyond. Mission: ACEND® serves the public by establishing and enforcing eligibility requirements and accreditation standards that ensure the quality and continued improvement of nutrition and dietetics education programs that reflect the evolving practice of dietetics. ACEND® defines educational quality as the ability to prepare graduates with the foundation knowledge, skills and/or competencies for current dietetics practice and lifelong learning.   Goals:  To  achieve  its  mission  and  vision,  ACEND®  established  strategic  goals.  ACEND®  will:   • Demonstrate accountability to the public through the establishment and application of market responsive, rigorous standards that require programs to document academic quality and student achievement. • Communicate clear ACEND® expectations to assist programs in meeting quality accreditation standards. • Enhance preparation for entry-level practice by requiring program self-examination to ensure quality improvement and planning for purposeful change. • Encourage educational innovation and diversity in order to address evolving dietetics practice. • Continually evaluate accreditation practices in order to maintain appropriate policies and procedures that ensure fair and consistent accreditation decisions. • Provide opportunities for professional development and educational leadership   What  is  the  role  of  a  program  reviewer?       Program  reviewers  visit  and  evaluate  programs  and  make  recommendations  on  accreditation  to   the  ACEND®  board.     ACEND  advises  the  public  how  complaints  can  be  made  against  programs.  What  is  the   procedure?       ACEND  has  advised  the  public  to  fill  out  a  complaint  form  if  they  have  any  problems  that  need   to  be  addressed.  They  must  first  review  the  Academy/CDR  Code  of  Ethics  for  the  profession  of   Dietetics  and  then  complete  the  complaint  form  and  include  as  much  supporting  evidence  as   possible.  They  then  must  mail  the  complaint  form  marked  confidential  to  their  address,  which  is  
  • 63.
    Harold  Holler,  RDN,  Vice  President  of  Governance  &  Practice  Academy  of  Nutrition  and   Dietetics  120  South  Riverside  Plaza,  Suite  2000  Chicago,  Illinois  60606-­‐6995         Is  the  Didactic  Program  in  Dietetics  at  Ohio  University  an  accredited  program?   The Didactic Program at Ohio University is an accredited program.                                      
  • 64.
    Nutrition 3000 Caffeine andfat metabolism group project on prezi. Worksheet made for the class to check understanding of presentation. Caffeine  and  fat  metabolism     Caffeine and fat metabolism group project on prezi. Worksheet made for the class to check understanding of presentation. After  this  presentation  you  should  be  able  to:   • Define  caffeine   • Describe  metabolic  breakdown   • Know  the  effect  of  caffeine  on  athletes   • Know  the  effect  on  normal  weight  and  obese  individuals     • Know  the  effect  of  caffeine  on  pregnancy       1. Caffeine  is  absorbed  in  __________   2. What  is  the  recommended  dose  of  caffeine______   3. What  are  some  positive  effects  of  caffeine?   4. What  are  some  negative  effects  of  caffeine?   5.  True  or  False:  Caffeine  is  addictive   6.  True  or  False:  Caffeine  increases  the  risk  of  heart  disease   7. True  or  False:  Caffeine  stunts  ones  growth?   8. Caffeine  mobilizes  _________________and  encourages  working  muscles  to  use  fat  as  fuel     9.  Caffeine  has  been  shown  to  decrease  glycogen  utilization  by  as  much  as  ______________%   10. Caffeine  increases  metabolic  rate  by  _______________%   11. How  much  caffeine  is  recommended  to  speed  up  metabolism?   12.  Does  caffeine  have  the  same  effect  on  normal  weight  and  obese  individuals?  If  not  what  is  the   difference?   13. Why  are  the  negative  effects  of  caffeine  on  pregnancy?     Answer  key     1. Small  intestines     2. 3-­‐6  mg/kg   3. Elevates  mood,  decreases  anxiety,  mental/cognitive  improvements,  increases  athletic   performance,  increases  metabolism,  sympathetic  nervous  system-­‐  prevents  the  enzymatic   degradation  of  adenosine  located  in  postsynaptic  cells     4. Withdrawal,  pregnancy,  gateway,  over-­‐caffeinating,  insomnia,  nervousness,  restlessness,  upset   stomach,  fast  heartbeat,  irritability   5. True   6.  False   7.  False    
  • 65.
    8. Fat  stores     9. 50%   10. 13%   11. 300-­‐400mg  3-­‐4  days  a  week   12. No,  plasma  free  fatty  acids  won’t  change  like  in  normal  weight  individuals  ,  more  theobromine,   theophylline,  and  paraxanthine  than  lean  individuals   13. Slows  metabolic  rate,  for  fat  metabolizers  there  is  a  greater  risk  in  miscarriages,  caffeine  passes   placenta  absorbed  by  baby                                                
  • 66.
    Nutrition  3000  Exam  #1     Module  1   • The  macronutrients  are  nutrients  that  are  needed  by  the  body  in  large  amounts   • Micronutrients  would  be  nutrients  that  are  needed  by  the  body  in  small  amounts.       • Dietary  Guidelines  for  Americans  are  a  set  of  diet  and  lifestyle  recommendations  designed  to   promote  health,  support  active  lives  and  reduce  chronic  disease  risk.       • The  guidelines  are  established  by  the  USDA  and  DHHS,  and  are  updated  every  5  years.       o These  include  balancing  calories  by  controlling  portion  sizes,  increasing  foods  that  are   nutrient  rich  by  filling  half  your  plate  with  fruits  and  veggies,  making  at  least  half  your   grains  whole  grains,  and  switching  to  fat  free  or  low  fat  diary,  and  finally  reducing  foods   that  are  high  in  sodium,  saturated  fat  and  trans  fat,  and  decreasing  the  amount  of   added  sugar  in  the  diet.       • The  DRIs  are  established  for  healthy  people  of  similar  age  and  gender   o Special  cases  to  make  adjustements-­‐vitamin  C  and  smoking,  vegetarian  diets  and  iron,   age  of  menstruation  and  iron,  athletes  who  engage  in  intense  aerobic  exercise  and  iron,   and  child  bearing  aged  women  and  folic  acid.   • Estimated  Average  Requirements,  Recommended  Dietary  Allowances,  Adequate  Intake,  and   Tolerable  Upper  Intake  Levels.       • The  lower  your  intake  of  a  nutrient,  the  higher  your  risk  of  inadequacy  is;  the  higher  the  intake   of  a  nutrient,  the  higher  your  risk  of  excess  is.       o EAR  is  0.5  risk  of  inadequacy.       • The  AI  is  placed  in  the  middle,  as  it  is  similar  to  the  RDA  but  not  enough  evidence  is  known  to   establish  an  RDA.  This  means  that  nutrients  will  have  either  an  RDA  or  an  AI,  they  will  never   have  both.  Lastly  the  UL  is  set  so  there  is  no  risk  of  inadequacy  or  excess.       • estimated  average  requirements  It  is  the  nutrient  intake  estimated  to  meet  the  needs  of  50%  of   the  individuals  in  a  certain  age  and  gender  group.       • The  Recommended  Dietary  Allowance  is  based  off  of  the  EAR,  and  is  set  to  meet  97%  of  a   populations  specific  nutrient  requirements.       o you  can  increase  your  risk  of  developing  a  toxicity  by  over  consuming  the  RDA.   • the  %DV  are  based  on  a  2,000  calorie  diet     Module  2   • Biochemistry  is  the  study  of  the  chemical  substances  and  vital  processes  occurring  in  living   organisms,  while  nutritional  biochemistry  is  the  chemical  properties  of  nutrients  and  their   biochemical,  metabolic,  physiological,  and  epigenetic  functions.   • the  main  difference  between  prokaryote  and  eukaryote  cells  is  the  presence  of  a  nucleus  and   membrane  bound  organelles.       o Prokaryotic  cells,  such  as  lactobacillus,  are  an  important  protective  gut  and  vaginal   bacteria.    Lactobacillus  cells  metabolize  their  nutrients  anaerobically  and  by   fermentation.   o Eukaryotic  cells,  like  human  cells,  play  a  central  role  in  metabolism  of  nutrients,  energy   production,  removal  of  waste,  protein  synthesis   • Cell  Structure   o Plasma  membrane  
  • 67.
    §  is  the  membrane  that  encapsulates  the  cell,  and  allows  the  cell  to  become  a   unit  by  itself.    It  acts  as  a  boundary  between  the  cell  and  its  environment,   keeping  the  good  stuff  in  and  bad  stuff  out.    The  membrane  allows  some   molecules,  including  gases  like  oxygen  and  carbon  dioxide,  to  pass  readily   through  its  surface.    Water  and  other  small  molecules  also  move  into  and  out  of   the  cell  with  relative  ease.    Other  substances,  however,  require  special  openings   called  ion  channels,  GLUT  transporters,  and  protein  pumps.  that  the  cell   membrane  is  not  static  but  fluid.    This  allows  the  cell  to  change  its  shape  to   allow  extremely  large  molecules  and  particles  across  the  cell  membrane.      A  key   component  of  cell  membrane  mechanical  stability  is  cholesterol.    Greater   cholesterol  content  contributes  to  structure  and  regulates  fluidity  of  the   membrane.   o Cytoplasm   § “molecular  chowder”  The  cytoplasm  is  home  of  several  metabolic  pathways,   including  glycolysis,  hexose  monophosphate  shunt,  glycogenesis,  glycogenolysis,   and  fatty  acid  synthesis.    The  cytosol  is  the  made  up  of  water,  salts,  organic   molecules  and  many  enzymes  that  catalyze  reactions,  and  it  also  allows   communication  between  membrane  bound  organelles.  Within  the  cytoplasm  is   the  cytoskeleton,  and  provides  shape  and  mechanical  support  for  the  cell.    The   cytoskeleton  also  functions  as  a  monorail  to  transport  substances  around  the   cell.       o Extracellular  matrix     § The  extracellular  matrix  is  external  to  the  cell  membrane,  yet  plays  an  integral   role  in  the  cells  overall  structure  and  function.  animal  cells  extracellular  matrix   contributes  to  cell  structure,  and  sugar  residues  in  the  matrix  are  believed  to  act   as  specificity  markers  for  the  cell  and  as  antennae  to  pick  up  signals  for   transmission  of  substances  in  the  cell.    The  most  abundant  extracellular   component  is  the  glycoprotein  collagen.     o Nucleus     § The  nucleus  is  the  largest  organelle,  and  serves  as  the  chief  initiator  and   regulator  of  most  cellular  activities.    The  nucleus  is  the  site  of  DNA  synthesis,   DNA  repair,  and  RNA  synthesis.    The  nuclear  envelope  is  composed  of  two   bilayer  membranes  that  makes  communication  possible  between  the  nucleus   and  the  cytoplasmic  matric  and  allows  a  continuous  channel  between  the   nucleus  and  the  endoplasmic  reticulum.       o Mitochondria     § The  mitochrondria  are  the  metabolic  powerhouses  of  the  cell,  and  are  the   primary  sites  of  oxygen  use  in  the  cell  and  are  responsible  for  most  of  the   metabolic  energy  produced  in  cells.  All  cells  within  the  body,  with  the  exception   of  red  blood  cells,  possess  mitochondria.       o Endoplasmic  reticulum  and  golgi   § The  endoplasmic  reticulum  and  Golgi  apparatus  is  a  network  of  membranous   channels  pervading  the  cytosol  and  provides  continuity  among  the  nuclear   envelope  and  the  plasma  membrane.    The  Rough  endoplasmic  reticulum  (or   RER)  are  studded  with  ribosomes,  which  are  the  protein  making  machinery  of   the  cell.    The  smooth  endoplasmic  reticulum  lack  ribosomes,  and  this  the  site  of   synthesis  of  phospholipids  and  packaging  of  protein  into  vesicles.       o Lysosomes  and  peroxisomes    
  • 68.
    § jam  packed  of  digestive  and  catabolic  oxidative  enzymes.    Think  of  lysosomes  as   the  cells  digestive  system,  degrading  foreign  and  old  cellular  material.     Peroxisomes  degrade  molecules  that  produce  hydrogen  peroxide,  which  can   cause  cellular  damage  if  not  promptly  removed  or  converted  into  water  and   oxygen.      Peroxisomes  also  carry  out  fatty  acid  oxidation  of  some  very  long  chain   fatty  acids.     o Compartmentalization  of  organelles  contributes  to  the  physical  separation  of  metabolic   pathways.       o Slow  twitch  muscle  fibers  are  rich  with  mitochondria,  where  as  fast  twitch  are  efficient   in  producing  ATP  very  rapidly  and  have  a  lower  mitochondrial  density.     • Three  types  of  receptors   o The  first  type  of  receptor  we  discuss  is  also  referred  to  as  a  “second  messenger”   receptor.    These  receptors  bind  a  ligand  which  triggers  a  second  messenger  that  alters   behavior  of  the  cell   § ex:  insulin-­‐  glute  4  translates  to  the  surface  so  that  glucose  may  enter   o The  second  type  of  receptor  are  receptors  that  internalize  their  ligand   § Ex:  LDL-­‐absorbed  in  cell,  detaches  from  its  package  and  then  returns  to  cell   o A  third  type  of  receptor  are  receptors  that  function  as  ion  channels.    The  binding  of  a   ligand  to  the  receptor  causes  a  change  in  the  receptor  shape,  allowing  ions  to  pass   through.     o A  fourth  class  of  receptor  are  internal  receptors,  and  are  unlike  receptors  that  are   located  on  the  cells  surface  Internal  receptors  respond  to  an  extracellular  signal  that   either  increases  or  decreases  DNA  transcription,  either  by  binding  DNA  or  by  modulating   the  effects  of  histones.    Receptors  for  steroid  hormones,  thyroid  hormone,  vitamin  D,   and  retinoids  are  examples  of  internal  receptors.       o cell  has  many  transport  proteins  which  regulate  the  flow  of  nutrients  in  and  out  of  the   cell.    Glucose  absorption  in  the  gut  requires  active  transport  by  way  of  a  sodium   potassium  pump,  and  requires  energy.    Fructose  absorption  on  the  other  hand  is   absorbed  passively  in  the  gut,  does  not  require  energy,  yet  is  absorbed  much  slower   than  glucose.       • Enzymes   o Enzymes  are  catalytic  proteins  that  help  speed  up  a  reaction  without  being  changed  by   reactiosn  they  catalyze.    enzymes  are  selective  in  the  reactions  they  catalyze  and  have  a   very  specific  binding  site.   § uncatalyzed  reaction  requires  a  higher  activation  energy  than  does  a  catalyzed   reaction,     o Most  reactions  are  reversible,  as  depicted  by  the  double  arrows,  yet  some  are   irreversible     § A  usual  giveaway  that  a  reaction  is  irreversible  is  if  the  reaction  required  ATP  to   go  forward.       o Six  different  classes  of  enzymes     § Oxidoreductases  are  enzymes  that  catalyze  oxidation/reduction  reactions,  or   simply  the  transfer  of  hydrogen  atoms,  oxygen  atoms,  or  electrons.       • transfer  of  hydrogen  atoms  in  the  electron  transport  chain  
  • 69.
    § Transferases  are  enzymes  that  catalyze  the  transfer  of  functional  group  from   one  molecule  to  another.       • The  donor  is  often  a  coenzyme.   § Hydrolases  they  catalyze  the  addition  of  water.       § Lyases  catalyze  the  breaking  of  chemical  bonds  by  means  other  than  hydrolysis   and  oxidation.       § Isomerases  catalyze  the  structural  rearrangements  of  molecules   § ligases,  which  are  enzymes  that  catalyze  the  joining  of  two  large  molecules  by   forming  a  new  chemical  bond,  requires  energy  that  usually  is  provided  by   hydrolysis  of  ATP.   Module  3   • digestive  tract  is  divided  into  two  categories:    Accessory  organs  and  organs  of  the   gastrointestinal  tract.       • Digestive  tract   o The  digestive  tract  is  a  one  way  open  tube  that  is  approximately  16  feet  in  length.    It  is   the  only  part  of  the  body  that  is  exposed  daily  to  the  outside  environment,  thus  it  has   many  layers  that  serve  to  protect  against  foreign  substances.         o four  distinct  layers  that  make  up  the  intestinal  wall.    The  inner  most  layer,  known  as  the   mucosa,  comes  into  contact  with  ingested  nutrients  inside  the  lumen.    The  mucosa   produces  and  releases  secretions  needed  for  digestion,  and  contains  important   lymphoid  tissue  to  protect  the  body  against  infection.    The  submucosa  is  the  second   most  inner  layer,  and  is  rich  with  blood  vessels  for  nutrient  transfer,  lymphatic  vessels,   nerves,  and  lymphoid  tissue.    Another  component  of  the  submucosa  is  the  submucosal   plexus.    The  submucosal  plexus  is  a  unique  feature  of  the  GI  tract,  and  is  part  of  the   “brain  in  the  gut”,  .    Specifically,  it  is  a  network  of  nerves  that  controls,  in  part,   secretions  from  the  mucosal  glands  and  helps  regulate  mucosal  movements  and  blood   flow.      The  third  layer,  if  we  continue  to  move  outwards  in  the  figure,  is  the  muscularis   externa.    responsible  for  GI  motility  term  peristalsis,  which  is  the  unidirectional   contraction  of  the  GI  tract  that  keeps  food  moving  in  one  direction.    outer  most  layer,   the  serosa,  consists  of  connective  tissue  and  connects  to  the  visceral  peritoneum.    As   you  move  down  the  GI  tract,  the  4  basic  layers  are  present,  however  their  structure  and   function  does  vary.    (Go  back  to  PowerPoint  to  look  at  feature).   o by  smelling  food  or  even  thinking  about  food  can  trigger  salivary  glands  in  the  mouth  to   secrete  saliva,  which  contains  important  digestive  enzymes  and  serves  as  a  lubricant  for   food  to  pass  easily  down  the  esophagus.    mechanical  digestion,  which  is  chewing,   ripping,  tearing;  and  chemical  digestion,  which  is  the  enzymatic  breakdown  of  large   particles  into  smaller  particles.    Two  key  enzymes  are  secreted  by  the  salivary  glands,   and  these  are  salivary  amylase  and  lingual  lipase.    Salivary  amylase  begins  the  process  of   carbohydrate  digestion  by  breaking  down  larger  polysaccharide  starch  particles  into   smaller  disaccharides.  enzyme  is  lingual  lipase,  which  hydrolyzes  small  lipid  molecules   before  reaching  the  stomach.       o Through  movements  of  peristalsis,  the  esophagus  contracts  from  top  to  bottom  and   squeezes  the  bolus  of  food  into  the  stomach.    distal  end  of  the  esophagus  lies  the   gastroesophageal  sphincter,  which  normally  remains  shut.    Upon  swallowing.  lower   esophageal  sphincter  pressure  drops,  relaxing  the  sphincter  so  food  may  pass  into  the   stomach.       o Heartburn  gastric  acid  is  refluxed  from  the  stomach  into  the  esophagus.    
  • 70.
    o The  bolus  of  food  leaves  the  esophagus  and  enters  the  stomach.    The  stomach  is  a   robust  chamber  of  digestive  juices  and  enzymes,  and  has  4  main  regions.    Both   mechanical  and  chemical  digestion  of  nutrients  occurs  in  the  stomach,  and  the  digested   food  leaves  the  stomach  in  a  now  indistinguishable  liquid  called  chyme.   o The  mucosal  layer  of  the  stomach  is  covered  with  gastric  pits.   § Mucous  neck  cell-­‐  mucus  (protects  lining)   § Parietal  cells-­‐  Gastrick  acid  (HCL)  intrinsic  factor  (Ca++absorption)   § Enterochromaffin  like  cell-­‐  Histamine  (stimulates  acid   § Chief  cells-­‐pepsin  (ogen),  Gastric  lipase   § D  cells-­‐Somatostatin  (inhibits  acid)   § G  cells-­‐  Stimulates  acid)   o Small  intestine     § Chyme  leaves  the  stomach  and  enters  the  small  intestine.    The  small  intestine  is   the  main  site  for  nutrient  digestion  and  absorption.    small  intestine  mucosal   layer  is  covered  in  billions  of  tiny  finger  like  projects  called  villi,  which  are   covered  in  their  own  finger  like  projections  called  microvilli.    villi  and  micro  villi   are  to  increase  surface  area  for  maximal  absorption  of  nutrients  Each  one  of   these  villi  is  connected  to  their  own  enterocyte,  which  is  a  mucosal  cell  that  has   absorptive  capacity  Each  enterocyte  is  supplied  with  its  own  blood  supply,   delivering  nutrients  to  the  small  intestine  so  it  can  remain  healthy,  while  taking   away  nutrients  that  are  being  absorbed  by  the  intestine  to  the  rest  of  the  body   o Large  intestine   § The  large  intestine  is  essentially  a  holding  tank  for  indigestible  food   components.    There  are  three  sections  of  the  colon.    in  the  ascending  colon,  the   contents  are  very  liquid  at  first.    Proximal  colonic  cells  absorb  sodium,  chloride,   and  water,  and  what  is  left  over  will  be  evacuated  as  feces.      Undigested  food   can  remain  in  the  stomach  for  12  hours  up  to  70  hours.  The  ascending  colon’s   main  function  is  to  reabsorb  water  and  electrolytes  back  into  the  body.    In  the   transverse  colon,  contents  continue  to  become  more  solid,  feces  begin  to  form.     And  finally  the  descending  colon,  where  feces  are  stored  until  they  are  emptied   into  the  rectum.     • Accessory  organ   o An  accessory  organ  to  the  GI  tract  is  an  organ  that  does  not  come  into  contact  with   food,  yet  plays  an  important  role  in  digestion.       § The  pancreas  is  a  unique  organ,  in  that  it  has  both  endocrine  and  exocrine   functions,  and  secrets  digestive  enzymes.    During  digestion,  the  pancreas   contributes  bicarbonate  and  digestive  enzymes  into  the  small  intestine.    These   enzymes  remain  inactive  until  they  have  reached  the  environment  of  the  small   intestine.    Pancreatic  enzymes  are  delivered  directly  into  the  small  intestine  via   pancreatic  duct.   § liver  produce  bile,  which  is  an  emulsifier  for  fat  digestion  The  livers  main  role  is   after  nutrients  have  been  absorbed.    The  portal  vein  delivers  nutrient  rich  blood   from  the  digestive  tract  to  the  liver  for  further  packaging  and  processing   § gallbladder  The  main  function  of  the  gall  bladder  is  to  store  and  concentrate  bile   that  is  made  in  the  liver.    When  needed,  the  gall  bladder  contracts  and   introduces  bile  into  the  small  intestine  for  lipid  emulsification.    Under  normal   circumstances,  95%  of  bile  is  reabsorbed  back  to  the  liver  and  eventually   returned  to  the  gall  bladder  Humans  can  live  normal  healthy  lives  without  a  gall  
  • 71.
    bladder.    The  liver  is  able  to  produce  adequate  amounts  of  bile  on  an  as  needed   basis.   • Nutrient  absorption     o Membranes  are  partially  (or  selectively)  permeable.  This  means  that  some,  but  not  all,   substances  can  permeate  (pass  through)  them.   o Simple  or  passive  diffusion;  where  substances  such  as  water  and  small  lipid  molecules   cross  membranes  freely.    The  concentration  of  substances  that  can  diffuse  across  cell   membranes  tends  to  equalize  on  the  two  sides  of  the  membrane  moves  down  a   concentration  gradient.   o Active  transport  carries  substances  that  need  to  be  concentrated  on  one  side  of  the  cell   membrane,  and  involves  energy  expenditure.    The  energy  is  supplied  by  ATP,  and   sodium  is  usually  involved  in  the  active  transport  mechanism.    active  transport  carrier  is   going  against  the  concentration  gradient   o two  forms  of  endocytosis  for  absorption  of  nutrients.    Some  large  molecules  are  moved   into  the  cell  via  engulfment  by  the  cell  membrane,  which  is  pinocytosis.    Others  are   transferred  into  the  cell  by  receptor  mediated  endocytosis.       • Peristalsis  is  a  distinctive  pattern  of  smooth  muscle  contractions  that  propels  foodstuffs  distally   through  the  esophagus  and  intestine  involuntary,  segmental  contractions,  which  are  responsible   for  mixing  and  churning.   • The  enteric  nervous  system  is  located  in  the  sheaths  of  tissue  lining  the  esophagus,  stomach,   small  intestine,  and  colon.    It  is  responsible  for  stimulating  the  secretion  of  fluids,  regulating   enzymes,  and  muscular  contraction  of  the  intestine.  The  enteric  nervous  system  includes  neural   reflexes  and  neural  plexuses.    The  myenteric  plexus  is  located  in  the  muscularis  externa  and   controls  peristaltic  activity  and  GI  motility.    The  submucosal  plexus  is  located  in  the  submucosa,   and  controls  GI  secretions  and  local  blood  flow.       • Ghrelin  is  the  only  pro-­‐hunger  hormone  and  is  mainly  produced  in  the  stomach  The  incretin   effect  is  due  in  part  to  two  gut  hormones,  GLP  and  GIP.    They  work  to  stimulate  a  decrease  in   blood  glucose  by  causing  an  increase  in  the  amount  of  insulin  released  from  the  pancreas  even   before  digested  glucose  reaches  the  blood  stream.  Epithelial  cells  of  the  small  intestine  renew   themselves  about  every  3  to  5  days.    Meals  that  are  rich  in  fiber  and  protein  take  longer  to   empty  from  the  stomach  than  do  meals  that  are  high  in  simple  carbs   • Gut  hormones   o Cholecystokinin-­‐  gallbladder  and  pancreatic  exocrine  secretion   o Secretin-­‐pancreatic  exocrine  secretion   o Gip-­‐  incretin  activity   o Motilin-­‐gastroinestinal  motality   o Ghrelin-­‐hunger  growth  hormone  release   o Gastrin-­‐acid  secretion   o Insulin  and  glucagon-­‐glucose  homeostasis   o Pancreatic  polypeptide-­‐gastrci  motility  satiation   o Amylin-­‐  glucose  homeostasis  gasric  motility   o Glp-­‐1-­‐incretin  activity  satiation   o Glp-­‐2-­‐  gastrointestinal  motility  and  growth   o Oxyntomodulin-­‐satiation  acid  secretion     o Pyy  –satiantion   § Cck,  gastrin,  secretin-­‐  control  digestion  itself   § Ghrelin  and  pyy-­‐control  feeding   § Glp,  gip-­‐  control  incretin    
  • 72.
    Module  4     • Metabolism  can  be  defined  as  the  entire  network  of  chemical  processes  involved  in  maintaining   life  and  encompasses  all  of  the  sequences  of  chemical  reactions  that  occur  in  the  body.       • Energy  is  the  capacity  to  do  work,  and  energy  metabolism  is  the  biochemical  transformation   related  to  energy  production  of  use.       • Active  transport  at  the  cellular  membrane  is  an  example  of  energy  usage.    It  requires  energy  in   the  form  of  ATP  to  transfer  substances  from  one  side  of  the  membrane  to  the  other.    A  subtle   example  of  energy  production  is  oxidative  phosphorylation  of  glucose  to  generate  ATP  for   energy.    Energy  is  always  being  recycled.    Our  bodies  dismantle  high  energy  ATP  to  ADP  +  Pi,  and   reassemble  for  more  energy.   • .    Anabolic  pathways  are  metabolic  pathways  that  build  compounds,  and  this  requires  the  use  of   energy.    An  example  of  an  anabolic  pathway  would  be  lipogenesis,  or  the  creation  of   triglycerides  for  storage.    Anabolic  pathways  primarily  dominate  in  the  post  absorptive  state,   after  eating  a  meal  Catabolic  pathways  are  just  the  opposite,  they  are  metabolic  pathways  that   break  down  compounds,  and  release  energy  as  a  result.    An  example  of  a  catabolic  pathway     would  be  lipolysis,  which  is  cleaving  triglycerides  from  storage  or  circulation  for  further   breakdown  to  be  used  for  energy.       • The  Krebs  cycle,  or  citric  acid  cycle,  is  a  good  example  of  an  amphibolic  pathway,  which  involves   both  the  catabolism  of  carbohydrates  and  fatty  acids  and  the  synthesis  of  anabolic  precursors   for  amino  acid  synthesis.   • anabolic  pathways,  energy  is  required  to  create  materials,  whereas  in  catabolic  pathways,   energy  is  released  as  larger  molecules  are  broken  down.       • The  energy  unit  that  is  used  on  U.S.  food  labels  if  the  kilocalorie  For  every  kilocalorie  there  are   1,000  calories.    Kilocalories  are  a  measurement  of  heat  energy  produced.    KiloJoules  and  Joules   is  another  way  to  measure  energy,  but  it  is  a  measurement  of  work  energy  rather  than  heat   energy.       • 1,  by  dismantling  and  reassembling  phosphate  containing  compounds,  2,  through  anaerobic   metabolism,  and  3,  through  aerobic  metabolism.    Both  anaerobic  metabolism  and  phosphate   containing  compounds  do  not  require  the  presence  of  oxygen  aerobic  metabolism  which  does   require  oxygen   • ATP,  or  adenosine  triphosphate,  is  the  energy  currency  of  life.    It  is  the  high  energy  molecule   that  stores  the  energy  we  need  to  do  just  about  everything.    It  is  present  in  the  cytoplasm  and   nucleoplasm  of  every  cell,  and  essentially  all  the  physiological  mechanisms  that  require  energy   for  operation  obtain  it  directly  from  the  stored  ATP.       • ATP  is  a  nucleotide  that  contains  a  large  amount  of  chemical  energy  stored  in  its  high  energy   phosphate  bonds.    It  releases  energy  when  it  is  broken  down  (or  hydrolyzed)  into  ADP,   adenosine  di  phosphate.    The  energy  is  then  used  for  many  metabolic  processes.    ATP  is   produced  by  cellular  respiration  in  the  mitochondria  of  the  cell.       • NAD  and  FAD  are  electron  or  hydrogen  acceptors  that  participate  in  ATP  production.       • The  phosphagen  system  is  a  direct  transfer  of  a  phosphate  group  to  ADP  +  Pi  to  generate  ATP.           Ligand-­‐molecule  that  binds  to  another  molecule      
  • 73.
                Food  Production                                            
  • 74.
    Nutrition  2200   PROPERTIESOF COMMERCIAL FATS AND OILS PURPOSE Several experiment were conducted to identify and evaluate various properties of commercial fats and oils. The experiments were done to study the effect of coating, cooking time, cooking temperature, and dough composition on fat absorption. Each student prepared the food by deep-frying the product to identify the contribution of fats and oils to the flavor. METHODOLOGY The class performed a variety of different tests to emphasize the content and properties in fats and oils. Melting point and composition of solid fats, plasticity of fats, evaluation of different types of fats, effect of cooking temperature on fat absorption, effect of cooking time on fat absorption, and evaluation of different coating systems were all conducted in the lab. For procedure A: Melting Point and Composition of Solid Fats, page 73 in Lab Manual. Eight different variations of butter were melted to determine the melting point, volume, solidification temperature, and appearance of the solid fat. The types of fats used were Shortening, Margarine, Smart Balance, Palm Oil, Country Crock, Vegetable Oil Spread, Butter, and Lard. The assigned fat was packed into 1/3-cup metal measuring cup and then transferred to 1-cup metal measuring cup (73). The measuring cup was placed in the frying pan however; the stove was not turned on at this point in time (73). Water was poured into the pan around the metal cup (73). The heat was slowly turned on and the temperature of the fat was recorded when it began to melt around the edge of the cup (73). Once the heat completely melted the temperature was taken for the second time. (73) Once the temperature was recorded the cup was carefully removed from the pan and the melted fat was poured into a 100 ml graduated cylinder (73). The volume of the melted fat was then recorded (73). Once the mixture was in the cylinder it sat untouched until it cooled (73). Observations and recordings were taken as the fat turned from a liquid to a solid (73). Once the fat was cool the temperature was recorded for the third time (73). For procedure B: Plasticity of Fat, page 73 in Lab Manual. Eight different types of butter were used for this experiment. The various butters used were Shortening, Margarine, Smart Balance, Palm Oil, Country Crock, Vegetable Oil Spread, Butter, and Lard. The butter was measured at three different temperatures using a penetrometer to measure the plasticity. The assigned room temperature fat was packed into 1/3 measuring cup (73). Next the penetrometer was used to test the penetration of fat at room temperature (73). The temperature of the fat was then recorded. The fat was smoothed and placed in the refrigerator for one hour (73). After one hour had passed the fat was then taken out of the refrigerator (73). The penetrometer was used for the second time to test the penetration of the fat at refrigerator temperature (73). The temperature of the fat was recorded (73). The fat was smoothed and placed in the
  • 75.
    freezer for onehour (73). When one hour passed the fat was taken out of the freezer (73.) The penetrometer was used for the third time to test the penetration of the fat at frozen temperature. For procedure C: Evaluation of Different Types of Fats, page 73 in Lab Manual. Eight different types of fat were tasted for flavor, appearance, spreadability, aroma, and mouthfeel. The recorded fats were Shortening, Margarine, Smart Balance, Palm Oil, Vegetable Oil, Country Crock, Butter, Benecol, Brummel and Brown, Coconut oil, and Lard. For procedure D: Effect of Cooking Temperature on Fat Absorption, page 73 in Lab Manual. Biscuits were deep fried at various temperatures to determine the effect on fat absorption. A biscuit was cut into four pieces, all of which were close in weight (74). The temperature of the oil in the deep fat fryer was around 225 degrees Fahrenheit. The temperature of the oil was recorded once the frying began (74). The first biscuit was dropped into the hot oil for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds per side (74). Once the time was up the biscuit was taken out of the oil and placed on a paper towel to drain the excess oil (74). The temperature was then increased to 275 degrees Fahrenheit (74). The second biscuit was dropped into the oil for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds per side (74). Once the time was up the biscuit was taken out of the oil and placed on a paper towel to drain the excess oil (74). The temperature was then increased to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (74). The third biscuit was dropped into the oil for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds per side (74). Once the time was up the third biscuit was taken out of the oil and placed on a paper towel to drain the excess oil (74). The temperature was then increased to 375 degrees Fahrenheit (74). The fourth biscuit was dropped into the oil for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds per side (74). Once the time was up the fourth biscuit was taken out of the oil and placed on a paper towel to drain the excess oil (74). After the four biscuits were fried they were then weighed and recorded. The weight gain and percent weight of the biscuits were calculated and recorded (74). For procedure E: Effect of Cooking Time on Fat Absorption, page 74 in the Lab Manual. A biscuit was cut into four equal pieces, all of which were close in weight (74). The oil in the deep fat fryer remained at 375 degrees Fahrenheit for all four biscuits (74). The first biscuit was dropped into the fryer for 30 seconds, 15 seconds on each side (74). (74). The second biscuit was dropped into the fryer for 1 minute, 30 seconds on each side (74). The third biscuit was dropped into the fryer for 1.5 minutes, 45 seconds on each side (74). The fourth biscuit was dropped into the fryer for 2 minutes, 1 minute on each side (74). Once each biscuit was done cooking it was removed from the fryer and placed on a paper towel to drain the oil (74). When the biscuit was cooled off they were reweighed and recorded (74). The weight gain in grams and the percent weight gain for each biscuit were calculated (74). For procedure F: Evaluation of Different Coating Systems, page 74 in the Lab Manual. Chicken was fried in a deep fat fryer using eight different coating systems to test the appearance, flavor, and mouthfeel. The coating systems used include the following: seasoned flour, panko, frying magic, breadcrumbs, flour, batter and breadcrumbs, batter and panko, and AP batter. Each group in the lab was assigned a specific coating system. The groups followed the directions for coatings on the packages. RESULTS
  • 76.
    Table 1: FromWednesday/Thursday lab 2-5pm and Wednesday/Thursday lab 5-8pm. The entire class data was based on eight different types of fats. Melting point, volume, solidification temperature, and appearance of solid fat were all being tested. The following table includes the combined class data. Melting Point and Composition of Solid Fats Types of fat Melting Point (F) Volume (ml) Solidification Temperature (F) Appearance of Solid Fat Initial Final Range Total Water Shortening 90.58 119.25 28.68 65.9 0 82 Smooth, soft, light yellow Margarine 71.25 109.5 38.25 70.5 21.75 71.5 Smooth, soft, pale Smart Balance 78.75 95.75 17 69.13 12.37 72.33 Smooth, light yellow, soft, Palm oil 80.75 112.75 32 66 0 73.5 Smooth, soft, yellow Country Crock 79.33 116.25 36.92 61.5 26 70.33 Smooth, soft, bright Vegetable Oil Spread 72.25 97.75 31.5 70.67 16.33 68.75 Smooth, soft, pale Butter 66.25 97.75 31.5 70.67 16.33 68.75 Smooth, soft, light yellow Lard 93.5 140.5 47 62.33 0 76.67 Smooth, soft, white Table 2: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. The entire class data was based on eight different types of fats. Melting point, volume, solidification temperature, and appearance of solid fat were all being tested. Melting Point and Composition of Solid Fats Types of fat Melting Point (F) Volume (ml) Solidification Temperature (F) Appearance of Fat Initial Final Range Total Water Shortening 82 110 28 65 0 80 No layers, thick, light yellow
  • 77.
    Margarine 60 7919 73 25 70 2 layer, bright yellow, pale Smart Balance 80 100 20 74 <2 70 Smooth, soft Palm Oil 80 122 42 65 0 80 Yellow-white Country Crock 82 140 58 67 25 70 Bright yellow Veggie Oil Spread 75 115 40 65 15 Did not solidify Pale yellow Butter 80 115 35 75 25 75 Yellow-white Lard 102 154 52 63 0 81 White Table 3: From Wednesday/Thursday lab 2-5pm and Wednesday/Thursday lab 5-8pm. The entire class data was based on eight different fats. The penetrations of the fats were measured at room temperature, refrigerator temperature, and frozen temperature. The following table includes the combined class data. Plasticity of Fats Types of fat Room Temperature Refrigerator Temperature Frozen Temperature Penetration (mm) Fat Temp (F) Penetration (mm) Fat Temp (F) Penetration (mm) Fat Temp (F) Shortening 170.75 76.375 147 64.875 165.25 46.125 Margarine 153.25 64.25 165.75 52.5 155.5 41 Smart Balance 167.5 68.75 238.5 52.75 262.25 32.5 Palm oil 202.5 72.25 210.75 61.75 159 48.5 Country Crock 172.75 71.375 171.75 61.75 206.5 48 Vegetable Oil Spread 160.375 67.75 245.75 55.75 232.75 39 Butter 176.25 68 93.25 58.25 107 41 Lard 237 73 95.5 68.5 180.5 43.75 Table 4: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. The entire class data was based on eight different fats. The penetrations of the fats were measured at room temperature, refrigerator temperature, and frozen temperature. Plasticity of Fats Type of Fat Room Temperature Refrigerator Temperature Frozen Temperature
  • 78.
    Penetration (mm) Fat Temp (F)Penetration (mm) Fat Temp (F) Penetration (mm) Fat Temperature (F) Shortening 114 78 100 50 224 14 Margarine 184 42 265 32 300 25 Smart Balance 207 70 255 55 185 40 Palm Oil 224 78 220 65 230 49 Country Crock 154 70 226 60 232 40 Veggie Oil Spread 50 70 266 60 270 44 Butter 178 70 117 50 260 40 Lard 293 70 141 69 96 49 Table 5: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. The entire class data was based on eight different fats. Observations were based on appearance, aroma, spreadability, mouthfeel, and flavor. Evaluation of Different Types of Fats Type of Fat Appearance Aroma Spreadability Mouthfeel Flavor Shortening Off white, thick Bland Easy Stale Stale Margarine Light yellow Buttery Easy Soft, creamy Sweet, salty Smart Balance Very light yellow Buttery, bitter Easy, thin Creamy, melts easy Very buttery, little salty Palm Oil Creamy white, crunchy looking None Thick, not easy Oily, creamy Oily, vegetable oil, bland Vegetable Oil Dark yellow None Easy Oily Salty Country Crock Light yellow None Easy Soft Salty Benecol Light yellow Savory Very easy Very soft Sweet Brummel & Brown Yellow None Hard Soft Sweet Butter Bright yellow Savory Medium Soft Rich, Creamy Lard White, thick Bland Not easy, hard, thick Thick Bland Coconut oil Grainy No scent Medium Thick Tasteless
  • 79.
    Table 6: FromWednesday lab 2-5pm. Entire class data was collected to test the effect of oil temperature on biscuits. Effect of Cooking Temperature on Fat Absorption Weight before (g) Weight after (g) Weight gain (g) % Weight gain Doneness Appearance Oiliness Temp 225F 15g 15g 0g 0% Not done at all Mushy, glossy Very oily Temp 275F 12g 12g 0g 0% Not done at all Mushy, glossy Very oily Temp 323F 15g 12g -3g 0% Not done at all Mushy, glossy Very oily Temp 375F 12g 15g 3g 0% Not done at all Mushy, glossy Very oily Table 7: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. Entire class data was collected to test if time had an effect on the biscuits fat absorption Effect of Cooking Time on Fat Absorption Weight before (g) Weight after (g) Weight gain (g) % Weight gain Doneness Appearance Oilyness 30 seconds 13g 13g 0g 0% No Glossy Very 1 minute 10g 9g -1g 0% No Glossy Very 1.5 minute 16g 16g 0g 0% No Glossy Very 2 minutes 12g 11g -1g 0% No Glossy Very Table 8: From Wednesday lab 2-5pm. Entire class data was based on eight different coating systems. Observations were conducted for appearance, flavor, and mouthfeel. Evaluation of Different Coating Systems Coating System Appearance Flavor Mouthfeel Other Seasoned Flour Light brown Pepper, salty Crunchy Panko Brown Bland, burnt Crunchy, Dry, Cardboard Dry Frying Magic Dark Brown, Looks burnt Tangy Soft Chewy
  • 80.
    Breadcrumbs Dark andlooks very burnt Burnt Crunchy Moist Flour Light Bland Dry, Hard to swallow Dry Batter & Breadcrumbs Dark brown Dry, Bland, Burnt Crunchy Moist Batter & Panko Light brown Flavorful, Salty, Pepper Crunchy on outside, Soft on inside, Moist Very tasteful, moist AP Batter Dark Dry, Nutty Chewy, Smooth skin Dry DISSCUSION For procedure A eight different fats were placed in a frying pan and meted very slowly. Once the fat was completely melted it was removed from the heat and cooled. This was done to determine the melting point and composition of solid fats. Observations from the 2-5pm lab and the class as a whole were conducted. The results show that lard had the highest melting point, proving that it contains the most saturated fat. The margarine had the lowest melting point proving it to be more unsaturated than all the other fats. Margarine also contained the highest content of water. Saturated fats are not as healthy as unsaturated fats and should be limited in the diet. Saturated fats can drive up cholesterol and increase harmful LDL cholesterol in the body. Although saturated fats should be limited this does not mean that they should be cut from the diet completely. It is important to consume both saturated and unsaturated fats. Too much of one product is not healthy. It’s all about moderation. For procedure B eight different fats were tested at room temperature, refrigerator temperature, and frozen temperature to determine the plasticity. Plasticity is the result of a large number of fat crystals with oil interspersed throughout (McWilliams 268). The entire class measured the plasticity by using a penetrometer. At room temperature the lard had the highest penetration and the shortening had the highest fat temperature. At refrigerator temperature the vegetable oil spread had the highest penetration and the lard had the highest fat temperature. At frozen temperature the smart balance had the highest penetration and the palm oil had the highest fat temperature. For procedure C eight different types of fats were tasted for flavor, appearance, spreadability, aroma, and mouthfeel. The fats tasted were Shortening, Margarine, Smart Balance, Palm Oil, Vegetable Oil, Benecol, Brummel & Brown, Butter, Lard, and Coconut Oil. Observations prove that all fats had a very similar appearance. The color was only slightly different. They all had a similar aroma as well. The Benecol was very thin allowing it to spread very easily. It was shown to have the strongest butter flavor. The lard was the thickest and therefore the most difficult to spread. For procedure D one biscuit was cut evenly into four separate pieces. The pieces were fried in a deep fat fryer to determine the effect of cooking temperature on fat absorption. The weight before and after frying was recorded. Records show that there was no effect on temperature and fat absorption. The doneness, appearance, and oiliness of the biscuits were the same for every test. The results did not come out as expected. The biscuit was supposed to become less oily and more done with increased temperature.
  • 81.
    Frying fat atvery high temperature provides a crisp texture and frying fat at a cool temperature results in a soggy, greasy texture (McWilliams 269). It was later concluded that it was due to a faulty deep fat fryer. For procedure E one biscuit was cut evenly into four pieces and deep-fried at 375 degrees Fahrenheit. The goal was to see if cooking time had an effect on fat absorption. The weight of the biscuit was measured before and after frying. There was not any significant weight gain or % weight gain. The doneness, appearance, and oiliness for all four pieces of the biscuit were the same. They were all very oily, glossy, and clearly not done. Again, the results were not expected. A similar study was done with French Fries. It was proven that the temperatures of foods produce a safer and high quality piece of food. (Schwarz 1). . It was expected that the biscuit would become less oily and more done with increased cooking time but this was not the case. It was concluded later that the deep fat fryer was malfunctioning and the oil was not getting hot enough. For procedure F students were directed to deep fry chicken in a variety of different coating systems. Seasoned flour, Panko, Frying Magic, Breadcrumbs, Flour, Batter and Breadcrumbs, Batter and Panko, and AP Batter were all used as coating systems. Panko and Breadcrumbs resulted in burnt and very dry chicken. The flour coating did not burn however; the chicken turned out very bland and dry. The AP Batter was not burnt either but it was very dry, chewy, and dark. The Seasoned Flour, Frying Magic, Batter and Panko all produced a very moist and flavorful piece of chicken. CONCLUSION In conclusion this experiment taught students how to evaluate the different fats and oils and what a fat really is. It helped students understand the melting point range of fats, the factors that influence fat absorption in deep fat frying and the contribution of fats and oils to the flavor. This experiment taught students how to use this information other than just in a classroom but in a hospital or in a school setting. Fats are in all kinds of foods; people just need to know the difference between a good fat and a bad fat. REFERENCE Brannan, R.G. 2015. Laboratory Manual for NUTR 2200 (72-81) McWilliams, M. (2012). Chapter 12 Fats and Oils in Food Products . In Foods: Experimental perspectives (7th ed.). Upper Saddle River, N.J.: Prentice Hall Schwarz, N.p..n.d 20 Oct. 2015. “Evaluation of Stability of Fats at Elevated Temperatures        
  • 82.
    SENSORY  ANALYSIS  OF  CEREALS   PURPOSE   Seven  experiments  were  conducted  for  the  analysis  of  different  types  of  cereals.  Each  student   prepared  a  cereal-­‐containing  dish  and  evaluated  each  based  on  appearance,  flavor,  and  texture.  The   experiments  were  done  to  study  the  origin  of  flours  from  different  grains,  familiarize  ones  self  with   various  cereal  grains,  and  learn  appropriate  cooking  techniques  for  diverse  cereal  products.     METHODOLOGY   For  procedure  A,  two  different  variations  of  corn  were  made  in  order  to  determine  difference  in   flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  between  them.  For  variation  one,  hominy  casserole  was  made.  For  this   variation,  half  the  recipe  was  used.  One  tablespoon  of  carrots  and  green  onions  were  sautéed  in  one-­‐ half  tablespoon  of  butter  and  then  set  aside  (46).  One-­‐half  tablespoon  of  butter  was  meted  in  a   saucepan  and  then  one-­‐half  tablespoon  of  flour  was  stirred  in  (46).  Six  tablespoons  of  milk  was  added   and  cooked  over  moderate  heat  until  it  was  smooth  and  thickened  (46).  Cheese  and  seasoning  were   added  and  stirred  in  until  the  cheese  was  melted  (46).  Once  the  cheese  was  melted  it  was  removed  from   the  heat  (46).  Hominy,  carrots,  onion,  and  cheese  sauce  were  all  combined  and  placed  in  a  greased   casserole  dish  (46).  Bake  uncovered  at  400  degrees  Fahrenheit  for  about  twenty  minutes  (46).  The   flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  of  the  hominy  casserole  were  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in   the  lab  manual  (46).  For  the  second  variation,  tortillas  and  con  queso  sauce  were  made  and  evaluated.   Two  one-­‐third  cup  of  instant  mesa  harina  and  one  teaspoon  of  salt  were  combined  in  a  deep  bowl  (46).   While  stirring  constantly  one  cup  of  cold  water  was  slowly  poured  into  mixture  (46).  Kneed  the  mixture   vigorously  and  then  add  up  to  one  half  cup  more  water  of  until  the  dough  is  firm  and  does  not  stick  to   fingers  (46).  Dough  was  divided  into  twelve  equal  portions  and  each  one  was  rolled  into  a  call  between   the  palms  (46).  Each  ball  was  rolled  into  a  six-­‐inch  circle  (46).  Each  tortilla  was  fired  on  a  moderately  hot,   lightly  buttered  skillet  for  one  to  two  minutes  on  each  side  (46).  Tortilla  was  kept  warm  until  served  by   being  wrapped  in  a  towel  and  placed  in  the  warm  oven  (46).  For  the  queso  sauce  three  tablespoons  of   butter  were  melted  (47).  Three  tablespoons  of  flour  was  added  (47).  The  combination  of  butter  and   flour  was  cooed  over  moderate  heat  for  about  one  minute  (47).  Eight  ounces  of  canned  tomatoes  were   added  and  cooked  over  moderate  heat,  stirring  constantly  until  the  mixture  was  thick  (47).  Four  ounces   of  chopped  green  chilies  and  six  ounces  of  shredded  Monterey  jack  cheese  were  sired  in  mixture  (47).   Stirring  continued  until  the  cheese  was  melted  (47).  If  the  sauce  was  too  thick  then  milk  was  added  until   the  desired  consistency  was  reached  (47).  The  sauce  was  placed  on  top  of  the  double  boiler  to  keep   warm  until  served  (47).  When  the  tortilla  and  chili  con  queso  sauce  was  served  the  sauce  was  to  be   spread  on  the  tortilla  with  a  knife  of  fork  (47).  The  tortilla  was  occasionally  ripped  into  bite  size  portions   and  dipped  into  warm  sauce  (47).    The  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  of  the  tortilla  and  chili  con  queso   sauce  were  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in  the  lab  manual  (46).     For  procedure  B,  four  different  variations  of  wheat  were  made  to  determine  which  one  was  the   most  versatile  cereal  grain  (48).  The  first  variation  was  couscous.  The  couscous  was  prepared  as  directed   on  the  back  of  the  package  (48).  The  couscous  was  fluffed  with  a  fork  and  tossed  into  one  tablespoon  of  
  • 83.
    melted  butter  (48).  Couscous  was  transferred  into  a  large  serving  bowl  with  one  tablespoon  of   confectioners  sugar  and  one  tablespoon  chopped  pistachio  nuts  sprinkled  on  top  (48).    The  second   variation  was  gnocchi.  Combine  one  and  one-­‐half  cup  milk,  one-­‐fourth  cup  butter,  and  one  half   teaspoon  of  salt  into  a  saucepan  and  was  heated  to  scalding  (48).  Add  six  tablespoons  of  farina  gradually   stirring  constantly  over  moderate  heat  until  mixture  is  thickened  (48).  Beat  in  one  egg  and  a  one-­‐half   cup  of  grated  Parmesan  cheese  (48).  Mixture  was  pressed  into  a  small  buttered  loaf  pan  and  chilled  until   firm  (48).  Once  the  mixture  was  firm  it  was  removed  from  the  pan  and  cut  into  one-­‐inch  thick  slices  (48).   The  slices  were  then  overlapped  on  a  buttered  baking  dish  and  the  remaining  cheese  was  sprinkled  over   them  (48).  The  dish  was  baked  at  four  hundred  and  twenty  five  degrees  Fahrenheit  for  about  twenty-­‐ five  minutes  or  until  hot  and  brown  (48).  The  dish  was  served  warm  with  tomato  sauce  (48).      To  make   the  tomato  sauce  one-­‐fourth  chopped  scallions,  one-­‐half  grated  carrots,  one  tablespoon  of  chopped   green  pepper,  and  one-­‐half  chopped  garlic  clove  were  sautéed  for  five  minutes  or  until  soft  (48).  Once   the  vegetables  were  soft  one  tablespoon  of  olive  oil,  one  tablespoon  of  chopped  fresh  parsley,  one  cup   canned  tomatoes,  dash  of  pepper,  one-­‐half  teaspoon  salt,  one-­‐fourth  tablespoon  dried  basil,  one-­‐  half   teaspoon  dried  oregano,  three  ounces  of  tomato  paste,  and  one-­‐fourth  teaspoon  of  brown  sugar  was   added  (48).  The  sauce  simmered  for  thirty  minutes  and  was  then  served  over  the  hot  gnocchi  (48).  The   third  variation  was  buttered  noodles.  Two  to  three  tablespoons  of  butter  was  melted  (49).  Six  ounces  of   spinach  noodles  were  cooked  in  boiling,  salt  water  until  “al  dente”  according  to  the  package  directions   (49).  Salt  water  was  drained  and  then  the  noodles  were  turned  onto  a  serving  dish  (49).  Variation  four   was  tabulleh.  Two  cups  of  bulgar  wheat  were  soaked  in  water  for  about  a  half  hour  (49).  The  bulgar  was   drained  and  the  excess  water  was  squeezed  out  (49).  Two  chopped  tomatoes,  one  half  cup  chopped   scallions,  two  tablespoons  olive  oil,  one  teaspoon  dried  mint  leaves,  one-­‐half  cup  finely  chopped  fresh   parsley,  two  tablespoons  of  lemon  juice  were  added  to  the  bulgar  (49).  The  tabulleh  was  then  served   with  pita  bread  (49).  The  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  of  the  different  wheat’s  were  evaluated  during   tasting  and  recorded  in  the  lab  manual  (48).       For  procedure  C,  a  millet  nut  drop  cookie  was  prepared.  The  oven  was  preheated  to   three  hundred  and  seventy  five  degrees  Fahrenheit  (49).  Two  eggs,  one-­‐half  cup  of  honey,  and  one   teaspoon  of  vanilla  were  combined  in  one  bowl  (49).  Two  and  one  half  cups  of  millet,  one-­‐half  teaspoon   salt,  one-­‐fourth  teaspoon  nutmeg,  one  teaspoon  cinnamon,  and  one-­‐eighth  teaspoon  cloves  were   combined  in  the  second  bowl  (49).  The  dry  ingredients  were  then  mixed  in  with  the  liquid  ingredients   (49).  Using  a  spoon  the  dough  was  dropped  on  a  greased  cookie  sheet  (49).  One  the  all  the  dough  was   on  the  cookie  sheet  it  was  baked  for  twelve  to  fifteen  minutes  or  until  golden  brown  (49).  The  cookies   were  pulled  out  of  the  oven  and  set  aside  to  cool  before  served  (49).  The  flavor,  texture,  and   appearance  of  the  millet  nut  drop  cookie  was  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in  the  lab  manual   (49).     For  procedure  D,  two  different  variations  of  buckwheat  were  made  in  order  to  determine  the   difference  in  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  between  them.  The  first  variation  was  buckwheat   pancakes.  In  a  bowl  one  cup  of  fresh  milled  buckwheat  flour,  one-­‐half  cup  fresh  milled  whole  wheat   flour,  one-­‐half  cup  fresh  milled  all  purpose  flour,  one-­‐half  teaspoon  salt,  two  tablespoons  brown  sugar,   and  four  teaspoons  baking  powder  were  combined  (50).  In  a  separate  bowl  three  tablespoons  of  oil,  two  
  • 84.
    beaten  eggs,  and  one  and  one-­‐  fourth  to  one  and  one-­‐half  cup  of  milk  were  combined  (50).  The  dry   ingredients  were  mixed  together  with  the  liquid  ingredients  all  at  once  and  stirred  until  mixture  was   smooth  (50).  If  the  batter  was  too  thick  then  a  small  amount  of  milk  was  added  (50).  The  pancakes  were   cooked  on  a  lightly  oiled  griddle  or  fry  pan  (50).  When  the  pancake  mixture  was  poured  on  the  griddle  it   was  cooked  on  one  side  until  bubbles  appeared  on  the  surface  (50).  When  bubbles  appeared  the   pancake  was  flipped  and  cooked  for  one  to  two  more  minutes  on  the  other  side  (50).  The  pancakes  were   kept  warm  in  the  oven  until  ready  to  serve  (50).  The  flavor  texture,  and  appearance  of  the  pancakes   were  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in  the  lab  manual  (50).    The  second  variation  was  kasha.  In  a   mixing  bow  one  cup  of  kasha  and  one  beaten  egg  was  mixed  together  until  the  grains  were  coated  (50).   The  mixture  was  transferred  to  a  skillet  and  cooked  uncovered  over  moderate  heat  (50).  The  mixture  in   the  skillet  was  stirred  constantly  until  kasha  was  dry  (50).  One-­‐teaspoon  salt,  two  tablespoons  of  butter,   and  two  cups  of  boiling  water  were  added  (50).    The  mixture  was  stirred  thoroughly,  skillet  was  then   covered,  and  heat  was  reduced  to  low  (50).  The  mixture  cooked  for  twenty  minutes  (50).  If  twenty   minutes  past  and  the  mixture  was  still  not  tender  then  one-­‐half  cup  of  boiling  water  and  an  extra  ten   minutes  over  the  heat  was  added  (50).  While  the  kasha  was  cooking  over  the  heat  one-­‐fourth  pound  of   chopped  fresh  mushrooms,  one-­‐half  cup  chopped  onions,  and  two  tablespoons  of  butter  were  sautéed   (50).  The  sautéed  mushrooms  and  onions  were  added  to  the  cooked  kasha  and  mixed  lightly  (50).    The   flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in  lab  manual  (50).     For  procedure  E,  seven  different  variations  of  rice  were  made  in  order  to  determine  the  flavor,   texture,  and  appearance.  The  first  variation  was  sesame  rice  fritters.  Three-­‐fourths  cup  of  brown  rice   and  one-­‐half  teaspoon  of  salt  were  added  to  one  and  one-­‐half  cups  of  boiling  water  (51).  The  heat  was   reduced  to  low  and  the  rice  was  covered  tightly  and  cooked  for  forty  to  fifty  minutes  or  until  tender  (51).   While  the  rice  was  cooking  one-­‐fourth  cup  milk  and  two  tablespoons  of  instant  dry  milk  were  mixed   together  and  set  aside  (51).  Cooked  rice,  two  tablespoons  of  toasted  sesame  seeds,  and  mixture  of  milk   were  combined  (51).  Two  tablespoons  of  fresh  milled  all-­‐purpose  flour  and  one-­‐fourth  teaspoon   cinnamon  were  added  (51).  One  egg  white  was  beaten  and  added  (51).  With  a  spoon  the  batter  was   dropped  onto  a  hot,  oiled  griddle  or  frying  pan  and  fried  until  both  sides  were  browned  and  cooked   inside  (51).  The  sesame  rice  fritters  were  taken  out  of  the  hot  griddle  of  frying  pan  and  was  drained  on  a   paper  towel  (51).  The  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in  the   lab  manual  (52).  The  second  through  seventh  variation  there  was  one  cup  of  uncooked  rice  that  was   cooked  as  directed  on  the  back  of  the  package.  This  included  Jasmine,  instant  rice,  converted  rice,  long   grain  enriched,  wild,  and  alberino  rice.  (52).  All  variations  of  rice  were  prepared  shortly  before  serving   time  (52).  The  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in  the  lab   manual  (52).     For  procedure  F,  five  different  variations  of  oats  were  made  to  determine  the  flavor,  texture,   and  appearance.  The  first  variation  was  oatmeal  muffins.  One  and  one-­‐fourth  cup  of  quick  cooking   rolled  oats  and  one  and  one-­‐fourth  milk  were  combined  (53).  The  oats  and  milk  sat  for  thirty  minutes  off   to  the  side  (53).  One  egg,  slightly  beaten  and  one-­‐half  cup  of  oil  were  combined  in  a  bowl  (53).  In  a   separate  bowl  one  and  one-­‐fourth  cup  of  sifted  all  purpose  flour,  four  teaspoons  of  baking  powder,  one-­‐ half  teaspoon  of  salt,  one-­‐third  cup  of  firmly  packed  brown  sugar,  and  one-­‐half  cup  raisins  were  mixed  
  • 85.
    together  (53).  A  well  was  made  in  the  center  of  the  dry  ingredients  and  then  the  liquid  ingredients  were   added  all  at  once  (53).  Mixture  was  stirred  until  dry  particles  were  moist  (53).  Greased  muffin  cups  were   filled  with  one  third  of  mixture  (53).  The  muffins  baked  at  four  hundred  degrees  Fahrenheit  or  until   golden  brown  (53).  Fifteen  to  twenty  minutes  for  medium  muffins  and  twenty  to  twenty  five  minutes  for   large  muffins  (53).  The  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in   the  lab  manual  (53).  The  second  through  fifth  variation  were  market  forms  of  oatmeal  cereals.  One   serving  of  oats  was  prepared  as  directed  on  the  back  of  the  package  (53).    The  various  oats  cooked   included:  instant,  steel  cut,  old  fashion,  and  quick  cook.    The  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were   evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in  the  lab  manual  (53).     For  procedure  G,  two  different  variations  of  Barley  were  made  to  determine  the  flavor,  texture,   and  appearance.  The  first  variation  was  vegetable  barley  soup.  One-­‐fourth  chopped  onion,  one  stalk   diced  celery,  one-­‐half  cup  sliced  green  beans,  and  two  diced  carrots  were  sautéed  in  oil  for  five  to  ten   minutes  (54).  One  teaspoon  of  salt,  pepper,  one-­‐fourth  teaspoon  of  marjoram,  and  one-­‐fourth  teaspoon   of  thyme  were  mixed  in  (54).  Then  hot  water  was  added  and  brought  to  a  boil  (54).  Add  one-­‐half  cup   whole  uncooked  barley  and  one  quart  of  hot  water  were  added  in  (54).  The  mixture  was  covered,  heat   was  reduced,  and  cooking  continued  for  45  minutes  (54).  One  tablespoon  of  chopped  fresh  parsley  was   sprinkled  on  top  before  tasting.  The  flavor  texture,  and  appearance  were  evaluated  during  tasting  and   recorded  in  the  lab  manual  (54).  The  second  variation  was  barley  pilaf.  Two  and  one-­‐half  cups  of  beef   broth  were  brought  to  a  boil  (54).  Three-­‐fourths  cup  of  barley  were  stirred  in  (54).  The  beef  broth  with   barley  was  covered,  heat  was  reduced,  and  barley  sat  for  thirty  to  forty  minutes  until  tender  (54).  While   the  barley  was  cooking  one-­‐third  cup  chopped  onions,  one-­‐fourth  cup  chopped  green  pepper,  and  one-­‐ fourth  cup  sliced  celery  were  sautéed  in  one  tablespoon  of  butter  for  about  five  minutes  (54).  Once  the   barley  was  tender  the  sautéed  onions,  green  peppers  and  celery  were  mixed  together  and  then  served   (54).  The  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  evaluated  during  tasting  and  recorded  in  the  lab  manual   (54).       RESULTS     Table  1:  From  Wednesday  lab  5:15-­‐8:15pm.  The  entire  class  data  was  based  on  two  different  variations   of  corn.  Observations  were  based  on  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance.   Corn     Variation     Flavor   Texture   Appearance   Hominy  Casserole   Cheesy,  oily     Chunky     Yellow  sauce  with  white  balls,   oily     Tortillas  +  con   queso     Bland,  cheesy   Dry     Tortilla-­‐flat,  tan   Queso-­‐red,  green,  yellow      
  • 86.
      Table  2:  From  Wednesday  lab  5:15-­‐8:15pm.  The  entire  class  data  was  based  on  four  different  variations   of  wheat.  Observations  were  based  on  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance.   Wheat     Variation     Flavor     Texture     Appearance     Couscous   Buttery     Grainy     Light  yellow,  thick     Gnocchi   Tomato,  salty     Chunky     White  at  the  bottom  with  red   sauce  on  the  top   Butter  noodles   Bland   Tough,  flimsy,  chewy     White,  long,  thick   Tabulleh   Lemon,  fresh   Chunky,  hard,  chewy     Brown,  green,  red       Table  3:  From  Wednesday  lab  5:15-­‐8:15pm.  The  entire  class  data  was  based  on  a  millet  nut  drop  cookie.   Observations  were  based  on  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance.   Tritacale       Variation     Flavor     Texture     Appearance     Millet  nut  drop   cookies     Cinnamon,   sweet   Grainy,  a  little  crunchy     Rough,  brown,  fluffy       Table  4:  From  Wednesday  lab  5:15-­‐8:15pm.  The  entire  class  data  was  based  on  two  different  variations   of  buckwheat.  Observations  were  based  on  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance.   Buckwheat       Variation   Flavor     Texture     Appearance   Basic  Recipe  (From   Scratch)     Dry,  bland,  plain   Dry     Brown,  chunky   Kasha   Grainy     Chunky  yet  smooth   Brown          
  • 87.
      Table  5:  From  Wednesday  lab  5:15-­‐8:15pm.  The  entire  class  data  was  based  on  seven  different   variations  of  rice.  Observations  were  based  on  flavor,  texture,  appearance,  and  $/serving.     Rice     Variation   Flavor     Texture     Appearance     $/serving     Jasmine     Very  salty     Sticky,  chunky   White     Unknown   Instant  rice     Plain   Chewy     White,  chunky   Unknown   Long  Grain   Enriched   Creamy     Smooth     White     Unknown   Wild   Dry     Hard,  chunky   Black/brown,  long   shape,  dark,  narrow     Unknown   Alberino     Flavorful,  beef,   sweet   Sticky   Gooey,  thick,  dark   brown   Unknown   Converted     Bland   Chunky     White     Unknown       Sesame  Rice   Fritters   Bland   Hard,  crunchy   Golden  brown   Unknown       Table  6:  From  Wednesday  lab  5:15-­‐8:15pm.  The  entire  class  data  was  based  on  five  different  variations   of  oats.  Observations  were  based  on  flavor,  texture,  appearance,  and  $/serving.   Oats     Variation     Flavor     Texture     Appearance     $/Serving     Oatmeal  Muffins     Sweet     Moist,  soft,   crumbly   Brown     Unknown     Instant     Bland     Thick     Light  brown     Unknown     Steel  Cut   Creamy,   bland     Rough,  Chunky     Pale  white,  chunky,   thick     Unknown     Quick  Cook   Watery,  salty   Thick,  mushy     Light  brown   Unknown     Old  fashion     Plain     Thick     Light  brown     Unknown       Table  7:  From  Wednesday  lab  5:15-­‐8:15pm.  The  entire  class  data  was  based  on  two  different  variations   of  barley.  Observations  were  based  on  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance.   Barley     Variation     Flavor     Texture     Appearance     Vegetable  Soup   Beans,  onion,   peppery     Watery  with  chunks   Brown  with  colored   vegetables    
  • 88.
    Pilaf   Onion,  beefy     Grainy     Light  brown  with  green       DISCUSSION     For  procedure  A  the  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  was  analyzed  for  two  different  types  of   corn.  The  kernel  of  the  corn  softens  and  the  hull  is  removed  (46).  Each  corn  called  for  a  different  recipe,   which  yielded  different  results.  The  main  differences  between  the  two  variations  were  the  type  of   ingredients  used  and  the  method  to  make  the  corn.  The  hominy  casseroles  recipe  was  cut  in  half  and   contained  eleven  ingredients;  hominy,  green  onion,  butter  or  margarine,  cheddar  cheese,  dry  mustard,   paprika,  carrots,  flour,  milk,  salt,  and  cayenne  pepper.  The  tortilla  with  chili  con  queso  sauce  was  cooked   with  different  ingredients.  The  tortilla  had  two  ingredients  including  masa  harina  and  salt  while  the  con   queso  had  six  ingredients  including  butter,  flour,  canned  tomatoes  with  jalapeno  peppers,  green  chilies,   Monterey  jack  cheese,  and  milk.  Shown  in  table  one  both  of  the  variations  were  cheesy  however  the   hominy  casserole  produced  a  much  more  oily  flavor  than  the  tortillas  con  quesso  sauce.  The  hominy   casserole  had  a  chunky  texture  versus  the  tortilla  con  queso  that  had  a  dry  texture.  Both  variations  of   corn  that  were  made  were  made  correctly,  and  nothing  occurred  that  should  not  have.       For  procedure  B,  the  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  analyzed  for  four  different  types  of   wheat.  Each  variation  of  wheat  called  for  a  different  recipe.  The  main  difference  was  the  list  of   ingredients  that  each  recipe  contained.  Couscous  was  the  only  wheat  that  had  a  distinct  grainy  texture   and  this  is  because  it  is  made  from  hard  what  that  have  large  endosperm  particles  (48).  Gnocchi  was   extremely  salty  and  this  was  because  added  sodium  and  in  both  the  Gnocchi  and  tomato  sauce.  The   butter  and  Parmesan  cheese  also  added  extra  salt  content  to  the  dish.  The  amount  of  time  the  noodles   cooked  could  have  had  an  effect  on  the  hard  chewy  texture.  Tabulleh  was  hard,  chunky,  and  chewy  in   texture  due  to  the  bulgur  wheat.  Bulgar  wheat  is  whole  wheat  that  has  been  parboiled,  dry,  partly   debranned  and  cracked  into  coarse  angular  fragments  (48).  It  had  a  fresh  flavor  and  this  is  most  likely   because  of  the  added  parsley.  The  color  of  the  tabulleh  was  from  the  added  herbs  and  tomatoes.  All   four  variations  of  wheat  that  were  made  were  made  correctly,  and  nothing  occurred  that  should  not   have.       For  procedure  C,  the  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  analyzed  for  millet  nut  drop  cookies.   Originally  the  recipe  called  for  tritacale  but  the  flour  was  altered.  There  were  twelve  ingredients,  which   included  eggs,  honey,  nuts,  salt,  nutmeg,  baking  soda,  oil,  vanilla,  millet,  cinnamon,  cloves,  and  baking   powder.    The  hint  of  cinnamon  was  tasted  in  the  millet  nut  drop  cookie  as  shown  in  table  three.    It  has  a   sweet  flavor  perfect  for  baked  goods.  The  flour  is  gluten  free  because  the  millet  grain  does  not  contain   the  hard  to  digest  plant  protein,  making  it  a  great  flour  alternative  for  those  with  celiac  disease  (2).  The   texture  of  the  dough  was  rough,  grainy,  and  slightly  crunchy.  The  millet  drop  cookies  were  made   correctly,  and  nothing  occurred  that  should  not  have.       For  procedure  D,  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  analyzed  for  two  different  types  of   buckwheat.  Both  variation  of  buckwheat  called  for  a  different  recipe.  The  buckwheat  pancakes  called  for  
  • 89.
    nine  ingredients  including:  buckwheat  flour,  whole  wheat  flour,  all  purpose  flour,  salt,  brown  sugar,   baking  powder,  oil,  eggs,  and  milk.  Kasha  contained  seven  ingredients  including:  kasha,  salt,  onions,   boiling  water,  egg,  butter,  and  mushrooms.  Both  were  brown  in  color  but  their  flavors  were  not  similar.   The  buckwheat  pancakes  were  drier  than  kasha.  Buckwheat  is  technically  not  a  cereal  because  it  is  not  a   member  of  the  grass  family  however  the  there  are  structural  similarities  (45).  The  two  variations  of   buckwheat  were  made  correctly,  and  nothing  occurred  that  should  not  have.         For  procedure  E,  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  analyzed  for  seven  different  types  of  rice.   All  variations  called  for  different  recipes.  Brown  rice,  rice  with  almonds  and  cheese,  and  uncle  ben’s  rice   were  not  made.  Converted,  instant,  and  alberino  rice  were  made  in  replace  of  them.  The  rice  that  stood   out  the  most  was  the  wild  rice  because  of  its  unique  color,  shape,  taste,  and  texture.  The  wild  rice  had  a   kernel  that  was  long,  cylindrical,  and  was  dark  in  color.  It  had  a  distinct  flavor  that  was  much  different   than  the  other  variations  of  rice.  As  shown  in  table  5  most  every  variation  of  rice  had  a  bland  flavor  with   the  exception  of  alberinos  sweet,  beefy  flavor.  Every  variation  of  rice  was  cooked  in  boiling  water  until   tender.  The  seven  variations  of  rice  were  made  correctly,  and  nothing  occurred  that  should  not  have.       For  procedure  F,  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  analyzed  for  five  different  types  of  Oats.   Thick  and  rough,  Irish,  traditional,  and  instant  organic  were  not  prepared.  All  five  variations  called  for   different  recipes.  The  instant  oats  were  bland  and  did  not  have  as  much  taste.  This  could  be  because   instant  oatmeal  has  already  been  pre  cooked.  The  quick  cook  oats  were  watery  and  tasted  like  they  had   a  lot  of  sodium  content.  The  oatmeal  muffins  varied  significantly  in  texture  and  consistency.    The   muffins  were  fluffy  because  of  the  baking  soda  that  was  added.  The  steel  cut  oats  and  quick  cook  oats   were  not  as  dry  as  the  other  variations  because  of  the  amount  of  water  that  they  absorbed.  Oats  are   usually  consumed  in  the  form  of  oatmeal.  Oatmeal  has  many  minerals,  vitamins,  and  fiber  because   neither  the  germ  nor  bran  is  removed  (53).  All  variations  were  made  correctly,  and  nothing  occurred   that  should  not  have.       For  procedure  G,  flavor,  texture,  and  appearance  were  analyzed  for  two  different  types  of   barley.  Barley  is  a  whole  grain  that  has  the  bran  and  hull  removed  (54).      The  vegetable  barley  soup  has   more  ingredients  than  the  barley  pilaf.  The  vegetable  barley  soup  called  for  thirteen  ingredients   including;  onions,  celery,  green  beans,  oil,  salt,  marjoram,  parsley,  carrots,  turnip,  whole  barley,  hot   water,  pepper,  and  thyme.  Barley  pilaf  called  for  six  ingredients  including;  barley,  beef  broth,  onion,   green  pepper,  celery,  and  butter.  Both  had  a  strong  onion  flavor  but  different  texture.    They  were  both   brown  with  added  color  from  vegetables.  The  two  variations  were  made  correctly,  and  nothing  occurred   that  should  not  have.       SUMMARY  AND  CONCLUSION     This  experiment  taught  students  how  to  analyze  cereal  based  on  flavor,  texture,  and   appearance.  Sensory  analysis  was  used  to  evaluate  certain  cereal  components.  Almost  all  cereals  are  
  • 90.
    cooked  the  same  but  the  difference  lies  in  the  ingredients,  cooking  time,  and  proportion  of  water  added.   Cereals  should  be  tender,  not  sticky.  Stirring  cereals  should  be  limited  to  prevent  an  undesirable   consistency.  Results  can  very  from  each  individual  because  everyone  is  different  and  everyone  has   unique  taste  buds.  Cereals  are  bland  and  tend  to  be  combined  with  other  flavorful  foods.     REFERENES   1.  Brannan,  R.G.  2011.  Laboratory  Manual  for  NUTR  2200  (45-­‐54)       2.  The  Gluten  Free  diet.  (n.d).  retrieved  February  23,  2016,  from     http://www.beyondceliac.org/gluten-­‐freediet/overview/                                      
  • 91.
    FLOUR AND GLUTENFORMATION PURPOSE Several experiments were conducted to demonstrate how gluten is prepared. Each student prepared several gluten containing and gluten free dishes composed from different types of flours and then made evaluations based on appearance, weight, volume, texture, and flavor. Comparisons were made to show the effect of added sugar and fat in gluten formation. METHODOLOGY For Procedure A, four different variations of flour were used to make gluten balls to determine the difference in weight and volume. For each variation 120 g of whichever flour assigned was used (69). The different types of flour included bread, cake, all purpose, and whole wheat. 60ml of water was measured out and added gradually to the flour while mixing with a fork (69). More than 60ml of water may have been necessary to form stiff dough, which was not sticky (69). Once the dough became stiff it was placed on the countertop and kneaded until the dough was smooth and elastic (69). This step took thirty-five minutes. Once the dough was ready it was placed under cool running water (69). Under the water the dough was manipulated with gentle pulling and squeezing until the cloudy running water turned clear (69). Once the water was no longer cloudy it was necessary to check through the raw gluten ball to be sure no pockets of starch remained (69). If starch was present, continued washing occurred (69). Gluten ball was placed on a baking sheet and baked for fifteen minutes at 425 degrees Fahrenheit (69). Temperature was then reduced to 300 degrees Fahrenheit and continued baking for another thirty minutes (69). When gluten ball was finished baking it was pulled out of the oven and cooled (69). The cool gluten ball was weighed and recorded in the lab manual. Volume of baked gluten ball was measured (69). Baked gluten was placed in a large calibrated beaker or glass-measuring cup (69). The beaker or cup was filled with sugar or rapseed to a selected calibration mark (69). Total volume was recorded in lab manual. Sugar or rapseed was poured out into a graduated cylinder (69). The volume of sugar or rapseed was recorded in lab manual. The volume of the gluten ball was calculated by total volume subtracted by the volume of sugar or rapseed (69). Gluten ball was then placed on a small plate and labeled (69). For procedure B, four different variations of flour were used to determine the effect of flour type on cake. The flours used were cake, bread, all purpose, and whole wheat. For each variation 1 and ½ cups of flour, ½ teaspoon of salt, and 1 ¼ teaspoon of baking powder were sifted together twice (70). ½ teaspoon of vanilla was added to ½ cup of milk (70). ¾ cup of sugar was added to ¼ cup of shortening, 4 tablespoons at a time, creaming 100 strokes after each addition (70). 1 eggs was added to the creamed mixture and stirred until blended (70). The mixture was mixed for one minute with an electric mixer at medium speed (70). 1/3 of the flour mixture and 1/3 of the milk mixture was added (70). It was then mixed for one minute with an electric mixer at medium speed (70). This was done two more times until all of the flour and milk was incorporated (70). Mixing continued for two minutes with an electric mixer at high speed (70). The batter was transferred to a greased and floured 8-inch square 8x8-baking pan (70).
  • 92.
    The batter wasbaked at 375 degrees Fahrenheit for approximately thirty minutes (70). The cake was done when it pulled away from the sides of the pan slightly (70). Doneness may also be tested by gently pressing the surface of the center of the cake with fingertip (70). If the cake was springy in the center then it was ready to be removed from the oven (70). Once the cake was removed from the oven it was set aside to cool off in the pan. After cooling, the cake was cut into pieces for the class to evaluate (70). The volume (height), texture, and flavor of each cake prepared was evaluated and recorded in the lab manual (70). For procedure A, five different variations of gluten free flour was used to determine the effect of flour type on pancakes based on appearance, flavor, and texture (2). The types of flour used included: Standard (gluten containing), Bob’s Rd Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour, Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose Baking Flour, Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour, and Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free Original Multi-Purpose Flour (3). In a large bowl, 1 cup of flour (assigned by GA), 2 tablespoons of sugar, 2 tablespoons of baking powder, and 1 teaspoon of salt was mixed together (2). A well was made in the center of the dry ingredients (2). 1 cup of milk, 1 beaten egg, and 2 tablespoons of vegetable oil was poured in the center of the well and mixed until smooth (2). A lightly oiled griddle or frying pan was heated over medium high heat (2). ¼ cup of pancake batter was scooped or poured onto the griddle (2). Each side cooked until both sides were brown and then they were served (2). Appearance, taste, and texture were compared to gluten-containing flour pancakes and the results were recorded in the lab manual (2). For procedure B, four different variations of gluten free flour was used to determine the effect of flour type on cakes based on appearance, flavor, texture, height (mm), and hardness (mm penetrometer) (3). The types of flour used included: Bob’s Rd Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour, Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose Baking Flour, Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour, and Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free Original Multi-Purpose Flour (3). The gluten free cake procedure followed the same steps as the gluten cake procedure as mentioned above. RESULTS Table 1: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on seven different variations of flour. Observations were based on weight and volume. Preparation of Gluten Balls Types of Flour Weight (g) Volume (cm^3) Cake 39 30.4 Cake 22.9 27.6 All Purpose 13 29.1 All Purpose 28 2736 Bread 62 342 Bread 2 27 2736 Whole wheat 33 434.91
  • 93.
    Table 2: FromWednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class average was based on four different variations of flour. Observations were based on weight and volume. Preparation of Gluten Ball Average Type of Flour Weight (g) Volume (cm^3) Cake average 30.95 29 Bread average 44.5 2736 All Purpose average 13 232.005 Whole wheat average 33 342 Table 3: From Wednesday and Thursday lab 2:00-5:00pm and 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on four different variations of flour. Observations were based on weight and volume. Preparation of Gluten Ball Class Average Type of Flour Weight (g) Volume (cm^3) Cake 15.4875 59.35 Bread 32.5 983.25 All Purpose 37.5 274.09125 Whole wheat 29 332 Table 4: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on six different variations of flour. Observations were based on volume, texture and flavor. Effect of Flour Type on Cake Type of Flour Volume (cm^3) Texture (mm) Flavor All Purpose 11,200 236 Vanilla All Purpose 2 1835.35 228 Vanilla Cake 1400 230 Vanilla Cake 2 - - Vanilla Bread 1360 110 Vanilla Bread 2 1800 120 Vanilla Table 5: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The data form the entire class average was based on six different variations of flour. Observations were based on volume, texture and flavor. Effects of Flour Type of Cake Average Type of Flour Volume (cm^3) Texture Flavor
  • 94.
    Table 6: FromWednesday and Thursday lab 2:00-5:00pm and 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on four different variations of flour. Observations were based on volume, texture, and flavor. Effect of Flour Type on Cake Class Average Type of Flour Volume (cm^3) Texture (mm) Flavor Cake 1,366 253 Vanilla Bread 1,332 176 Vanilla All Purpose 3,955 228 Vanilla Whole wheat 1,094 262.6666667 Vanilla Table 7: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on five different variations of pancake flour. Observations were based on appearance, flavor, and texture. Pancakes Variation Appearance Flavor Texture Standard (gluten-containing) Light yellow Sweet, savory Fluffy, airy, soft Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour Golden brown Sweet, savory, little salty Fluffy, airy, soft Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose Baking Flour Flat, yellow Salty bitter after taste Dense Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour Burnt, brown Burnt Crisp Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free Original Multi-Purpose Flour Burnt, white Bland Dry Table 8: From Wednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on five different variations of flour. Observations were based of appearance, flavor, texture, height, and hardness. Gluten Free Cakes Cake 1,400 230 Vanilla Bread 1,400 115 Vanilla All Purpose 11,200 232 Vanilla Whole wheat - - Vanilla Sensory Objective Variation Appearance Flavor Texture Volume (cm ^3) Hardness (mm penetrometer) Bob’s Red Mill 1-to-1 Baking Flour Brown, yellow in middle Vanilla Smooth 13,000 93
  • 95.
    Table 9: FromWednesday lab 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on five different variations of flour. Observations were based of appearance, flavor, texture, height, and hardness. Gluten Free Cakes Class Average Sensory Objective Variation Appearance Flavor Texture Volume (cm ^3) Hardness (mm penetrometer) Bob’s Red Mill 1-1 Light brown Vanilla Smooth 13,000 109 Cup 4 Cup Free Original Multi- Purpose Brown, yellow in middle Vanilla Moist 10,000 270 Bob’s Red Mill All Purpose Light brown Vanilla Flakey 10,200 325 Domata Brown, yellow in middle Vanilla Moist 17,780 308.5 Table 10: From Wednesday and Thursday lab 2:00-5:00pm and 5:15-8:15pm. The entire class data was based on five different variations of flour. Observations were based of appearance, flavor, texture, height, and hardness. Gluten Free Cake Whole Class Average Sensory Objective Variation Appearance Flavor Texture Height (mm) Hardness (mm penetrometer) Bob’s Red Mill 1-1 Light brown Vanilla Smooth 30.55 247.625 Cup 4 Cup Brown, yellow in the middle Vanilla Moist 31.8875 235 Domata Brown, yellow in the middle Vanilla Moist 24.25 278.875 Bob’s Red Mill Light brown Vanilla Flakey 28.5 350 Bob’s Red Mill All Purpose Baking Flour Light brown Vanilla Flakey 10,000 325 Domata Brown, yellow in middle Buttery, vanilla Moist 10,200 278 Cup 4 Cup Original Muli purpose Flour Brown, yellow in middle Vanilla Moist 17,780 270
  • 96.
    All Purpose DISCUSSION For procedure A,the appearance, weight, and volume were analyzed for four different types of flours. Each flour variation called for similar recipes, which yielded different results. The preparation of gluten produced gluten balls of all different shapes and sizes. The main difference between the four variations was the flour used. The flours that were used included: cake, bread, all purpose, and whole wheat. As shown in table one and two from Wednesday’s lab, bread had the highest volume in centimeters cubed, height in grams, and the cake had the lowest. From the nutrition 2200 lab as a whole the results were slightly altered. As one can see on table 3 the average results showed bread to have the highest volume in centimeters cubed and all-purpose flour to have the highest weight. The difference between the labs could be because of a variety of different reasons. Based on the results bread contained the most gluten and this is because of the higher protein content. The amount of gluten formed in dough is dependent on the amount of protein in the flour (67). More gluten in a product results in higher volume because of the gluten strands that stretch when heated (67). Kneading the dough also helps with gluten formation and gives the dough its elasticity. Yes, flour does have other components that could have played a role in the development of the gluten ball, however most of these substances washed away when the dough ran under cool water. For procedure B, four different variations of flour were used to determine the effect of flour type on cake. The flours used were cake, bread, whole wheat, and all purpose. Three variations were measured using volume, texture, and flavor. All-purpose had the highest volume in centimeters cubed and texture in millimeters. The bread had the lowest volume and texture. The volume and texture of cake flour was higher than bread but lower than all-purpose. This was not extremely accurate due to a lack of values. There were supposed to be two cake variations but the result of only one variation was recorded for various reasons. The fourth variation did not have any values because one group in lab forgot to make a cake with whole-wheat flour. When baking cake all-purpose flour is a good option to choose from due to the blend of both hard and soft wheat. The best flour to use for baking cakes is cake flour. The soft wheat has a low protein content that is best suited for cake production. The low protein content means that there is less gluten, which is considered to be a toughening agent. Low protein flours are tenderer and have a more pleasing texture. Added sugar and fat inhibit gluten development and are known as tenderizing agents. However, this did not affect the lab results because an equal amount of sugar and fat were added to the mixture. For procedure C, five variations of gluten-free flour were used to determine the appearance, flavor, and texture of pancakes. The types of flour used included: Standard (gluten containing), Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour, Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose Baking Flour, Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour, and Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free Original Multi-Purpose Flour. The texture of the Standard (gluten containing) and Bob;s Red Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour were both golden brown and had the fluffiest texture. The browning occurred as a result of mailard browning in the sugar. The Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour was brown, crisp, and very burnt. Burnt results did
  • 97.
    not accurately describethe flour because the pancakes were not prepared properly. The pancake batter was left on the heat for an extended amount of time. Pancakes do not require much gluten because they have tenderizers such as sugar in the ingredient. For procedure D, four variations of gluten-free flour were used for both sensory and objective tests to determine the appearance, flavor, texture, height, and hardness of cakes. The types of flour used included: Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free 1-to-1 Baking Flour, Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose Baking Flour, Domata Gluten Free Recipe Ready Flour, and Cup 4 Cup Gluten Free Original Multi- Purpose Flour. Results shown on table 10 prove all cakes to have a vanilla flavor. Both of the Bob’s Red Mill products had a light brown appearance. The Domata and Cup 4 Cup were both brown on the surface and white on the inside. They also both had a very moist texture. Bob’s Red Mill Gluten Free All Purpose Baking Flour was flakey and hard. Gluten free flours results in a lack of volume SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION In the four experiments that were conducted for the analysis of different types of flour, it was concluded that each flour varied in volume and texture based on the amount of gluten present/not present. It was concluded that each flour had its own strengths and weaknesses, and thrived in different environments. Each student prepared a different gluten and gluten free dish and evaluated each based on appearance, flavor, texture, weight, volume, height, and hardness. High protein content means that there is more gluten and low protein content means that there is less gluten in the product. High protein results in high volume and low protein results in low volume. REFERENCES Brannan,  R.G.  2016.  Laboratory  Manual  for  NUTR  2200  (67-­‐71)   Brannan,  R.G.  Johnson,  Hannah.  2016.  Laboratory  Manual  for  NUTR  2220  (1-­‐4)   Histologic  Follow-­‐up  of  People  With  Celiac  Disease  on  a  Gluten-­‐Free  Diet     http://ajcp.oxfordjournals.org/content/118/3/459              
  • 98.
    Nutrition 2220 Literary Analysis Beta-Alanine’sEffect on Endurance Athletes Beta-alanine has a positive effect on the overall athletic performance in endurance athletes. It is a non-essential beta-amino that is natural produced in the human body and therefore not required through food sources. Beta-alanine affects the muscles in the body which can result in improving lean muscle mass, longer exercise duration, and enhanced physical functioning. Beta-alanine was discovered over one hundred years ago and is also referred to as 3- aminopropionic acid. It consists of three carbon atoms, seven hydrogens, one nitrogen, and two oxygens. Taking place in the liver, pyrimidine nucleotides break down into uracil and thymine which then is metabolized into beta alanine. Although beta-alanine is naturally produced in the body, it can be found in outside sources. Beta-alanine can be ingested through animal proteins which are found in beef and pork or can be found in pre-workout supplements. Beta-alanine comes from three different dipeptides including carnosine, anserine, and balenine. Beta-alanine is a component of an important dipeptide that influences performance in athletes. Carnosine, is stored in muscles and brain tissue and can be found in type I and type II muscle fibers. There is a higher concentration of carnosine in type II muscle fibers which are fast twitch fibers that contract rapidly for short burst of energy. These types of fibers fatigue quickly and, therefore, require carnosine for improved anaerobic exercise performance (Culbertson 83). Carnosine helps keep the pH in type II muscle fiber level. A balanced pH helps improves lactate acid build up enhancing overall performance.
  • 99.
    Beta-alanine affects lactatethreshold in endurance athletes who have a challenging time maintaining acid-base balance. Beta-alanine decreases acidosis and influences uptake kinetics during high intensity exercise (Baguet 495). Exercising causes the muscle pH to decrease due to the accumulation of hydrogen ions and when pH levels in the muscle are low they become more acidic and produce lactic acid. The production and elimination of lactic acid is not balanced when there is a low ph. When lactate acid becomes unbalanced, muscles in the body slow down and become weak. When pH levels are balanced, muscles have optimal performance. The amount of beta-alanine available has a major affect on carnosine levels in the body. Carnosine is the combining of beta-alanine and L-histidine. An increased amount of carnosine in the body will prevent or delay muscle fatigue, which is when the muscles lose energy and become very exhausted, resulting in the decrease in muscle fiber contraction. The intramuscular acidosis is known to be the main cause of fatigue during intense exercises (Gross 222). Beta- alanine increases muscle carnosine levels, which acts like a buffer to reduce acidity in active muscles, during high intensity exercises (Culbertson 76). Experimentations were done on forty six men who participate in high intensity interval training exercises to determine if electromyography fatigue threshold and efficiency of electrical activity would be effected when taking beta-alanine supplementations (Smith 357). The men were randomly assigned to either beta-alanine supplementation, placebo, or a control group. Three grams of beta-alanine were taken every day for six weeks. Electrographic fatigue threshold and electrical activity were plotted using a bipolar surface electrode while the men performed two minutes of work on a cycle ergometer (Smith 357). Results show that beta-alanine supplementation had no significant influence on electromyography fatigue threshold and electrical activity. (Smith 359).
  • 100.
    Twelve endurance athletesaround the age of twenty eight all consumed 46 grams of beta- alanine supplementation for a six week time period to determine the outcome. Eating habits were tracked to make sure that food and beverage intake did not influence the performance of the athletes. Aerobic capacity, one rep maximum, reaction familiarization, and intermittent critical velocity familiarization were tested (Spradley 2). Results proved that ingesting beta-alanine improves agility, reaction time, muscular endurance, energy, and fatigue (Spradley 2). Harris and his colleagues studied three groups to examine the effect of beta-alanine supplementation on carnosine concentration in muscles. Over a four week period, group I consumed supplements containing 90 grams while group II consumed 146 grams (Harris 283). The final group consumed a placebo. After the supplements were taken, a muscle biopsy was performed. The results proved that the groups who had taken supplements had a significant increase in their carnosine concentration while there was no effect on the placebo group (Harris 283). There was an average of around 14% increase in buffering capacity within the two groups that had taken supplements (Harris 283). Beta-alanine and creatine monohydrate supplementation were taken to determine the effect on body composition, aerobic and anaerobic exercise performance, and muscle carnosine and phosphagen levels (Kresta 1). Thirty two active college aged females were randomly categorized into four different supplementation groups including beta-alanine, creatine, beta- alanine and creatine combined, and a placebo. Results show that after four weeks of supplementation muscle carnosine levels increased by 35.3%-44.8% for beta-alanine, .7-27.1% for creatine, 42.5-99.3% for the combination of beta-alanine and creatine, and -4.1-10.9% for placebo (Kresta 1). There was no effect on the females VO2 max, peak lactate, lactate threshold, ventilator threshold, peak power, mean power, total work, and rate of fatigue (Kresta 1).
  • 101.
    It is morebeneficial to ingest beta-alanine rather than carnosine for improved performance in endurance athletes. Directly consuming beta-alanine will postpone muscle fatigue. This is due to when carnosine is ingested the gastrointestinal tract breaks it down into beta-alanine and L-histidine. The enzyme carnosine converts these two amino acids back to carnosine once they are taken to the muscle. This means that only about 40% of the carnosine contains beta-alanine. Beta-alanine is proven to increase muscular strength, power output, muscle mass, anaerobic endurance, aerobic endurance, and delay muscle fatigue (Gross 222).The consumption can benefit both men and women weightlifters, bodybuilders, and high intensity cross trained athletes. Beta-alanine plays a larger role in endurance events because of the large accumulation of hydrogen ions and lack of pH. When taking beta-alanine supplements, results are typically recognized within one week of consumption. Beta-alanine supplementation increases muscle carnosine concentration by 20- 30% after two weeks, 40-60% after four weeks, and 80% by 10 weeks (Budguet 837). There has not been enough research to determine how long carnosine levels are raised after cessation of supplements. Ducker examined if beta-alanine supplementation could improve performance in male athletes running 800 meters around a track. After eighteen trained runners were chosen, the participants went three months without using any supplementation. They were well rested before each performance. A male participant ingested either 161.5 grams of beta alanine or a placebo for twenty-eight days (Ducker 555). Results proved beta-alanine had a significant impact on exercise performance. They improved their time on average 3.6 seconds better than the placebo participants (Ducker 555-557).
  • 102.
    Oral supplementation ofbeta-alanine was ingested by fifteen male athletes during a four week time frame. They supplemented orally with 4.8 grams a day of ether beta-alanine or a placebo (Derave 1). Isokinetic testing was done on the athletes to determine if the beta-alanine supplementation improved muscle carnosine concentration in the soleus and gastrocnemius. . Five rounds of thirty second knee extensions and a 400meter run was performed (Derave 1). Beta-alanine supplements increased carnosine content by forty seven percent in the soleus and thirty seven percent in the gastrocnemius during forty five percent maximal voluntary knee contractions (Derave 1). Beta-alanine supplements did not increase muscle carnosine in endurance athletes who ran a 400 meter race. There was no effect on performance when the placebo was taken. Beta-alanine enhances athletic performance in endurance athletes. It increases muscular power, strength, and endurance while simultaneously increases carnosine levels, which acts as a buffer to reduce acidity in muscles. Therefore, when pH levels are balanced, muscles become less fatigued and performance improves. Reference Baguet, A., Reyngoudt, H., Pottier, A., Everaert, I., Callens, S., Achten, E., & Derave, W. (2009). Carnosine loading and washout in human skeletal muscles. Journal of Applied Physiology, 106(3), 837–842. Baquet, Audrey, et al. beta-alanine supplementation reduces acidosis but not oxygen uptake response during high-intensity cycling exercise. European Journal Of Applied Physiology 108.3 (2010): 495-503. Culbertson, Julie Y., et al. Effects of beta-alanine on muscle carnosine and exercise performance: A Review Of the Current Literature.” Nutrients 2.1 (2010) 75-97. Food Science Source. Web 4 Nov. 2015 Ducker, Kajan J, Brian Dawson, and Karen E Wallman. Effect of beta-alanine supplementation on 800-M unning performance. International Journal Of Sport Nutrition And Exercise Metabolism 23.6 (2013): 554-561.
  • 103.
    Gross, Micah, etal. Effects of beta-alanine supplementation and interval training on physiological determinants of severe exercise performance.” European Journal Of Applied Physiology 114.2 (2014): 221-234. MEDLINE with Full Text. Web. 3 Nov. 2015 Harris, R.C.; Tallon, M.J.; Dunnett, M.; Boobis, L.; Coakley, J.; Kim, H.J.; Fallowfield, J.L.; Hill, C.A.; Sale, C.; Wise, J.A. The absorption of orally supplied beta-alanine and its effect on muscle carnosine synthesis in human vastus lateralis. Amino Acids 2006, 30, 279-289. Kresta Julie Y., et al. Efects of 28 days of beta-alanine and creatine monohydrate supplementation on muscle carnosine, body composition and exercise performance in recreationally active females.” Journal of The International Society Of Sports Nutrition 9. Suppl 1 (2012): 1-2. Food Science Source. Web. 22 Nov. 2015. Smith, Abbie E, et al. The effects of beta-alanne supplementation and high-intensity interval training on neuromusclular fatige and muscle function, European Journal Of Applied Physiology 105.3 (2009): 357-363. MEDLINE with Full Text. Web. 22 Nov. 2015. Sradley, Brandon D., Ingesting a pre-workout supplement containing caffeine, B vitamins, amino acids, creatie, and beta-alanine before exercise delays fatigue while improving reaction time and muscular endurance. (2012). Nutrition & Metabolism, 9(1) 28-36. Doi:10.1186/1743-7075-9-28 Wim Derave, MahirS. Özdemir, RogerC. Harris, Andries Pottier, Harmen Reyngoudt, Katrien Koppo, John A. Wise, Eric AchtenJournal of Applied Physiology Published 1 November 2007 Vol. 103 no. 5, 1736-1743 DOI: 10.1152/japplphysiol.00397.2007
  • 104.
    BETA-ALANINE’S EFFECT ONENDURANCE ATHLETES INTRODUCTION Beta-alanine has a positive effect on the overall athletic performance in endurance athletes. It is a non- essential amino acid that affects the muscles in the body, which can result in improving lean muscle mass, longer exercise duration, and enhanced physical functioning. It is a component of an important dipeptide that influences performance in athletes. Beta-alanine is a Carnosine stored in muscles and brain tissue and can be found in type I and type II muscle fibers. There is a higher concentration of carnosine in type II muscle fibers, which are fast twitch fibers that contract rapidly for short burst of energy. These types of fibers fatigue quickly and, therefore, require carnosine for improved anaerobic exercise performance (1). The intramuscular acidosis is known to be the main cause of fatigue during intense exercises (2). Beta- alanine increases muscle carnosine levels, which acts like a buffer to reduce acidity in active muscles, during high intensity exercises (1). A balanced pH helps improve lactate acid build up enhancing overall performance. Beta-alanine affects lactate threshold in endurance athletes who have a challenging time maintaining acid- base balance. Beta-alanine decreases acidosis and influences uptake kinetics during high intensity exercise (3). Exercising causes the muscle pH to decrease due to the accumulation of hydrogen ions and when pH levels in the muscle are low they become more acidic and produce lactic acid. When lactate acid becomes unbalanced, muscles in the body slow down and become weak. Beta-alanine was discovered over one hundred years ago and is also referred to as 3-aminopropionic acids. Taking place in the liver, pyrimidine nucleotides break down into uracil and thymine, which then is metabolized into beta alanine. Although beta-alanine is naturally produced in the body, it can be found in outside sources. Beta-alanine can be ingested through animal proteins or can be found in pre-workout supplements.
  • 105.
    When taking beta-alaninesupplements, results are typically recognized within one week of consumption. Supplementing dietary intake with 4 to 6.4 g/day of beta alanine has shown an increase in muscle carnosine concentration by 20-30% after two weeks, 40-60% after four weeks, and 80% by 10 weeks (3). There has not been enough research to determine how long carnosine levels are raised after cessation of supplements. Spradley examined if beta-alanine supplementation could improve performance in endurance athletes. Aerobic capacity, one rep maximum, reaction familiarization, and intermittent critical velocity familiarization were tested (4). Results proved that ingesting beta-alanine improves agility, reaction time, muscular endurance, energy, and fatigue (4). OBJECTIVE The objective of this study was to determine if a pre workout smoothie with the addition of beta alanine could be just as desirable as a smoothie without beta alanine by distinguishing the color, pH, and consistency, and preference. MATERIALS AND METHODS Three different variations of smoothies were made in order to determine the difference in flavor, consistency, color, and pH. For variation one, a regular smoothie was made without the addition of any supplementation. For this variation one cup of almond milk, three frozen bananas, 6 tbsp. of peanut butter, and 2 tsp. of coco powder were combined in a blender. All the ingredients were mixed until a smooth consistency was reached. When the desired consistency was reached the smoothie was poured into 16 individual custard cups. The cups were labeled with a number (575) to keep the tester unbiased. All cups were placed in the refrigerator to chill until they were ready to be tasted. The remaining smoothie was poured into a measuring cup. Using a colorimeter the color of the smoothie was tested. The pH meter was used to determine the acidity of the smoothie. The Brookfield viscometer was used next to determine the viscosity. The second variation followed the exact same procedure as above. The only difference was the addition of two grams of beta alanine to the smoothie and the cup was labeled a
  • 106.
    different number (759).The third variation followed the exact same procedure as above but the difference was twelve grams of beta alanine and the cup was labeled a different number (387). Once the smoothies were ready to be tasted they were pulled out of the fridge and evaluated based preference. After all participants tested the product they provided feedback and the data was recorded. The statistics were generated using excel for the analysis. RESULTS Table 1 Effect of Beta Alanine on Smoothie color, pH, viscosity, and preference Treatment Day L* A* B* pH Viscosity (Brookfield spindle 2) Preferred 1 1 64.0(+/- 0.4) 6.6(+/- 0.5) 11.4(+/- 0.6) 5.69(+/ -0.9) 27(+/-0.0) 1.5 2 1 63.5(+/- 0.1) 6.9(+/- 0.7) 12(+/- 0.8) 5.59(+/ -1.0) 42(+/-0.0) 1.8 3 1 65.5(+/- 0.7) 5.7(+/- 0.4) 11.4(+/- 0.4 5.60(+/ -0.2) 18(+/-0.0) 2.3 1 2 63.2(+/- 0.7) 64.8 (+/- 0.3) 10.8 (+/- 0.2) 5.34(+/ -0.7) 31(+/-0.0) 2.7 2 2 62.4(+/- 0.3) 6.8(+/- 0.8) 11.2(+/- 0.6) 5.80(+/- 0.9) 38(+/-0.0) 1.7 3 2 63.1(+/- 0.6) 6.4(+/- 0.2) 10.9(+/- 0.2) 5.72(+/ -0.4) 22(+/-0.0) 2.1 1 3 66.2(+/- 0.2) 7.0(+/- 0.7) 11.7(+/- 0.9) 5.10(+/ -0.9) 34(+/-0.0) 3.1 2 3 64.0(+/- 0.8) 6.8(+/- 0.4) 11.9(+/- 0.6) 5.86(+/ -0.7) 41(+/-0.0) 2.6 3 3 63.5(+/- 0.4) 6.2(+/- 0.3) 10.9(+/- 0.2) 6.23(+/ -0.9) 30(+/-0.0) 1.3
  • 107.
    Note: Averages fromthe colorimeter, pH meter, and Brookfield viscometer taken on three different days. Data was based on observation of three different types of smoothies. Treatment one was a chocolate peanut butter banana smoothie, variation two was a chocolate peanut butter banana smoothie with 6 grams of beta alanine, and variation 3 was a chocolate peanut butter banana smoothie with 12 grams of beta alanine DISCUSION The results taken did not detect substantial differences between the three smoothies. Each smoothie contained the same ingredients with varying amounts of beta alanine. Based on the colorimeter all smoothies were relatively similar. All three smoothies were dark in color, which is supported by the data. Both the a* and b* values fell closer towards the middle of the color chart showing that they are brown which in this experiment was the case. There was not a significant difference in the pH values. There were different values for each treatment. These results were not expected. It was thought that there was going to be an alteration in pH between the smoothies since beta alanine is considered an amino acid. Although the results do not show a change in pH the amino acid does however work as a buffer inside the body. It helps maintain pH in extra cellular fluid outside the body and intracellular fluid inside the cell by absorbing hydrogen ions. An ideal pH range keeps muscles forcibly contracting for a longer duration of time. The results taken from the Brookfield viscometer were inconclusive. The same spindle size was used for each treatment, however they were all different results. Based on the data it is not clear which smoothie had a higher or lower viscosity. The lack of supporting evidence could be a result of human error. Standard deviation was calculated using excel. Results had a low standard deviation and were close to the expected values as indicated by table 1. Based on which smoothies were preferred results only varied slightly. Preference was measured on a scale of 1 to 3, with one being the most preferred in flavor. There was not enough significant evidence to declare one smoothie of having a better flavor than the other. COLCLUSION
  • 108.
    The addition ofbeta alanine did not have a considerable difference in color, pH, consistency, or preference. All results were relatively similar according to the data that was collected. If deciding which smoothie to drink athletes should choose the smoothie that contained the maximum amount of beta alanine supplementation for improved athletic performance. LITERATURE CITED/REFERENCES 1. Culbertson, Julie Y., et al. Effects of beta-alanine on muscle carnosine and exercise performance: A Review Of the Current Literature.” Nutrients 2.1 (2010) 75-97. Food Science Source. Web 4 Nov. 2015 2. Gross, Micah, et al. Effects of beta-alanine supplementation and interval training on physiological determinants of severe exercise performance.” European Journal Of Applied Physiology 114.2 (2014): 221-234. MEDLINE with Full Text. Web. 3 Nov. 2015 3. Baquet, Audrey, et al. beta-alanine supplementation reduces acidosis but not oxygen uptake response during high-intensity cycling exercise. European Journal Of Applied Physiology 108.3 (2010): 495-503. 4. Sradley, Brandon D., Ingesting a pre-workout supplement containing caffeine, B vitamins, amino acids, creatine, and beta-alanine before exercise delays fatigue while improving reaction time and muscular endurance. (2012). Nutrition & Metabolism, 9(1) 28-36. Doi:10.1186/1743-7075-9-28
  • 109.
    Nutrition 3300 Executive Summary Childobesity is a major health problem in the United States. Studies show that one in three children in the United States are overweight. “In the last 30 years the rate of childhood obesity has increased considerably, almost tripling for children aged 6-11 years”(Calbom 5). Being obese can cause serious problems and it is very sad to see young children go through health related issues. Being overweight is a serious issue. It can cause high cholesterol, high blood pressure, early heart disease, diabetes, skin conditions, and bone problems. Overweight children are also more likely to experience death at a younger age. It is expected that today’s generation of children will die at an earlier age than their parents. Because of this major issue we have all agreed to create a menu plan for Athens Middle School. We chose this institution because of it’s location. Athens Middle School is located within the poorest county of Ohio. We are very Interested in researching and improving breakfast meals within local schools. Also hope to expand the awareness of healthy foods available across the schools in the area. Our main focus is going to be aimed more towards kids within the ages of six through fourteen. We think focusing on the middle school is more important than the high school or other local establishments because this is the age where kids develop and keep most of their behavioral and eating habits. Therefore, if we are able to improve and have an influence on them at this age then they could carry their habits into the future and even into their households. By doing this, we would help them avoid early onset diabetes, chronic diseases, and other bad nutrition habits. Healthy breakfast leads to many benefits in a child’s life. Healthy lifestyle, better attitude, reduced risk of chronic diseases, reduced risk of childhood obesity and diabetes. For this
  • 110.
    reason we havedecided to incorporate breakfast into the menu plan. We will be creating a breakfast and lunch menu for 444 people per day, which averages to 4,440 meals per week. This menu will will contain more organic fruits, vegetables, any other organic or more beneficial healthy food available within the local area. There are local farms within the area that we will research and contact about their prices or deals that they would be willing to hypothetically give to the middle school. By using local organic produce and food from nearby farms, it can result in healthier diets for the children and show the parents that there is a local place where they can purchase healthy foods for a reasonable price. We will also begin to look at restaurant food services that are changing their menus and recipes to better accommodate healthy living. Starbucks recently adjusted their menu to eliminate all trans fat from their menu. Also, McDonalds gave their kids menu a make over a few years ago by cutting french fry portions, adding fruit and offering 1% milk in place of soda. Athens Middle School has vending machines offering soda and snacks for the kids. If we eliminate these vending machines and use that money towards the breakfast and lunch menu’s, we could potentially offer the kids more nutritious foods with their meals. Menu cycle design Child obesity is becoming a problem for low income families in rural areas. Being overweight is a serious issue. It can cause high cholesterol, high blood pressure, early heart disease, diabetes, skin conditions, and bone problems. Because of this major issue we all agreed to create a menu plan for Athens Middle School. We chose this institution because of it’s location. Athens Middle School is located within the poorest county of Ohio. We realize that children are going to require meals that are simple yet tasteful. Children are picky and like a limited amount of vegetables. We came up with a variety of cheap, tasty, healthy recipes.
  • 111.
    Healthy breakfast leadsto many benefits in a child’s life. A healthy lifestyle, better attitude, reduced risk of chronic diseases, reduced risk of childhood obesity, and a reduced risk of diabetes. For this reason, we have decided to incorporate breakfast into the menu plan. We are also doing a lunch menu as well as an after school snack. We chose to include an afternoon snack because we do not know if low income families are able to afford to feed their children at home. Because of the possibility that children are not being fed dinner we wanted to make sure that we send them home with a snack to conquer some of their appetite. We created a breakfast, lunch, and after school snack menu for 391 children per day, which averages to 5,865 meals per week. We called Athens Middle School and talked to the principal who informed us that there are 391 students. Of those students, about fifty percent ate lunch at school each day. Since fifty percent of the children eat lunch we chose to use .5 percent for the lunch period on our budget sheet. We then split the last .5 between breakfast and afternoon snack meals. We figure that since breakfast is a very important part of the day we would use .3 percent. Also, if children are not eating dinner at home they will be very hungry come breakfast time. The remaining .2 percent would be used for the snack being received once classes are released. With each meal being accounted for, it totalled to one hundred percent. We did have to scale the total sale to match our prices. The total sale is based off of 391 children, 36 feeding weeks, and a 5 day operational week. We will be feeding three meals a day for five days a week. We will not be feeding the children on the weekends as they will not be attending school on those two days. There are 36 weeks in a school year and we found this number by subtracting out the weeks students have off for winter and summer breaks. We ended with a total sale of 320,000 dollars. We thought that it would be a good idea to include a variety of different options for the children. Our options include vegetarian and allergy free recipes. Although, not a large portion of children are vegetarians, we thought that incorporating it into the menu was necessary. Many children do not pay attention to their allergies. Therefore, having an allergy free option is
  • 112.
    important. Due tothe budget, we chose to opt out of providing milk to the students. Yes, milk is an important beverage that children need to consume for bone health, however, it cuts a deep chunk into the budget. We are replacing milk with water because it is more financially possible given the schools funding. Also, it is acceptable to not include milk because the calcium that the children need can be found in the other food sources that the school is giving to them. We have included numerous recipes that contain calcium to make up for the amount lost. For example the consumption of yogurt and other dairy based meals will contain the calcium that these kids need. For breakfast, we are offering two main dishes with fruit and water. For our dairy product we decided to include yogurt, especially since we are getting rid of milk. For protein we are offering scrambled eggs, peanut butter, and sausage. Peanut butter is a great option for the students because it provides a great source of protein and healthy fats, monounsaturated and polyunsaturated. Highly saturated foods increase weight gain, which helps explain the predicament America is in with obese children and families. With monounsaturated and polyunsaturated fats in the diet, the child will be able to maintain their body weight and build a strong foundation for their cholesterol. For lunch, we are offering two different dishes. Most of the recipes used for the main dish include both a protein and a starch. We chose to include a lot of beans and rice into the lunch menu because they are healthy, filling, and financially affordable. Combining rice and beans will provide all nine essential amino acids that children need. Beans provide a great source of protein, fiber, iron, magnesium, potassium, zinc, folate, and vitamin B-6. They lower the risk of developing diabetes and cardiovascular disease because the fiber will help balance their blood sugar and lower their cholesterol if it is high (1). We have turkey/ham and cheese wraps with whole wheat tortillas. Whole wheat is less processed and contains more fiber and a wide array of vitamins and minerals that are beneficial to the body. Broccoli is the main and most popular vegetable that we are serving. This is because broccoli is one of the healthiest
  • 113.
    foods your bodyshould consume. It has a high density in nutrients and a high density in vitamins and minerals as well.. Throughout the research that we conducted during this project, we found multiple studies that showed a surprisingly high number of children who enjoyed eating broccoli. Along with the two dishes we will still provide fruit, vegetables, and water to all the children who are having lunch. If you have not already took a glance over our menu, we have incorporated grilled chicken sandwiches into it. Even though a majority of the younger children these days love chicken nuggets or any kind of fried chicken, grilled chicken is a better health benefit in numerous ways. This grilled chicken sandwich is a great source of vitamins, minerals, proteins and carbohydrates. Also, it is healthier than the fried chicken because when you grill chicken, you are required to use way less oil than you need in order to deep fry. Of course less oil means a lot fewer calories and fat in the end product. Also, by serving the students grilled chicken at this young of an age, they can quickly learn to enjoy and adapt to this lifestyle rather than the fried chicken nuggets they used to receive or still do when they are at home. Also, we made an alternative and decided to incorporate less amounts of regular french fries. Since everybody loves french fries, we knew sweet potato fries were a healthier adjustment to our menu. Sweet potato fries are healthier and more beneficial for people’s health because they contain more vitamin A, more potassium and more fiber than regular white potatoes. We thought that by making fruit and water available at every meal on every day that it would encourage the students to eat them while they are there because those resources might be limited to them when they are home. Some schools have bags of chips, soda’s, ice cream machines and other various snack deals that have no benefits to the children. Therefore, we decided to eliminate those options from our menu and add in the extra vitamins and minerals these children need to grow and get through their day. Also, by replacing the unnecessary fatty foods and replacing them with heart healthy and beneficial foods, the students might learn
  • 114.
    something and bringthe knowledge home to their family and progressively show their householder how to live a healthier life. Overall, we enjoyed conducting all this research throughout the project. There were times where it became difficult but we found ways to figure it out and learned information we didn’t know before. Recipies 40 different recipes created on computer software not attached. Menu Design    
  • 115.
  • 116.
    Nutrition 3100 EAL Question#1 What is the evidence that interventions targeting only parents may contribute to the effective treatment of childhood obesity in children ages 6-12 • There is limited evidence to support the belief that targeting only parents will decrease obesity in children aged 6-12. • There were 3 studies that were done to see if it is possible to exclusively target parents for intervention to treat obesity in their children • Epstein LH, Gordy CC et al 2001 • study was designed to test different diet interventions among obese adults. • study on the weight of the children was also gathered • Found that one year after treatment children of parents in one treatment group improved weight status slightly, while children of parents in the other diet treatment group did not decrease percent overweight by a statistically significant amount • Golan, Weizman, et al 1998 • study of 60 children comparing weight loss interventions for children focusing only on parents versus focusing only on the child • parents in the parent-only group were provided training to act as a change agent in their child’s weight management. • finding were that a significant treatment effect between the parent-only and child-only and child-only intervention groups at post-treatment, one year, and two years • all differences between groups significant at p<.05 or less • Golan and Crow 2004 • study extended Golan, Weizman, et al 1998 • at 7 years, parent-only and child-only groups decreased percent, but children in the parent-only treatment group had a significantly greater decrease in percent overweight • Conclusion • There is weak evidence that targeting only parents can bring out some positive change in managing childhood obesity in children 6-12 • However • The nature of parent intervention makes a difference • it is unclear to what degree parent-focused interventions affect longer term outcomes EAL Question #2 What is the relationship between the availability of retail food stores and childhood obesity and overweight?
  • 117.
    Registered  Dietitians  must  take  into  consideration  a  patient’s  built  environment  to   effectively  assess,  diagnose,  intervene,  monitor  and  evaluate  their  nutrition  related   problem.    The  built  environment,  which  includes  neighborhood  safety,  physical  activity   resources,  and  residential  density,  is  especially  important  when  working  with  an  obese  or   overweight  child.  The  availability  of  retail  food  stores  is  related  to  childhood  obesity  and   overweight.     After  performing  and  analyzing  3  separate  studies  on  the  issue,  it  was  concluded   that  there  is  a  decreased  risk  of  childhood  obesity  and  overweight  when  large  chain   supermarkets  are  easily  accessible.  The  studies  measured  the  density  of  and  proximity  to   chain  supermarkets,  retail  stores  and  convenience  stores.  A  total  of  87,329  subjects   participated  in  the  studies  ranging  in  age  from  2  to  18.  One  study  found  that  the  closer   children  were  to  large  brand  name  supermarkets,  the  lower  their  risk  for  obesity  in  low   population  density  areas.   One  large  nationally  representative  study  with  a  sample  size  of  73,079  adolescents   found  the  density  of  chain  supermarkets  decreased  BMI  status.  It  was  estimated  that  one   chain  supermarket  per  10,000  people  would  reduce  BMI  rates  by  0.11,  and  it  was  even   higher  for  African  Americans;  however,  the  same  effect  was  not  found  in  early  school  aged   children.    The  same  study  found  that  an  additional  convenience  store  per  10,000  people   increased  BMI  by  0.03  and  0.15%  increase  in  overweight.    A  different  study  examining   early  school  aged  children  concluded  density  of  convenience  stores  had  no  effect  on  BMI. The  conclusion  that  children  have  a  decreased  risk  of  obesity  and  overweight  when   they  have  accessibility  to  large  chain  supermarkets  reflects  the  dietary  choices  being   made.    When  children  and  their  families  shop  at  supermarkets  they  are  able  to  purchase   fresh  produce  and  healthier  food  options.    On  the  other  hand  when  access  to  large   supermarkets  is  limited  people  tend  to  eat  more  fast  food  and  high  caloric  snacks.  The   finding  that  the  addition  of  convenience  stores  will  increase  BMI  also  reflects  the  types  of   food  sold  at  these  type  of  stores,  sugary,  high  fat  snacks.    When  children  have  access  to   chain  supermarkets  the  quality  of  food  they  consume  tends  to  be  healthier  and  relates  to  a   decreased  risk  of  childhood  obesity  and  overweight. EAL Question 3 What is the effectiveness of using behavioral counseling as part of a multi component pediatric weight management program to treat childhood obesity? A Literature review was conducted in 2005 to assess this question: • 28 Peer reviewed Articles • Grade 1: Good Evidence to Support • Behavioral components as part of a multicomponent program are shown to result in significant results including a decrease in adiposity and improved weight status • All interventions occurred in clinical settings • Multiple study designs all show significant improvements when treatment includes a behavioral intervention despite different behavioral components and research designs • Randomized controlled studies (7) • Behavioral counseling intervention vs control group (8) • Behavioral component group vs control group (6)
  • 118.
    • Three commontheories in the articles reviewed: • Social Learning Theory • Albert Bandura’s theory to explain learning through observation, imitation and cognitions applied to observations (vicarious learning) • Social Action Theory • Max Weber - Social structure shapes behavior • Social Cognition Theory • Theory of personality that focuses on cognition and learning cues from the environment • Bandura’s Reciprocal Determinism • Personality develops partly through observation of others • Behavior shaped by social interactions and environment • Individuals shape environment through their behavior and cognitions • Common Behavioral techniques seen across multiple studies • Self-monitoring of diet and physical activity • Cue elimination • Stimulus control • Goal setting • Action planning • Modeling • Limit Setting The above techniques may have various effects on the outcome of individual studies but can not be determined because in most studies multiple techniques were used in tandem and a causal relationship can not be isolated. However, the following three studies include an additional component that can be evaluated. • Behavioral Intervention with Problem Solving Component • Graves, Meyers, et al (1988) • Incorporated several behavioral techniques including self monitoring, stimulus control, and cognitive restructuring • Addition of a problem solving component increased initial weight loss and improved maintenance of behavioral modifications 3 to 6 months later • Epstein & Paluch (2000) • Unlike Graves & Meyers, this study found no short term boost in initial weight loss • However after 24 months the children in the parent + child problem solving intervention group had lower BMI Z scores versus those in the control group or the child only problem solving group • Behavioral Intervention with Enhanced Child Involvement • Israel (1994) • Three variables: Behavior Intervention primarily for parents, Enhanced Child Involvement, and Control Group • No significant difference in outcomes between the parent focused training and the enhanced child training Another, important factor was who the target of intervention was as can be seen in the following examples: • Behavioral Intervention focused on Parents Only • Golan, Weizman, et al. (1998) • Parents-only group and Child-only group • Both groups had a decrease in the percentage of overweight participants
  • 119.
    • Intervention forparents-only group resulted in a greater reduction in percentage of overweight participants (14.6% versus 8.1%) • Golan & Crow (2004) • Long term effect of parents-only group versus child-only group indicates that 5 years post treatment parents-only group had a greater percentage of non-obese children (60% versus 31%) • Behavioral Intervention focused on Family Treatment • Flodmark, Ohlsson et al (1993) • Long term outcome was improved in the Family treatment group in comparison to the child only group • At 1 year follow up children whose families were part of the treatment group had a reduction of 16.8% in subscapular skinfold thickness • While children in the child alone group had an increase of 6.8% in subscapular skinfold thickness Additional differences are correlated with the length of treatment. Despite overlapping techniques the studies that had a longer duration of treatment had better outcomes. • Treatment Duration 3 to 6 months • Saelens, Sallis et al (2002) • Self-monitoring • Problem solving • Stimulus control • Follow up BMI greater than baseline • Epstein, Paluch et al (2000) • Self-monitoring • At follow up increase in baseline weight observed • Obarzanek, Kimm et al (2001) • Self-monitoring • Problem solving • No difference at follow up between control and intervention group • Israel (1994) • Self-monitoring • Cognitive restructuring • Post treatment weight gain • Treatment Duration 6 months to 1 year • Golan, Weizman et al (1998) • Self-monitoring • Problem solving • Stimulus control • Cognitive restructuring • 1 year post treatment both treatment groups had a decrease in percentage of overweight participants (14% & 8%) • Golan & Crow (2004) • Self-monitoring • Problem solving
  • 120.
    • Stimulus control •Cognitive restructuring • Five years post treatment both groups maintained a reduction in the mean of overweight percentage (60% & 31%) • Treatment Duration 1 to 2 years • Flodmark, Ohlsson et al (1993) • Self-monitoring • Stimulus control • Cognitive restructuring • Parents-only group 16.8% reduction in subscapular skinfold thickness Question 4 Provide common nutrition diagnoses and related interventions for overweight and obesity. Common Nutrition Diagnosis: NI 1.5 Excessive energy intake NI 2.2 Excessive oral food/beverage intake NI 5.5.2 Excessive fat intake NI 5.8.2 Excessive intake of carbohydrates NB 1.1 Food, nutrition and nutrition related knowledge deficit NB 1.4 Self-monitoring deficit NB 2.1 Physical inactivity NB 1.5 Disordered eating pattern NB 1.6 Limited adherence to nutrition related recommendations NB 1.3 Not ready for diet/lifestyle change NC 2.2 Altered Nutrition related lab values NC 3.3 Overweight/Obesity NC 3.4 Unintended weight gain NI 1.6 Predicted excess energy intake NI 4.3 Excessive alcohol intake Nutrition Diagnosis, with Interventions: 1. Excessive energy intake and obesity (NI-1.5, NC 3.3) related to preference for fast food and lack of value for behavior change as evidenced by physical assessment (constipation), BMI (31.9 class 1), clinical manifestations of Metabolic Syndrome and altered lab values (elevated BP, cholesterol, LDL, triglycerides, blood sugar, and low HDL). a. Diet modification- Very low calorie diet (VLCD)- 〜 500kcal and 100g protein with multi vitamin mineral supplement a day for 16 weeks. i. Self monitor- record amount and type of food eaten for each meal, describe physical activity, and journal feelings and settings. 2. Risk for limited adherence to nutritional related recommendations (NB-1.6) related to 24 hour food recall, subjective statements, comments/questions directed at surgery, medical history, and previous diet trial. a. Behavior therapy/modification and cognitive restructuring- STRONG, Learn to control stimuli, set small, achievable goals b. Education and cognitive restructuring- Teach benefits of a healthy diet, and how to easily progress into sustaining long term habits. 3. Physical inactivity (NB-2.1) related to sedentary activity level as evidenced by joint pain.
  • 121.
    a. Increase physicalactivity: Suggest going to group fitness activities, promote walking and other active alternatives for transportation i. Goals/objective- Patient is to begin walking for at least 30 minutes each day for the next two weeks. Reassess patient compliance, increase activity when appropriate (progress to reach 60min/day). ii. Recommend physical therapist or exercise physiologist- Construct feasible/appropriate personal activity and fitness program to accommodate lifestyle. Provide flexibility and document progress. Question 5 Some resources that we feel are important for dietitians to utilize from the Nutrition Care Manual include: • Drug-Nutrient interaction • Medical Nutrition Therapy (MNT) • Nutrition Care Process (NCP) • Nutrition Interventions • Nutrition Screening • Nutrition Support • Calculators-REE/EEE • Client-diet--Weight Management • Nutrient list Drug-Nutrient interactions are defined as physical, chemical, physiological, or pathophysiological relations between a drug and a nutrient. This type of study is important within clinical dietetics. Dietitians need to utilize the resources provided based on drug-nutrient interactions to ensure safety of patients receiving treatment. Medical Nutrition Therapy (MNT) is a therapeutic approach to treating medical conditions and their associated symptoms via the use of specifically tailored diet, prescribed by a medical doctor, and registered dietitian. Nutrition Care Process (NCP) is the systematic approach to providing high quality nutrition care. Nutrition Interventions are designed purposefully to resolve or improve the nutrition diagnosis or nutrition problem by provision of advice, education, or delivery of the food component, of a specific diet or meal plan tailored to the patient’s needs. Nutrition support is an extremely important resource for dietitians. This type of treatment is useful for individuals who cannot get nutrients from eating or drinking.
  • 122.
    Nutrition screening isthe process of identifying patients at high nutritional risk so that more extensive nutrition assessment can be performed. Nutrition assessment is a more detailed evaluation and seeks to define the risk of developing nutrition-related medical complications. It can also be used to monitor the course of nutritional therapy. Thus, nutrition screening is a brief evaluation to identify a subset of people at high risk, whereas nutrition assessment is a more complex process applied to this subset to delineate further their nutrition status. The distinction between screening and assessment can be blurred, however. The ultimate goal of both of these activities is to identify factors in individuals that can be altered through nutritional support to improve outcome in the screened population. Because nutrition screening and assessment are inextricably linked, this overview addresses both of these processes. Nutrition screening may also influence case finding in clinical practice. For example, a history of recent weight loss and
  • 123.
    evidence of malnutritionalong with other signs and symptoms may prompt medical evaluation to search for possible causes, such as cancer or other conditions. The REE/EEE calculator is a convenient way to calculate the patient’s Rest Energy Expenditure and the Estimated Energy Expenditure. You just need to type in all the information, the result will come out, and it will tells which formulation was used. Dieticians can check the Nutrition Manual Calculators page to find out which formulation should be apply for each situation. And it gives you all the equations. On the Clients/diet page, you can see a list of diseases and disorders, if we choose weight management, it’ll give you some sample menus for each level of Kcal intake, up to 5 days. And there are meal planning tips and label reading tips that dieticians can show their patients. Also, it gives a list of recommended food and an example of one day’s menu.It may helpful when planning dietary menu for your patients. The nutrient list is also very useful. For example, if you check iron-content food, you will see a list of high iron containing food, with serving size. Snack Analysis Rationale: low fat diary, contains fiber and water for satiety, easy to prepare, requires minimal time, equipment and ingredients, low cost per serving, nutrient dense, Balsamic vinegar adds flavor without adding calories, low in added sugars, visual appealing variety of colors, low in calories Nutrient Analysis: Calories 72, Total fat - trace amount, cholesterol 1 mg, total carbohydrate 13g, Fiber 3 g, protein 5 g, sodium 103 mg, potassium 542 mg, 154 mg, iron 1 mg, zinc 1 mg, vitamin c 35 mg, vitamin A 9460 IU, Vitamin A (r.e.) 946 RE, vitamin B6 .1 mg, Vitamin B12 .3 mcg, Vitamin B 1 trace amount, Riboflavin .1 mg, Folacin 62 mcg, Niacin 1 mg Food Exchanges: ½ Non-Fat Milk, 1 1/2 vegetable PES statements Overweight/obesity (NC- 3.3) related to excessive energy intake and physical inactivity as evidenced by 24 hour food recall, undesirable food choices, BMI of 31.9 (Obese class I), self report of sedentary lifestyle due to joint pain, and presence of 4 out of 5 criteria for metabolic syndrome including elevated BP, low HDL cholesterol, elevated triglycerides and elevated blood sugar. Excessive fat intake (NI-5.5.2) related to preference for fast food and lack of value for behavior change as evidenced by 24 hour food recall, comments/questions directed at surgery and altered lab values including elevated cholesterol, elevated LDL, elevated triglycerides and low HDL.  
  • 124.
    Heading   Diabetes  Case  Study   A     S  (1  pt)                           O  (2  pt)   Patient  has  a  sedentary  lifestyle  due  to  occupation.  She  states,  “she  does  not  follow  any   strict  diet  except  for  not  adding  salt  and  tying  to  avoid  high  cholesterol  foods  and  high   sugary  desserts.”  She  has  diet  instructions  but  finds  them  to  be  confusing.  She  questions   her  ability  to  succeed  in  controlling  blood  sugars.  Current  blood  glucose  is  1524mg/dl.   She  suffers  from  type  II  diabetes  mellitus  and  has  been  prescribed  glyburide  and   metformin  but  comments  “she  does  not  take  medication  regularly.”  She  complains   about  being  lethargic  and  vomiting  and  mentions  “I  thought  it  was  food  poisoning,  but  it   kept  getting  worse.”  Used  to  smoke  1  ppd  for  20  years  and  has  quit  and  she  drinks  3-­‐4   alcoholic  beverages  a  week.  No  allergies  that  anyone  is  aware  of  at  this  time.           Patient  is  a  53-­‐year  old  Hispanic  female.  She  is  67  inches,  weighs  81.81kg,  and  has  a  BMI   of  28.3.  She  has  been  diagnosed  with  possible  acute  hyperglycemia.  She  has  a  medical   history  of  type  II  diabetes  mellitus  and  has  been  prescribed  glyburide  20mg  daily  and   metformin  500mg.  Her  father  had  HTN  and  CAD  and  her  mother  had  type  two  diabetes   mellitus.     Nutrient  analysis     Sugar  56.608  grams   46.1  %  fat  of  kcal   13.338g  fiber     2256.084  kcal     Lab  values     Blood  pressure  90/70   Glucose:  1524  mg/dl   BUN  31  mg/dl   HbA-­‐1C  %-­‐  15.2   Cholesterol:  205  mg/dl   HDL-­‐C:  45mg/dl   LDL-­‐C:  123  mg/dl   Urinalysis:  Protein:  10  mg/dL  Glucose:  +  Ketones:  +     TEE  Female=1,892.3125  (RMR  x  AF  1.3)           D   PES   #1       (4pts)           PES   Excessive  carbohydrate  intake  NI-­‐5.8.2  related  to  food  and  nutrition  compliance   limitations  from  lack  of  willingness  or  failure  to  modify  carbohydrate  intake  in  response   to  recommendations  from  a  dietitian  or  physician  as  evident  from  her  comment  about   the  diet  instructions  being  confusing,  high  carbohydrate  intake,  and  elevated  blood   glucose  levels  of  1524  mg/dl  on  admit  date  and  475  mg/dl  on  day  2.         Self-­‐Monitoring  Deficit  (NB-­‐1.4)  related  to  lack  of  focus  and  attention  to  detail  as  
  • 125.
    #2     (4pst)   evidence  by  her  comment  stating  that  she  does  not  follow  any  strict  diet  except  for  not   adding  salt  and  trying  to  avoid  high  cholesterol  with  lab  values  showing  glucose  levels  of   1525  mg/dl,  BUN  of  31  mg/dl,  and  sugar  of  56.608g  on  admit  date.           I   (4   pts)   Recommended  nutrition  education  and  nutrition  counseling  to  learn  how  to  watch  her   food  intake.  She  should  not  exceed  1,300  kcal/day.  She  needs  to  be  taught  the  exchange   system  and  how  to  count  her  carbohydrate  to  help  control  carbohydrate  intake  and   blood  glucose  levels.  Increase  fiber  intake  is  recommended.  Provide  client  with   handouts  with  explanations  of  diabetes  and  healthy  food  choices  that  will  keep  blood   levels  normal.                               Nutrient Intake Summary DM  Project                                       Client:  Sophia  Manchego  Age:  53  Height:  67in/170.18cm  Weight:  180ib/81.81kg     Initial  Food  Log/Date:   Average  Kcalorie  Intake   2256.084   Estimated  Kcalorie-­‐ Maintenance   1892.3125   Estimated  Kcalorie-­‐Weight   Loss   1392.3125     Source  of  Kcal   Initial  Food      Log  –  kcals.   %  of  Kcal.   Recommende d  %  of    Kcal   CHO   909.02   40.6%   45%  
  • 126.
    Pro   297.04   13.3%   30%   Fat   1032.003   46.1%   25%   Sat  Fat     313.83   30.4%   5%    MUSFA     264.573   25.6%   15%      PUFA     186.957   18.1%   10%   Sugar,   GRAMS  total   56.608(grams )   12%   25  (grams)   Nutrient     Initial  -­‐  Intake   Recommended  Intake   Protein  (g)     74.260   134.643   Calcium  (mg)     441.319   12000   Iron  (mg)     7.853   8.000   Vitamin  C  (mg)     21.590   75.000   Vitamin  A  RE     432.985   1000   EXCHANGES   Patient  Intake   Recommended  Exchange   Pattern  
  • 127.
    Bread/Starch   Exchanges     9.50   4.0   *Fruit  Exchanges     0   4.0   *Meat-­‐MF   Exchanges   2.00   3.0   *Milk-­‐Low  Fat   Exchanges   0   3.0   *Vegetable   Exchanges   3.50   5.0     *Other  CHO     4.50   2.0   Dietary  Fiber   13.338   21.000   Soluble  Fiber   0   20    
  • 128.
    Heading   Renal  Disease  Case  Study   A     S  (1  pt)                               O  (2  pt)   Patient  has  a  sedentary  lifestyle  due  to  occupation.  He  suffers  from  stage  3  chronic  renal   disease.  He  is  requesting  on  self-­‐administered  continuous  ambulatory  peritoneal  dialysis   because  of  his  occupation  and  personal  everyday  tasks.    He  states,  “I  am  here  to  have  a   catheter  paced  so  I  can  start  CAPD”.  He  has  been  admitted  for  insertion  of  Pd  catheter   and  plans  to  use  the  cycler  at  night.  Reports  having  warm  and  dry  skin.  Patient  states   that  he  has  noticed  his  appetite  has  not  been  as  good  lately”.  Describes  mild  nausea,  but   no  vomiting.  Relates  that  food  has  a  bad  taste.  No  allergies  that  anyone  is  aware  of  at   this  time.           Patient  is  49-­‐years  old  African  American  male.  He  is  66  inches,  weights  77.1kg,  and  has  a   BMI  of  23.  He  has  been  diagnosed  with  stage  3  chronic  renal  disease.  He  has  been   previously  treated  with  hemodialysis.  He  had  surgery  in  2000  to  repair  umbilical  kidney.   He  has  a  medical  history  of  membranoproliferative  glomerulonephritis,  dyslipidemia,   anemia  of  chronic  kidney  disease,  dyslipidemia,  and  HTN.  He  has  been  prescribed   Procardia,  carvedilol,  catapres,  cellCept,  fish  oil,  Lasix,  prednisone,  and  calcitriol.  His   father  had  lung  cancer  and  his  mother  had  cervical  cancer.         Nutrient  analysis     2044.841  Kcal   Protein  79.521g   Fluid  1182.96cc   Potassium  3133.326   Phosphorus  781.248mg   Fiber  18.412g     Lab  values     Protein,  total  (g/dl)  5.8   BUN  (mg/dl)  124   Hemoglobin  (Hgb,  g/dl)  6.6   Creatinine  serum  (mg/dl)  6.8   Phosphate,  inorganic  (mg/dL)  11.9   BP  161/92   Calcium  (mg/dL)  8.3   RBC  2.33   Hematocrit  (Hct,  %)  19   Sodium  (mEql)  130       TEE=2,054.52  (RMR  x  AF  1.3)       D   PES   #1     Excessive  protein  intake  NI-­‐5.7.2  related  to  altered  laboratory  values  as  evident  by  high   protein  intake,  increased  BUN  124  mg/dl,  blood  pressure  161/92,  hemoglobin  6.6  g/dl,  
  • 129.
      (4pts)         PES   #2     (4pst)   hematocrit  19%,  and  creatinine  serum  of  6.8  mg/dl  on  admit  date.         Excessive  mineral  intake  (NI-­‐5.10.1)  related  to  altered  laboratory  values  as  evident  by   high  levels  of  potassium  3133.326,  phosphorus  781.248mg,  and  calcium  8.3  mg/dl  on   admit  date               I   (4   pts)   Nutrition  prescription  (NP-­‐1.1)       Recommend  nutrition  education  and  nutrition  counseling  to  train  a  patient  in  skills   needed  to  manage  or  modify  food  for  improved  health.  Nutritional  intervention   recommended  by  self  monitoring,  record  review,  and  education  as  a  result  of  adjusting   patient’s  intake  of  protein,  fluid,  phosphorous,  potassium,  label  reading,  and   interpretation.  Handouts  can  be  provided  to  client  with  explanations  of  healthy  food   options  for  renal  disease.       I(M/E)   (.5   pt)   Electrolyte  and  Renal  Profile  (BD-­‐1.2)     Patient/client  BUN  124  mg/dl,  phosphate  11.9  mg/dl,  calcium  8.3  mg/dl,  and  creatinine   serum  6.8  mg/dl  are  all  over  the  expected  range.  He  needs  to  gain  knowledge  on  foods   that  he  can  eat  that  will  benefit  him  as  well  as  foods  that  he  should  limit.  Recommend   frequent  visits  with  a  dietician  to  evaluate  and  monitor  progress.    During  visits  he  should   be  taught  how  to  self  monitor  his  own  intake.             Signature    
  • 130.
    Nutrition 4100 Medical RecordNote Scores are listed in the left column. Heading Pulmonary Case Study ADIME Note A (3 pts) S Patient’s parents states: Have not had a formal diet instruction with the RDN “We restrict most of the fat in his diet because it gives him diarrhea and make his stool “really stink.” That can’t be good for him.” “A lot of times we don’t know what to feed him. But we feel good about the fact that at least he is getting enough calories.” Patient states: “I have been having alot of cramps lately” “I usually have really bad diarrhea in the afternoon at school” “I only urinate a lot if I drink a lot” O 10yo, M, Height: 131.0cm, Weight: 22.75kg, BMI: 13.5 Family hx: Has sister who died shortly after birth with CF. Dx: Cystic Fibrosis, Upper respiratory tract infection At Home Medications: Pancrease, 4 caps with meals; 1 cap with snacks; Bronchodilators with respiratory treatments. Timing of Pancrease=6am, 11:30am (by school nurse), 3:30pm, 6:30pm. In the Hospital (physician orders): Pancrease, 4 caps with meals; 1 cap with snacks; Bronchodilators with respiratory treatments. Tobramycin administered via IV. Tylenol PRN po. Diet recall: Est kcal: 1,048 Est fat: 6g or 6% TEE: 2,022.85 kcal DER: est. 2,200kcal REE: 1,011.425kcal Physical: Clubbing of fingers & toes, extremely thin & pale, oral tissues intact, free of excoriation, flatus passed while in the room- very foul smelling, appropriate skin turgor, and active activity level. Lab Values Serum Albumin = 2.3 g/dL Serum Magnesium = 1.4 mEq/L HbA1C = 7.1% Transferrin = 190 mg/dL Prealbumin = 8mg/dL Urinalysis = glucose (negative) protein (negative) others are within normal limits
  • 131.
    Coefficient of FatAbsorption= 0.85 FEV1= 75% D   Dx: ____points   Dx: ____points   Dx: ____points A (Each PES statement is worth 4 points) Inadequate fat intake (NI-5.51) related to food- and nutrition-related knowledge deficit concerning appropriate amount of dietary fat as evidenced by parents stating “We restrict most of the fat in his diet because it gives him diarrhea and make his stool “really stink.” That can’t be good for him.” as diet recall shows 6% of kcal was from fat when AMDR shows 20-35% should come from fat intake. Inadequate energy intake (NI-1.2) related to pathological / physiological causes that result in increased energy requirements as evidenced by diet recall indicating 1,048kcal intake while cystic fibrosis TEE is 2,094kcal. Food- and Nutrition-Related Knowledge Deficit (NB-1.1) related to lack of prior nutrition-related education as evidenced by no prior formal diet instruction on how to apply food and nutrition related information to conditions related to cystic fibrosis due to lack of nutrition knowledge diet recall indicating 1,048kcal while cystic fibrosis TEE indicates a kcal need of 2,022.85kcal. Impaired Nutrition Utilization (NC-2.1) related to compromised endocrine functions such as the liver and pancreas, as evidenced by malabsorption of fat and protein as shown in lab values by low production of prealbumin of 8mg/dL, serum albumin of 2.3 g/d, and low absorption of serum magnesium 1.4 mEq/L. I (M/E)   I: ____points   M/E: ____points P   Interven- tion: 6.5 pts   M/E; 2.5 pts) Increased energy diet (ND 1.2.2.1) recommended 2, 100kcal to compensate for elevated resting energy expenditure, malabsorption, and insulin insufficiency. Nutrition relationship to health/diseases (E-1.4), to ensure patient is consuming high calorie, fat, and sodium foods, along with making sure to obtain an appropriate amount of carbohydrates for cystic fibrosis patients. Nutrition  Education  (E) • Ensure  parents  and  patient  understand  dietary  requirements  related   to  cystic  fibrosis   • Priority  modifications  are  to  ensure  parents  understand  their  child   needs  to  increase  fat  intake  due  to  his  elevated  resting  energy   expenditure  and  the  importance  of  meeting  his  recommended  DER   • Explain  how  nutrition  related  to  cystic  fibrosis     • Recommend  high  fat  foods  and  increasing  calories  by  making  simple   adjustments:  drinking  whole  milk,  consuming  full  fat  foods,  adding  full   fat  spreads   Goal Setting (C-2.2) 1. Provide nutrition education on cystic fibrosis diet to improve overall health of patient 2. Provide examples of foods high in healthy fats for patient Self-Monitoring (C-2.3) Monitor total energy intake (FH 1.1.1.1) Monitor total fat intake (FH 1.5.1.1) Signature- 1pt   Writing Style Overall impression of the note. Writing style, neatness  
  • 132.
  • 133.
  • 134.
  • 135.
    Management 2000   Chapter  1   • Organizations   -­‐recall  and  understand  the  definition  of  an  organization  and  the  various  types  of   organizations   • Management   -­‐recall  and  understand  the  definition  of  management   • Efficiency  and  Effectiveness   -­‐remember  and  understand  the  differences  between  effectiveness  and  efficiency,   recognize  examples  of  each  as  they  apply  to  a  manager’s  job   • Types  of  Managers   -­‐recall  and  understand  the  different  levels  of  management  (top,  middle,  first-­‐line)  and   types  of  managers  (functional  vs.  general),  be  able  to  recognize  examples  of  each   • Management  Functions   -­‐be  able  to  define  and  recognize  examples  each  of  the  four  functions  of  management     • Managerial  Roles   -­‐be  able  to  describe  the  types  of  managerial  roles  and  recognize  examples  of  each  of  10   roles.   • Management  Skills   -­‐remember  and  understand  the  three  management  skills  (conceptual,  technical  and   human)   Chapter  3   • Internal  Stakeholders   -­‐recall  the  three  internal  stakeholders  and  understand  the  role  of  the  board  of  directors   • Environmental  Forces  (PEST)   -­‐  identify  the  forces  in  an  organization’s  environment  and  recognize  how  those  forces  may   impact  on  an  organization’s  strategy   • General/Task  Environment   -­‐in  addition  to  the  environmental  forces  above,  be  able  to  describe  the  various   stakeholders  in  the  organization’s  task  environment   • Ethics   -­‐define  ethics  and  values   • Ethical  Dilemmas   -­‐define  four  approaches  to  solving  ethical  dilemmas  and  recognize  how  these  approaches   might  produce  different  ethical  decisions        
  • 136.
    Chapter  4   •Globalization   -­‐recall  the  definition  of  globalization  and  the  global  village   • Management  Attitudes  Towards  Cultural  Differences   -­‐define  and  understand  the  differences  between  ethnocentric,  polycentric,  and  geocentric   managers,    recall  the  definition  of  culture  shock,  recognize  the  differences  between  high   and  low  context  cultures   • Strategies  for  international  growth   -­‐describe  the  various  strategies  that  an  organization  might  pursue  in  order  in  order  to   increase  their  operations  internationally   • Free  Trade/Barriers  to  Free  Trade   -­‐understand  how  free  trade  agreements  like  NAFTA  and  GATT  have  increased   opportunities  for  international  trade   • National  Culture/Globe  Project   -­‐define  those  dimensions  on  which  cultures  vary  and  understand  how  cultural  differences   may  impact  managers  and  organizations     Chapter  6   • SWOT  analysis   -­‐recognize  examples  and  describe  the  four  elements  of  a  SWOT  analysis   • Grand  strategies   -­‐describe  the  three  grand  strategies,  recognized  examples  of  these  strategies   • Porter’s  competitive  strategies   -­‐define  and  recognize  examples  of  the  four  strategies;  Cost-­‐Leadership,  Differentiation,   Cost-­‐Focus  and  Focused  Differentiation   • BCG  matrix   -­‐understand  how  market  growth  and  market  share  influence  strategy,       Chapter  7   • The  rational  decision  model:   Remember  and  understand  the  rational  decision  making  model.   • Bounded  rationality   Understand  and  apply  the  limits  to  rational  decision  making    including  bounded  rationality   and  satisficing.   • Group  Decision  Making   Understand  and  apply  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  group  decision  making   • Group  think   Understand  the  symptoms  and  causes  of  Group  Think   • Heuristics  and  Biases   Remember  and  understand  the  concepts  of  Heuristics  and  their  related    biases  
  • 137.
    Chapter  8   Organizational  Culture   • Understand  and  apply  the  three  levels  of  organizational  culture  :  Artifacts,  Values,  Assumptions   • Differentiate  between  Espoused  Values  and  Enacted  Values   • Identify  Stories,  Myths,  Symbols,  and  Heroes  and  understand  how  they  shape  organizational  culture   Organizational  Structure   • Understand  and  remember  the  concepts  of  Authority  and  the  Chain  of  Command  and  how  these  are  identified  on   an  organizational  chart     • Differentiate  between  examples  of  wide  and  narrow  Span  of  Control     • Recognize  examples  of  Functional  and  Divisional  organizational  structures     Chapter  9   • Define  Human  Resource  Management  (HRM)  and  identify  steps  in  the  HRM  Process   • Understand  the  purpose  and  recognize  examples  of  Job  Analysis   • Differentiate  between  Job  Descriptions  and  Job  Specifications   • Understand  the  purpose  and  origins  of  the  Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Commission   • Differentiate  between  Structured  and  Unstructured  Interviews  and  recognize  their  limitations  and  advantages   • Understand  the  differences  between  Objective  and  Subjective  Performance  Appraisals   • Understand  how  Behaviorally  Anchored  Rating  Scales  (BARS)  o  make  subjective  criteria  more  objective   • Identify  examples  of  360  Degree  Performance  Appraisals,  their  purpose  and  limitations   Chapter  11   • Understand  and  define  Values  and  Attitudes   • Recognize  the  five  major  personality  types   • Understand  the  definition  and  levels  of  Diversity   • Recognize  work  place  Stress   • Understand  the  elements  of  Emotional  Intelligence   •   Chapter  12   •   Differentiate  between  Extrinsic  and  Intrinsic  Rewards   •   Identify  and  apply  Maslow’s  Hierarchy  of  Needs   •   Identify  Alderfer's  ERG  theory   •   Understand  Herzberg’s  Two-­‐Factor  Theory  and  recognize  examples  of  Motivating  Factors  and  Hygiene  Factors     •   Remember  and  apply  Equity  Theory   •   Understand  the  elements  of  Expectancy  Theory   •   Understand  how  managers  use  Job  Enrichment  to  increase  motivation   •   Understand    and  apply  Reinforcement  Theory  (Operant  Conditioning)   Chapter  13   •   Understand  the  difference  between  Teams  and  Groups   •   Identify  different  Types  of  Teams   •   Recognize  the  different  Stages  of  Team  Development   •   Understand  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  small  and  large  teams   •   Identify  and  apply  Conflict  Resolution  Strategies  
  • 138.
  • 139.
    !Lorem&Ipsum& 2& What!We!Offer! Our!student!organization!would!provide!students!with!the!opportunity!to! meet!with!other!students!interested!in!Crossfit.!In!addition,!carpool!lanes! would!be!established!and!gym!membership!rates!could!be!lowered!through! the!Senate!Appropriation!Commission.!!Also,!a!facebook!group!will!be!made! so!that!members!can!easily!interact!with!one!another.! ! CrossfitOU$ CrossfitOU$would$build$student$relationships$and$strengthen$the$ bond$established$through$the$act$of$working$out.$ !Lorem&Ipsum& 2& What!We!Offer! Our!student!organization!would!provide!students!with!the!opportunity!to! meet!with!other!students!interested!in!Crossfit.!In!addition,!carpool!lanes! would!be!established!and!gym!membership!rates!could!be!lowered!through! the!Senate!Appropriation!Commission.!!Also,!a!facebook!group!will!be!made! so!that!members!can!easily!interact!with!one!another.! ! CrossfitOU$ CrossfitOU$would$build$student$relationships$and$strengthen$the$ bond$established$through$the$act$of$working$out.$
  • 140.
    !Lorem&Ipsum& 3& Our!S.W.O.T.!Analysis!showed!us! that!the!large!student!market!is! untapped!and!we!decided!to! capitalize!on!that!by!creating!the! CrossfitOU!club.! Target$Market$ Our$target$market$would$be$the$Ohio$ University$students.$Mainly$this$would$be$ ages$18B23,$however$any$students$ regardless$of$age$are$welcome.$ !!!! Strengths •Unique Service • Close knit community • Direct and personal instruction • Family friendly • Targets large variety of people Weaknesses • Poor web performance • High priced fees • Poor location/hard to find • Little advertisement Opportunities • Large population of college students • Athens county schools (Teachers & students) Threats( • Ping( • Economic$ downturn( • Apathy$towards$ working$out( ( !! S.W.O.T. Analysis
  • 141.
    !Lorem&Ipsum& 4& We!conducted!a!survey!asking!50!students!at!Ping!the!following! questions,!to!get!more!insight!and!see!if!they!would!be!interested!in! CrossfitOU! CrossFit(Club(Survey( ( Do(you(regularly(work(out?( ( Yes__________( (No__________( ( Have(you(heard(of(CrossFit?( ( Yes__________( ( No__________( ( Have(you(heard(of(CrossFit(SEO?( ( Yes__________( ( No__________( ( Would(you(be(interested(in(joining(a(CrossFit(club?( ( Yes__________( ( No__________( ( Would(you(be(willing(to(travel(off(campus(if(transportation(were(provided?( ( Yes__________( ( No__________( ( What(would(you(be(willing(to(pay(for(a(gym(membership?(__________( ( ( ! ! ! ! ! !
  • 142.
    !Lorem&Ipsum& 5& This!is!a!brochure!that!descirbes!the! essence!of!CrossfitSEO!and!CrossfitOU.! These!would!be!distributed!throughout! Baker!and!other!school!buildings.! Getting Started Weknow that new exercise programs can be very difficult. We do our best to make you feel very welcomed from the moment you walk through our door. To get started visit our website for more information. Pick a time and date that you would like to attend and be sure to confirm your reservations. Services • Unlimited $95/month • Student/Service/Leo- $75.99/month • Multi-month discounts o 3-month membership: 5% o 6-month membership: 10% • Family Discount o Additional family member receives 20% discount CrossFit 762 W. Union Street, (Behind Third Sun Solar) Suite A, Athens, OH 45701 ( Location ContactEmail: Jolene@crossfitseo.com Phone: (740) 591-0735 www.crossfitseo.com SEO Reasons to join CrossfitOU • Fast results • Builds community • Trainer expertise • Prepares you for day to day activities • Improves self confidence • Personal growth • Increased mental toughness • FUN! What is CrossFit? 1 Our Philosophy The three most important principles of CrossFit SEO • Adherence to the foundations of the CrossFit way • Improving one’s overall sense of well-being while building physical competence and mental confidence for people of all ages, shapes, sizes, and abilities 2 With the support of an organization students will be able to meet others interested in Crossfit and form a tight student community. In addition, car pool lanes will be established and reduced fees will be enacted through the Senate Appropriations Commision. CrossFit is a fitness system meant to help people develop and increased work capacity across road time and modal domains. This means that CrossFit isn’t necessarily designed to get you better at one skill or fitness attribute; instead, it’s engineered to help you develop multiple skills and strengths at varying levels of intensity and time.
  • 143.
  • 144.
    !Lorem&Ipsum& 7& Brand ModelPyramid Competitive Context Ping workout center Insight Students should be able to obtain a quality workout, while building relationships with people of the same lifestyle Target Ohio University students ! Product Attributes Access to CrossfitSEO’s gym Credibility Club taught and lead by CrossfitSEO instructors Emotional Benefit A way to connect with others and release stress Functional Benefits Only Crossfit club on OU’s campus Slogan “CrossfitOU, where everyone fits in” Personality Active, and dedicated organization Positioning To all Ohio University students, but mostly to ages 18-23! Essence / Consumer Value Proposition Memorable experiences enjoyed over group/ community workouts EXTERNALANALYSISBUSINESSCONCEPTDEMANDFORECASTSMARKETINGFINANCIALS Brand Pyramid Model Vision To offer the best Crossfit experience in the Athens area Mission To provide a rewarding and fulfilling experience while engaging with other students and Crossfit members 9 !!
  • 145.
    ! ! Lorem&Ipsum& ! Lorem$Ipsum$Dolor$ [Street$Address]$ [City],$[State][Postal$Code]$ [Web$Address]$ CONCLUSION Feasibility •  Out of50 people surveyed at Ping 17% showed interest in a Crossfit club, this shows promising opportunity for growth in regards to CrossfitSEO •  Although it may be difficult to gain support from the Senate Appropriations Commission, we believe it to be possible as a substantial amount of students have shown interest •  The brochure lays out the essence of Crossfit and this we believe will generate more interest •  A major weakness of CrossfitSEO is the lack of transportation, with CrossfitOU the car pooling would will solve this issue
  • 146.
  • 149.
  • 150.
    PSY 2110 Research Report#3 Caffeine is the most addictive drug and is consumed by the majority of the population. Some enjoy the taste, while others enjoy the feeling that it offers. Either way many people rely heavily on caffeine and need it to function throughout the day. Our group thought it would be interesting to see how much money three different age groups spend on caffeinated beverages weekly. The three of us decided to test how much money is spent on caffeinated beverages each week between underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates. We asked the three groups a series of questions to determine which group spends the most money. Our questions that we came up with were: what is your gender? Are you an underclassman, upperclassman, or graduate? How much money do you spend each week on caffeinated beverages? As researchers there were certain aspects of the study that we could control. All of our subjects were random and were either underclassman, upperclassman, or graduates. We controlled for whether each subject was an underclassman, upperclassman, or graduate because we believe that these three groups have different access to caffeinated beverages. For example, underclassman have a meal plan, so they may be less inclined to spend money on caffeinated beverages because of access to caffeine within the dining halls. In addition to this, graduate students may also be less inclined to purchase caffeinated beverages because free coffee may be provided within the department in which they work. The other aspect of our study that we controlled for was whether the participant was male or female. We controlled for this because it may be possible that due to a male’s larger physique, they may have to consume more and spend more money on caffeine to get the same pleasure affect as females. During our study there were many aspects that we could not control. We could not control dishonest answers. It is difficult to put a number on something that you do not keep track of on a regular
  • 151.
    basis so wehad to deal with the possibility of bad estimates. Another characteristic we could not control for was where the participants choose to buy their caffeinated drinks. For example, some businesses may charge more money for a 12 oz cup of coffee versus other businesses. A third aspect we could not control for was the kind of caffeinated beverages the participants choose to buy. A vanilla latte is usually more money than a small cup of coffee. We expect to find that upperclassman will spend the most amount of money on caffeinated drinks. This is because they have the least amount of access to free or included caffeinated beverages. As stated previously, undergraduates have a dining hall plan where they can obtain caffeine drinks and graduates oftentimes work in a place that may provide free coffee/tea as part of the job. In this study the independent variables are underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates. Our dependent variable is the amount of money spent on caffeinated beverages each week. Raw Data: Using SPSS we calculated the mean and standard deviation for each group. The mean for underclassmen was 4.18 with a standard deviation of 3.843, the mean for upperclassmen was 9.45 with a standard deviation of 6.605, and a mean for graduate was 8.10 with a standard deviation of 6.129 Underclassmen Upperclassmen Graduates 2.50 5 0 5 0 4 0 15 5
  • 152.
    5 20 10 010 3 10 8 3 8 14 7 5 10 15 0 20 8 0 5 15 10 20 0 0 5 15 3 4 2 0 5 10 10 8 15 5 10 10 5 0 20 5 15 15 10 15 5 0 0 0
  • 153.
    There are threeassumptions that are associated with ANOVA and these include: normality, homogeneity of variance, and independence of observations. Normality assumes that the dependent variable should be normally distributed in the population from which we draw our samples. Using large samples can balance out the effect of violating the normality assumption. The second assumption is homogeneity of variance. Homogeneity of variance assumes that two or more populations being compared have an equal variance, the rule is a 4 times difference. Violating this assumption means that the variances are not within 4 times of each other. The third and final assumption is independence of observations. Independence is the assumption that the two groups were sampled independently of each other, which means that the groups are made up of different people. One person should not appear twice in two different groups because this is inaccurate and could skew results. We have not violated any of the above assumptions associated with ANOVA. Graphically, our results show that the three sample groups are distributed normally. As you can see below we have our histogram of our data that clearly shows a normal curve for each group. The variance of each group is within four times of each other group in the study. This follows the 4 times rule. We did not violate the assumption of independence of observation because our data that was gathered was completely separated from one another and we never had one person record their results more than once. We asked them all the same series of questions independently. This helped to control influenced answers, as the individuals felt no pressure to give certain answers based on their peers. Violating independence of observations is the most important variable not to violate because results could be very inaccurate and biased.
  • 155.
    Using SPSS weconducted a one way ANOVA for our data. These are the steps that we took to obtain our final data. Hypotheses: Ho: There is no significant difference in the amount of money spent each week on caffeinated beverages when comparing underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates. H1: At least one group mean is significantly different in the amount of money spent each week on caffeinated beverages when comparing underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates. Critical value: According to Howell at alpha of .05 with degrees of freedom (2,57) F.05 (2,57)= 3.18. We used the degrees of freedom between groups, which was 2 and a degrees of freedom within groups which was 57.
  • 156.
    Obtained: ANOVA Money spent perweek Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Sig. Between Groups 300.358 2 150.179 4.695 .013 Within Groups 1823.388 57 31.989 Total 2123.746 59 We rejected the null hypotheses because we have a F critical value of 3.18 and an F obtained value at 4.695. That means there is a significant difference in the amount of money spent each week on caffeinated beverages when comparing underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates. It is appropriate to perform a Fisher’s LSD post-hoc test because we rejected the null hypothesis. Therefore, we need to evaluate which sample is significantly different. Using SPSS we have created a Fisher’s LSD test. According to Howell, our t-critical value would be T.05 (59)=+/- 2.009. The standard error value for our data is 1.78855. We found that there was a significant difference in the amount of money spent on caffeinated beverages between underclassmen and upeclassman as well as underclassman and people who have graduated. We calculated the t obtained by dividing the mean difference by the standard error between the two groups. This was done to compare each group to the other group. We compared our t critical value to our t statistic and determined whether or not it fell in the rejection region.
  • 157.
    Multiple Comparisons Dependent Variable:Money spent per week LSD (I) Status (J) Status Mean Difference (I- J) Std. Error Sig. 95% Confidence Interval Lower Bound Upper Bound Underclassmen Upperclassmen -5.27500* 1.78855 .005 -8.8565 -1.6935 Graduate -3.92500* 1.78855 .032 -7.5065 -.3435 Upperclassmen Underclassmen 5.27500* 1.78855 .005 1.6935 8.8565 Graduate 1.35000 1.78855 .453 -2.2315 4.9315 Graduate Underclassmen 3.92500* 1.78855 .032 .3435 7.5065 Upperclassmen -1.35000 1.78855 .453 -4.9315 2.2315 *. The mean difference is significant at the 0.05 level. Eta-squared measures the degree of variability among observations that can be attributed to group membership. Looking at the table below, the calculated eta- squared was .141. This means that 14.1% of the variability in the mean amount of money spent on caffeinated beverages per week is due to whether the participants are an underclassmen, upperclassmen, or college graduate.
  • 158.
    Tests of Between-SubjectsEffects Dependent Variable: Money spent per week Source Type III Sum of Squares df Mean Square F Sig. Partial Eta Squared Corrected Model 300.358a 2 150.179 4.695 .013 .141 Intercept 3146.504 1 3146.504 98.361 .000 .633 Status 300.358 2 150.179 4.695 .013 .141 Error 1823.388 57 31.989 Total 5270.250 60 Corrected Total 2123.746 59 a. R Squared = .141 (Adjusted R Squared = .111) where the participants choose to buy their caffeinated drinks After this study we can conclude at least one group mean is significantly different in the amount of money spent each week on caffeinated beverages when comparing underclassman, upperclassman, and graduates. We found that there was a significant difference in the amount of money spent on caffeinated beverages between underclassmen and upperclassmen as well as underclassman and people who have graduated. We divided the mean difference by the standard error, which resulted in a value larger than our t critical value therefore, we had to reject this region. Based on the results we can conclude that upperclassmen spend the most money on caffeinated beverages per week, which is what we expected to find.   The average amount of money spent per week for upperclassmen was $9.45 dollars, which was higher than the other two groups. We did not violate any assumptions when doing ANOVA, however there were a few factors that we could not control, which could have affected our results. We could not
  • 159.
    control the possibilityof bad estimates. It can be difficult to have to put a number on something that we do not normally keep track of on a regular basis. We can’t control where the participants choose to buy their caffeinated drinks or what type of caffeinated beverage they choose to buy. Some drinks tend to be more expensive than others. Although, there were factors that could not control we believe that our study is accurate representation of the amount of money spent each week when comparing underclassmen, upperclassmen, and graduates.
  • 160.
    Communications 1010 Name:  Sydney  Crowley     Activity  #1  –  Facebook  CSI  –  Self  Evaluation   More  and  more  these  days,  employers  are  surfing  the  internet  to  find  out  more  and  more  information   about  their  future  employees.    For  this  exercise  I  want  you  to  play  detective….on  your  own  Facebook   page.    Starting  your  profile  page,  explore  all  of  the  tabs  (especially  Timeline,  Basic  Information,  About   and  More).    In  AT  LEAST  500  words,  construct  a  “profile  report”  of  you.    Specifically:   a. Tell  me  as  much  information  as  you  can  about  yourself  from  the  Basic  Information  screen.   b. Tell  me  what  you  can  about  yourself  from  the  About  Screen   c. Look  at  the  first  5  things  on  your  Timeline  and  describe  the  content  and  assess  what  that  says   about  you.   d. Examine  the  first  8  pictures  under  the  photo  link.    Describe  the  photos  and  evaluate  what  they   say  about  you.   e. Select  two  tabs  from  the  “More”  tab  and  describe  what  they  say  about  you.     PLEASE  NOTE:  Writing  less  than  500  words  will  result  in  a  grade  of  0  for  this  section.   Facebook  can  tell  you  a  lot  about  an  individual.  A  lot  of  people  go  onto  others  Facebook  pages   to  investigate  and  figure  out  a  little  bit  about  the  person.  Weather  you  realize  it  or  not  Facebook  tells  a   lot  about  your  personality.  Facebook  is  a  great  social  networking  system  that  allows  people  to  connect   with  friends  and  family.  However,  it  can  also  be  harmful  if  you  are  not  careful.  If  you  post  inappropriate   items  on  Facebook  then  that  can  have  a  huge  impact  on  your  life.  People  need  to  be  very  cautious  about   what  they  decide  to  post  because  things  can  definitely  come  back  to  haunt  you.  I  have  always  heard  that   its  important  to  be  careful  but  I  never  actually  heard  of  Facebook  having  an  impact  on  someone  until   recently.  A  few  months  ago  my  dad  told  me  a  story  about  how  he  had  to  fire  a  guy  at  work  because  of   what  he  was  posting.  Now  my  dad  has  a  Facebook  and  is  always  checks  my  page  to  make  sure  that  it  is   clean.    If  a  random  person  was  a  to  take  a  look  at  my  page  they  would  be  able  to  dig  up  some   information  about  me.  I  try  not  to  post  anything  to  personal  on  the  Internet.  I  never  post  any  statuses   but  I  do  put  up  a  lot  of  pictures.  The  person  would  be  able  to  figure  out  how  old  I  am  because  it  says   that  I  just  graduated  from  Mount  Notre  Dame  high  school.  They  would  notice  that  I  really  enjoy  hanging   out  with  my  family  and  friends.  Based  on  my  timeline  picture  they  would  be  able  to  tell  that  I  have  three   brothers  that  I  am  very  close  to.  They  would  also  know  who  my  very  close  friends  are  because  they  are   in  my  last  eight  pictures  as  well  as  my  profile  picture.  They  would  know  that  my  friends  and  I  were  the   three  blind  mice  for  Halloween.  If  they  looked  through  more  of  my  pictures  they  would  know  that  I  went   on  vacation  to  the  Bahamas  with  my  family  over  the  summer  and  had  a  great  time.  If  they  were  to  scroll   down  they  would  be  able  to  see  what  kind  of  movies,  TV  shoes,  books,  music,  and  actors  that  I  am  
  • 161.
    interested  in.  If  they  were  to  take  a  look  at  the  movies  they  would  see  that  I  really  enjoy  watching   Disney  movies.  If  they  clicked  on  music  then  would  now  that  a  group  of  my  friends  are  in  a  band.  I  have   their  CD  and  a  link  that  will  take  them  to  their  page.  After  looking  at  my  likes  they  may  get  a  sense  that  I   am  really  into  fitness  and  being  very  active.    It  shows  that  I  attend  Power  Ryde  and  Simply  Power  Yoga,   which  is  a  studio  located  in  near  my  house  in  Loveland,  Oh.  I  share  a  lot  of  their  post  to  try  and   encourage  others  to  attend.  I  think  that  Facebook  can  be  a  great  way  to  advertise.     Activity  #2  –  Facebook  CSI  –  Detective  on  the  job   Now  that  you  have  practiced  writing  an  evaluation  of  yourself,  it’s  time  to  put  our  skills  to  the  test.     Open  up  your  Facebook.    As  a  friend  –  who  is  not  looking  at  your  screen  to  pick  a  number  between  1  and   the  total  number  of  friends  you  have.    (E.g.  Mine  would  be  1-­‐1,019).      Using  that  number,  navigate  to   that  friends  page  and  complete  a  “profile  report”  on  them.    Feel  free  to  change  names  to  protect  the   innocent.   Starting  with  their  profile  page,  explore  all  of  the  tabs  (especially  Timeline,  Basic  Information,  About  and   More).    In  AT  LEAST  500  words,  construct  a  “profile  report”  of  them.    Specifically:   a. Tell  me  as  much  information  as  you  can  about  them  from  the  Basic  Information  screen.   b. Tell  me  what  you  can  about  them  from  the  information  on  the  About  Screen   c. Look  at  the  first  5  things  on  their  Timeline  and  describe  the  content  and  assess  what  that  says   about  them.   d. Examine  the  first  8  pictures  under  the  photo  link.    Describe  the  photos  and  what  conclusions  you   can  draw  from  looking  at  them.   e. Select  two  tabs  from  the  “More”  tab  and  describe  what  they  tell  you  about  this  person.     PLEASE  NOTE:  Writing  less  than  500  words  will  result  in  a  grade  of  0  for  this  section.   I  had  a  friend  who  was  not  looking  at  my  screen  pick  a  number  between  1  and  609.  I  used  the   number  that  she  picked  to  get  to  one  of  my  Facebook  friends  with  the  name  of  Katie  Carstens.  Katie  was   born  on  August  fourteenth  in  1991  and  raised  in  Batavia,  OH.  She  is  the  daughter  of  Chip  and  Sheri   Carstens.  She  grew  up  in  a  catholic  household  with  her  two  sisters  Cassidy  and  Chelsea  Carstens.  Katie   and  both  of  her  sisters  attended  Mount  Notre  Dame  high  school.  While  in  high  school  Katie  was  a  part  of   the  golf  team.  Katie  graduated  from  high  school  in  2010  and  she  now  is  a  senior  at  the  University  of   Cincinnati.  She  is  currently  in  the  health  and  science  field  striving  to  become  a  speech  pathologist.  She   has  recently  created  her  own  business  card  NSSLIIA.  I  feel  like  she  is  a  great  student  and  a  very  hard   worker.  I  saw  a  post  that  she  put  up  on  last  Friday  night  about  how  she  was  stuck  in  a  twenty-­‐four  hour   lab.  I  can’t  even  imagine  doing  that.  From  the  looks  of  her  profile  Katie  is  going  to  be  a  very  successful   speech  pathologist.  She  seems  like  a  very  caring,  self  less,  and  helpful  individual.  It  seems  like  Katie  is   extremely  outgoing  and  has  a  great  personality.  All  of  these  qualities  that  she  shows  will  be  great  for  her   future  career.  She  is  part  of  Kappa  Alpha  Theta  and  from  the  looks  of  her  pictures  she  is  very  close  to  
  • 162.
    everyone  in  her  sorority.  She  is  always  posting  pictures  of  them  and  talking  about  how  much  she  loves   all  the  girls.  It  looks  like  she  is  doing  great  in  college  and  having  a  lot  of  fun.     Katie  has  five  bands  that  she  really  likes.  She  likes  Joseph  Nevels,  Cinema  Sleep,  Tana  Matz,  End   the  Paradigm,  and  Peter  Lee  Johnson.  I  have  not  heard  of  any  of  these  bands  but  I  am  sure  that  they  are   really  good  ones.  I  can’t  tell  what  type  of  movies  and  TV  shoes  that  she  is  interested  in  because  she   doesn’t  show  that  she  likes  any.  TV  may  not  be  very  important  to  her  and  she  may  be  too  busy  to  watch   any  shows.  Although  she  does  not  have  any  movies  that  she  likes  it  does  show  that  she  is  a  huge  fan  of   Channing  Tatum.  Katie  likes  to  go  shopping  and  one  of  her  favorite  stores  in  Charlotte  Russe.  About  five   months  ago  Katie  started  working  at  Stonelick  Hills  golf  course.  I  know  that  Katie  enjoys  gulfing  at  this   course  because  there  is  a  picture  of  her  playing.  There  are  also  a  lot  of  pictures  of  Katie  with  a  boy   named  Mike.  They  seem  to  be  very  close  but  I  am  not  sure  if  they  are  dating  or  not.  It  shows  that  they   were  dating  at  one  point  in  time  but  I  think  they  may  have  broken  up  because  it  shows  on  her  page  that   she  is  now  single.     Activity  #3  –  Texting  and  Chat   For  this  activity  I  would  like  to  you  reflect  on  your  last  phone  text/chat  conversations.    Take  out  your   phone.    Check  out  the  last  2  text  or  chat  (Kik  or  whatever)  conversations  you  had  and  type  them  out   below.    Please  select  messages  that  have  at  least  6  interactions.    (An  interaction  is  a  single  response   from  you  or  the  person  you  are  chatting).    Be  sure  to  answer  the  questions  about  when  and  where  the   conversation  took  place.    Feel  free  to  change  names  to  protect  the  innocent.       Conversation  1:     Mom:  Did  you  survive  Halloween?   Me:  haha  yeah  I  did!  Tiff,  Sarah,  and  I  decided  to  be  the  three  blind  mice.  We  wore  black  leggings,   grey  sweatshirt,  ears,  sunglasses,  and  painted  our  faces.  We  went  outside  and  just  found  random   sticks  for  our  canes.  It  was  really  fun!     Mom:  Good  I’m  glad  you  had  a  good  time.  Send  me  a  picture  when  you  get  a  chance.  Your  brothers   are  going  to  come  up  with  your  dad  in  two  weeks  for  dads  weekend.     Me:  Yeah  Ryan  came  up  last  weekend  and  that’s  what  he  told  me.  I  think  that  Zach  is  working  at  the   cheesecake  factory  that  night.  He  said  that  he  can’t  take  off  work  but  he  is  trying  to  get  someone  to   cover  his  shift.       Mom:  He  got  someone  to  cover  for  him.  I  just  talked  to  him  last  night.     Me:  okay  awesome!  Can’t  wait!   Mom:  You  guys  will  have  a  good  time.  I  got  your  picture  it’s  cute.  Love  you  sweetie!  Xoxo   Me:  love  you  too  mom!:)    
  • 163.
      When  did  this  conversation  take  place?  Monday  the  28th       Where  were  you  when  you  were  having  this  conversation?  I  was  in  my  dorm  room   Did  you  discontinue  Face-­‐to-­‐Face  conversation  with  a  live  person  to  answer  or  respond  to  this  text?  No     On  a  scale  of  1-­‐10  (with  10  being  the  most  important),  how  important  was  it  for  you  to  respond  to  this   message  immediately?  Out  of  10  I  would  rate  this  message  a  3  of  importance.  It  was  not  that  important   to  respond  immediately.  I  could  have  responded  whenever  I  wanted  to.         Conversation  2:   Tiffany:  Hey  do  you  want  to  meet  me  at  Shively  after  your  class?   Me:  Yeah!  My  class  got  cancelled.  I  can  meet  you  there  after  your  class.  12:55  right?   Tiffany:  Yeah.     Me:  Alright  cool  see  you  in  a  little  bit.   Me:  wait..  haha  you  forgot  your  keys  on  my  desk.   Tiffany:  oh  shoot  you’re  right.  Wooops!  Can  you  bring  them  to  me?     Me:  No,  I  don’t  feel  like  it.   Tiffany:  Thank  you!:)   Me:  No  problem!     When  did  this  conversation  take  place?  Tuesday  29th     Where  were  you  when  you  were  having  this  conversation?  In  my  dorm     Did  you  discontinue  Face-­‐to-­‐Face  conversation  with  a  live  person  to  answer  or  respond  to  this  text?  Yes   On  a  scale  of  1-­‐10  (with  10  being  the  most  important),  how  important  was  it  for  you  to  respond  to  this   message  immediately?  I  would  say  a  7  because  if  I  didn’t  respond  then  I  would  not  have  met  her  at   Shively.    If  I  didn’t  meet  her  at  Shively  then  she  would  not  have  had  her  keys  to  the  dorm.     Activity  #4  –  Turn  it  OFF.    
  • 164.
    You  need  to  plan  ahead  a  bit  for  this  activity.    For  one  day  –  well,  one  SCHOOL  day,  I  need  you  to  make  a   commitment  to  SHUT  YOUR  PHONE  OFF  during  all  of  your  classes  and  at  any  meals  where  you  are  not   eating  alone.    During  those  times,  I  want  you  to  observe  your  interactions  with  your  environment   (noting  similarities  and  differences  from  when  you  have  your  cell  phone  on).    What  do  you  notice  about   your  own  communication  patterns?    What  do  you  notice  about  the  communication  patterns  of  others?     In  conclusion,  reflect  on  your  own  cell  phone  use  throughout  the  day  and  assess  the  effectiveness  of  the   strategies  you  employ?     Please  respond  to  this  prompt  in  a  MINIMUM  of  250  words.    Responses  less  than  250  words  will  receive   a  0  for  this  section.   I  am  not  one  to  constantly  be  on  my  cell  phone.  It  is  probably  because  I  do  not  have  a  very  good   phone.  All  of  my  friends  make  fun  of  me  and  call  my  phone  the  iphone  7.  I  am  very  bad  at  responding  to   people  and  a  lot  of  times  my  friends  get  a  little  frustrated  because  I  never  answer  them  when  they  call   or  text  me.  Not  having  a  nice  phone  has  its  ups  and  downs.  I’m  not  going  to  lie  I  would  love  to  have  a   smart  phone  but  I  don’t  necessarily  need  one.  I  don’t  want  to  be  one  of  those  people  who  are  addicted   and  on  their  phone  twenty  four  seven.  I  personally  get  annoyed  when  I  am  hanging  out  with  someone   who  can’t  be  away  from  their  phone  for  more  than  a  few  minutes.  There  is  nothing  more  awkward  then   being  at  dinner  with  a  group  of  friends  who  are  all  on  their  phones.  I  really  don’t  understand  it.  If  you   are  going  out  to  dinner  with  your  friends  then  I  think  that  you  should  put  away  your  phones  and  actually   spend  time  and  talk  to  that  friend  that  you  are  with  at  that  moment  in  time.  Why  do  people  want  to   hang  out  with  someone  if  they  are  just  going  to  be  on  their  phone  the  whole  time?  If  someone  is  with   me  and  on  their  phone  it  is  kind  of  insulting.  It  makes  me  feel  like  they  are  really  bored.  Participating  in   this  activity  was  very  easy  for  me  to  do.  I  was  able  to  keep  my  phone  turned  off  without  any  problems.  It   was  not  a  struggle  for  me  at  all  because  I  never  have  my  phone  on  me  anyways.      
  • 165.
    Anthropology 1010 I  went  to  the  Kennedy  Art  Museum  and  examined  the  Suku  Helmet  mask  for  Mukanda  initiation   society.  It  is  from  the  Democratic  Republic  of  Congo.  The  mask  is  made  of  wood,  pigment  and  raggia.   The  mask  was  a  gift  of  Frederick  and  Carol  LaSor.  I  was  not  sure  what  the  purpose  of  the  mask  was  so  I   researched  to  find  out  more  information.  I  found  out  that  the  mask  is  a  symbol  for  deceased  elders.   They  are  used  to  promote  success  in  the  hunt,  to  heal,  and  to  punish  criminals.  Dancers  wear  the  mask   during  certain  initiation  ceremonies.    The  mask  has  a  ton  of  straw  all  around  the  face,  which  looks  like  a   large  beard.  The  face  is  painted  with  black  and  white  paint  and  there  is  an  animal  resting  on  the  top  of   the  head.  The  animal  looks  like  an  armadillo.    
  • 166.
    English 1510 Multimodal Argument “Inthe last 30 years the rate of childhood obesity has increased considerably, almost tripling for children aged 6-11 years”(Calbom 5). Childhood obesity is a major health problem in the United States. Studies show that one in three children in the United States are overweight. This increase has also caused an increase in child health problems. Being overweight is a serious issue. It can cause high cholesterol, high blood pressure, early cardiovascular disease, low self-esteem, skin conditions, depression, bone problems, and diabetes. Overweight children are also more likely to experience death at a younger age. It is expected that today’s generation of children will die at an earlier age than their parents. Parents, why is it that child obesity is dramatically increasing? There are a number of different reasons. The main cause is poor nutrition and lack of exercise. For the sake of your child’s health it is important to be aware of what our nation as a whole can do about child obesity. Many children are not getting enough exercise throughout the day. The National Association of Sports and Physical education recommends that children get at least sixty minutes of physical activity each day. In this day and age it is very difficult for children to get a full sixty minutes of physical activity. Technology in our generation is so advanced making us all lazier whether we like to hear it or not. It makes things ten times easier. Why force your child to take the stairs when it is way more convenient to take the elevator? Why make them to go outside and play with their friends when they have just as much fun playing with their friends online? Technology is children’s main source of entertainment. It has made it possible for children to be entertained for hours without having to leave the couch. Today Children spend their night watching television, playing video games, and searching the web. It is estimated that kids spend around 75 hours using the media each week. If your child is not being active at home then it is important that they attend a school that provides them with this opportunity. Unfortunately, many school districts around the nation are cutting physical education programs and recess from their curriculum
  • 167.
    because of expensesand the idea of intensely focusing on academics. This is incredibly harmful to your child’s health. For many kids physical education class is the only chance for exercise. If they are not getting exercise at home or school then obesity will continue to be a major problem in the United States. Children obesity rates will continue to rise and there will be an ongoing increase in child health problems. The national association for sports and physical educations guidelines for physical education recommends that schools provide 150 minutes per week of PE to elementary school students and 225 minutes for middle and high school students. Unfortunately, in high school only about one third of kids have PE class every day. Does this mean that the other two thirds of students are participating in physical activity outside of school? Most likely they are not. More than sixty percent of children do not participate in physical activities outside of class. Physical education classes should be made mandatory for students in kindergarten through twelfth grade. Instead of cutting classes schools should be promoting them. They should be encouraging physical education class and stressing to your children the importance of taking it. Children need guidance in their life. Without physical education classes some students will not learn the importance of exercise and the overall effect that it has on their life. Children may hear on the television that exercising is healthy but that does not mean that they are going to do it. I’m sure many of you parents explain to your children the importance of being active but it is always nice for them to hear it from another source. They need a credible and reliable teacher to tell them that this is true. Someone who can provide them with facts and teach them different activities that they have never been introduced to before. Not everyone is interested in the same thing. Teachers can open up new doors for students. They can give them the opportunity to explore and find something that they personally enjoy doing. There are numerous activities in the world and everyone is bound to find something that they enjoy doing. It is the teachers responsibility to help the students find what they like to do and then encourage them. Exercise does not strictly mean running and lifting weights. For children it is simply running around with their friends playing a wide variety of games. Children should not dread going to gym class. Teachers should
  • 168.
    make them feelcomfortable in their environment and make it fun for everybody. If children feel self conscious in their class then they are not going to want to participate in any of the activities. If they do not participate in the activities then it is less likely that they will find something that they enjoy doing. It is important for a child to find something that they like to do. Physical education class is a great way for them to explore different options. There is an increased chance that students will participate in extra curricular activities if they find a certain activity in PE class that they find enjoyable. Physical education classes are great for encouraging children to be physically active outside of school. It also gives children the opportunity to find something that they are good at. Your child may be naturally talented at soccer, basketball, softball, football, etcetera, but without Physical education class they may never learn the game. It would be a shame to let such talent go to waste. Exercising during Physical Education class can be very beneficial for your child. It is incredibly important and needs to be done everyday. While exercising your child will increase their heart rate, pulse, and metabolism. This is extremely healthy for all children especially for those that are inactive. Exercising can significantly improve your child’s weight by allowing them to burn calories. Children gain weight by in taking more calories than they burn. Exercising during PE class can give them the chance to burn off some of those extra calories. It can also improve mood, sleep, and bones. It is extremely important for your kids to exercise especially for females because it increases their bone density. Weight bearing activities can help strengthen the bone and decrease your child’s chance of developing osteoporosis when older. Exercise not only helps prevent osteoporosis but it helps with many other chronic diseases and even some cancers. Physical education classes can increase your child’s confidence. Self esteem increases when others are encouraging and giving you compliments. When students are split into teams for different activities they learn the importance of communication and how to work well with others. Students also learn how to follow rules. Your child will win some games as well as loose some, which is great for
  • 169.
    teaching them sportsmanshipskills. If your child messes up then they cannot blame someone else for their mistake. They will learn how to take responsibility for their actions. Your child will learn leadership skills by teaching other kids how to do things that they know how to do. PE class may also be the only time in the school day where your child get the chance to talk with other classmates. This can be a great way to improve his or her social skills. Many schools are cutting physical education classes because they feel like it is valuable time that is going to waste. School administrators think that by cutting Physical education class the students will learn a lot more. This is not the case at all. There are more benefits from having physical education class as opposed to not. It is actually proven that physical education classes improve academic performance. Having the child exercise during the school day gives the child’s mind a rest, increases oxygen flow to the brain, increases blood circulation, and increases brain neurotransmitters and neutrophins. This enhances the child’s memory, attention span, and problem solving skills. The neurotransmitter that is being released during exercise is called endorphins. Endorphins are “feel good” hormones in the body. These hormones improve children’s mood, which decrease the risks of developing depression and anxiety. Research has shown that aerobic exercise can improve memory and executive functioning in school-age youth especially those who are overweight. Giving students breaks for physical activity throughout the school day can significantly increase on task behavior. Research observed students in grades kindergarten through fifth grade for thirty minutes before and after each break. On average the activity breaks increased on task behavior by eight percent. Reports have also shown that children who are physically active do better on tests and have overall higher grades. Physical education programs are critical investments. Some schools however lack the financial resources to provide all children physical activity opportunities in schools. I understand that there are budget cuts being made in schools. Some schools may be hurting financially but allowing children to get physical activity in for the day is not expensive. If schools cant afford to hire a professional then they should at least let them have recess. Recess can be a time for children to run around and burn off some
  • 170.
    extra energy. Althoughit would be nice to have a teacher that is well educated on the topic of health it is not required. Schools that can afford to hire someone should. They should not replace physical education class with recess just because it is cheaper. The reason being is because there are some children that may sit around and do nothing during this time. Schools should look at physical education class as being just as important as all of the other core classes. Schools should not be eliminating physical education classes especially with all of the benefits that it provides to children. More and more children are becoming obese everyday, and having them attend physical education class can help reduce this problem. With a decrease in obesity that means a decrease in health problems and an increase in longevity. Some schools believe that they are honestly doing what is best for the students. They think by cutting physical education class they are giving the student more time to focus on important subjects such as math, science, and reading. They however are highly mistaken. They are not in any way helping the students succeed. I think that its great schools are working hard to prepare students for the future but cutting physical education class is not the way to do it. Children are developing unhealthy habits at a very early age. They are going to carry these habits into adulthood and nothing positive is going to come from it. They are going to have incredibly expensive medical bills and a decrease in their life expectancy. According to the centers for disease control and prevention “The annual direct cost of obesity in the United States is estimated to be $14.3 billion”(Calbom 4). This is an incredible amount of money being spent for health related reasons caused by obesity. I’m sure that you all would be devastated to see your child go down this unhealthy expensive pathway. Only six states nationwide require the recommended amount of physical education. This needs to change. The legislation passed a new law in 2012 that requires twenty minutes of physical exercise during the school day for student’s kindergarten through fifth grade. This is not enough. There needs to be federal requirements for physical education in all schools. State legislatures need to make policies that
  • 171.
    require children totake physical education class from kindergarten through twelfth grade. By creating these laws we are creating an overall healthier nation.
  • 172.
    Literary Analysis The BestTV Commercial Ever is an extremely powerful advertisement video. The producers of this video made it clear whom they were trying to target. The main audience is definitely any parent that is currently raising a child. The secondary audience is anyone planning or expecting to become a parent in the future. Although they are directly speaking to parents, this does not mean that they are the only ones that can benefit from it. I personally am not a parent, but I have definitely learned a valuable life lesson. It has a strong message that can be tremendously influential to many different people in today’s society. By choosing to include a diverse group of people, both white and blue collard individuals allows for an even larger audience. By only watching this video once it is obvious who the main audience is. The advertisement starts off in a large city with a few groups of individuals walking around. These groups are made up of two people, one adult and one child. The following fifteen scenes continue in a pattern. They all have an adult who is performing some type of unacceptable behavior. Following the adult is a young child who imitates that same exact behavior. By the way these children dress, look, and behave it is appropriate to conclude that these adults are their parents. In this advertisements the parents make very poor choices. They are rude, uncaring, cruel, and disrespectful. They don’t realize that their child is mimicking everything that they do and say. The children are literally following in their parent’s footsteps in this video. It goes to show that parents have a major impact on their children’s lives whether they realize it or not. Kids look up to their parents and strive to be just like them. They watch their every move. Parents need to be careful of their actions and be aware that there children are watching and learning from them every second of the day. Children do not know right from wrong and it is the parent’s responsibility to teach them. If a parent treats someone disrespectfully the child will think that it is okay to treat others this way as opposed to treating someone with respect. In the video it showed a man that beat his wife in front of his little boy. This little boy will now grow up to think that this is acceptable behavior when in reality it is not at all.
  • 173.
    This video wasdefinitely a little sad but it was a real eye opener for the audience. The message being communicated was very effective. Parents need to take this message and apply it to their own life. They need to learn to be mindful of their actions especially when there kids are around. They are teaching their kids so much more than they realize. Every single parent’s choices, actions, and behaviors significantly impact their children. The claim of this commercial is explicitly shown at the end of the video. The claim is what children see is what children will do. The purpose of this video was to make parents aware of how much of an influence they have on their children. Everything that they do has an effect. Parents choice of appearance, behavior, and language all matter. Children watch their parents like a hawk. They want to dress, act, and behave just like them. Parents have the ability to shape their kids into whomever they want. They can teach them right from wrong by practicing what they preach. If parents want their kid to show respect towards others then they should do the same. Teach children good habits as opposed to bad. In the video there is a parent and child riding up an escalator both smoking. Parents know that smoking is unhealthy and the majority of parents don’t want their kids to smoke. It’s a hard habit to break, but if one wants to save their child from smoking then they should quit. The video is not saying that every parent who smokes child smokes. However, they are saying that it is more likely for a child to smoke if the parents do. There was another scene in the video of a woman driving her car. This woman was holding up the middle finger and hollering at the car next to her shouting “ do you even have a drivers license” while the kid in the back was yelling, “I don’t think so.” The kid was also flicking off the other woman in the car. This mom has taught her son that it is okay to blow up at a random person who may have made an honest mistake. There is a scene where both the father and son are throwing rocks at a dog hiding in his doghouse. It is obvious that the dog is frightened but they still continue to scare it. The dad may think that it’s all in fun, but this is not beneficial for the boy. It is teaching him to be forcefully aggressive. It is wrong to
  • 174.
    abuse animals, butit is even worse if he is taking what he is learning at home with him to school. It may cause him to pick fights with other kids for no apparent reason. This violent act can greatly affect his future. The success of this commercial comes from the little details that most people do not take time to realize. The background music, color, text, tone, font, clothes, appearance, style, lighting, camera angle, speed, volume, and so much more really contribute to the overall quality of the commercial. The small things that seem to slip our minds as we watch is what makes us feel the way we do. The music played in this video was slow and depressing. It’s instrumental throughout most of the video except for in the beginning. The lyrics state, “It looks like rain again today. Dark clouds fill the sky. Don’t know how to talk to you just know how to say goodbye.” They specifically chose this part of the song because it’s a great way to appeal to the audiences emotions without them even realizing. Another use of pathos in this video was at the end of the film when they displayed the black background. On this black background slowly appeared a phrase that stated, “Children see. Children do” This text was written in white bold lettering that was easy to see. There was nothing else to look at on the screen, which forced the audience to focus their attention on the meaningful four words. They chose a simple phrase in hopes that the message would stick. It was short, sweet, to the point, and very memorable. The background colors of the video were very dark and gloomy. Most of the scenes were shot outside during the day but the sun was rarely ever shining. One scene took place in an abandoned ally way. If one looked close enough they would notice flickering lights in the background. By the way the lights were displayed it looked like a scene taken out of a scary movie. There were not any vibrant colors being used. Everyone’s outfits were plain and extremely dull. There was not a significant difference in appearance between the child and parent. Their choice of style was almost identical. Having the child dress similar to the parent was a subtle way to show that many children grow up to be just like their parents. They start imitating their parents at a very young age. Every single child in this video looked
  • 175.
    roughly the sameage. They all looked to be around six years old, to young to question their parent’s actions. The speed of the film goes back and forth from fast to slow motion. The slow motion adds a dramatic effect to the scenes. Every time the producers wanted you to pay specific attention they would slow the film down and the camera would zoom in on a certain object. They zoomed in on the cigarette that the girl was holding as she went up the escalator, they zoomed in on the boy throwing his can into the streets, and they zoomed in especially on the facial expressions of those yelling. No one ever talked in this video, they only would scream. Scream at their children, significant other, or even an innocent bystander. Out of fifteen parents only one was being a good role model. It was the man in the very last scene that kindheartedly helped out the woman who dropped her groceries. The dad bent down to help the woman and the son followed. Words were not needed in this scene because his actions spoke louder. Parents should perform more acts of kindness just like this father. It will impact their children in more ways than one. Remember what children see children do.
  • 176.
    Cons 3450J CROWLEY Contact: SydneyCrowley FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE Tel. 513-625-0746 Cell phone 513-236-7189 Email: s087612@ohio.edu UP CLOSE… WITH SYDNEY CROWLEY Dreams, goals, and hobbies Sydney Crowley, 20 years of age, was born on May 12, 1995 in Cincinnati Ohio. She is currently enrolled as a student at Ohio University and is working hard to attain a bachelor’s degree in nutrition with a minor in business. Sydney currently works as a customer service representative in the claims department at American Modern Insurance Group. She has worked for the company going on five years. She works in the office when she is in her hometown and works from home while she is away at school in Athens, Ohio Sydney lives a healthy lifestyle and enjoys staying very active. She has been on several different sport teams throughout the years including volleyball, softball, soccer, basketball, track, and cross country. Her hobbies include-but are not limited to running, hot yoga, listening to music, and hanging out with family and friends. Sydney grew up in a household of boys. She has three brothers all of which she is very close too. When Sydney was younger she was a member of a 4-H club where she showed goats and turkeys at the Clermont County Fair. Not only did she raise goats and turkeys but she also had sheep, hogs, chickens, cats, and dogs. Trying to balance school, sports, and 4-H all at once was not easy, but it taught Sydney how to be a hard worker and how to manage her time wisely. Sydney has volunteered at various locations during the past five years. Her favorite volunteer experience was with Live Healthy Appalachia. She taught a second grade classroom at Alexander Elementary School about the overall important of eating healthy and exercising regularly.
  • 177.
    Sydney’s expected graduationdate is spring of 2017. After graduation she plans on backpacking through Europe before pursuing her career in the health field. She enjoys traveling and would love to get out and explore the beautiful world that we live in. Sydney hopes to open up her own studio in years to come. For more information on the topic, or to schedule an interview, please contact Sydney Crowley at sc087612@ohio.edu
  • 178.
  • 180.
  • 181.
    BIOS 2210 Recent  discoveries  have  proven  evidence  of  microbial  growth  in  the  harshest  conditions  where   the  division  and  multiplication  of  bacteria  was  previously  thought  to  be  impossible.    Although  bacteria   may  be  invisible  to  the  naked  eye,  it  is  everywhere  on  earth.    The  topic  of  microbial  growth  in   environments  that  would  usually  have  no  signs  of  life  ties  all  three  articles.  Microbial  growth  is  an   increase  in  cell  division  where  a  bacterium  divides  into  two  daughter  cells.  Bacteria  can  multiply  rapidly   under  certain  growth  conditions.  In  the  past,  research  scientists  have  tried  to  determine  the  best   location  and  conditions  for  bacteria  to  grow.    Recent  research  has  discovered  that  a  bacterium  survives   in  even  the  harshest  of  conditions,  some  of  which  are  completely  sterile.  Researchers  are  debating  if  the   surviving  bacteria  could  actually  be  a  beneficial  breakthrough  for  certain  aspects  of  life.     Bacteria  can  be  extremely  harmful  for  our  bodies;  yet,  we  need  it  to  stay  healthy.  It  was  once   thought  that  there  was  no  bacteria  found  in  the  womb  during  pregnancy.  Now,  there  is  evidence  that   bacterium  does  exist  in  the  womb  and  it,  in  fact,  helps  boost  the  infant’s  immune  system.  The  mother’s   seed  their  fetuses  with  microbes  that  are  thought  to  help  attack  pathogens  and  fend  off  diseases.   Healthy  bacteria  in  the  fetus  can  decrease  premature  birth.  Scientists  are  researching  ways  to   manipulate  the  bacteria  to  treat  gut  infections  and  autoimmune  disorders.  There  are  a  few   controversies,  however.    Some  scientists  do  not  believe  there  is  strong  enough  evidence  to  support  the   idea  that  a  bacterium  passes  from  a  mother  to  her  fetus  resulting  in  a  strengthened  immune  system.  If   microbes  can  grow  inside  a  mother  and  affect  a  fetus  then  where  else  can  they  thrive?  Three  years  ago,   research  was  preformed  in  the  Antarctic  plain.  Scientist  collected  samples  directly  from  a  subglacial  lake   avoiding  any  threats  of  contamination  to  prevent  invasion  of  organisms  into  the  lake.  They  drilled   through  a  thick  sheet  of  ice  to  retrieve  their  samples  and  what  they  found  was  astonishing.  From  the   collected  samples  that  they  gathered,  it  has  been  confirmed  that  life  still  resides  where  no  energy  from   the  Sun  has  been  for  one  million  years.  These  microbes  found  could  possibly  supply  important  nutrients,   such  as  iron,  to  the  subglacial  waters  and  ecosystems  in  the  Sothern  Ocean.  The  survival  of  microbes  in   harsh  climates  is  amazing.  Furthermore,  there  have  been  signs  of  microbial  growth  in  extremely   sterilized  environments  found  in  NASA.  Samples  have  been  gathered  from  the  air  and  surfaces  in  clean   rooms  at  three  National  Aeronautic  and  Space  Administration  centers  and  discovered  particular  types  of   bacteria  resist  the  sterilization  procedures.    This  substantial  breakthrough  has  played  a  role  in  the   discovery  of  life  elsewhere.  Researches  say  that  the  surviving  bacteria  can  help  reduce  microbe   contamination  in  locations  where  spacecraft’s  visit.  These  findings  of  beneficial  surviving  microbial   growth  are  very  significant.   The  next  stage  of  research  for  microbial  growth  will  be  to  further  research  other  subglacial  lakes   as  well  as  expand  on  different  sterilization  techniques.  I  am  very  fascinated  by  all  three  of  these  articles.   I  have  always  thought  of  bacteria  as  being  harmful  substances  that  grow  in  dirty  environments  causing   illnesses.    I  have  learned  that  this  is  not  always  the  case.  There  are  bacteria  out  in  the  world  that  are  in   fact  favorable  to  us  all.  
  • 182.
    BIOS 2215 The organismletter that I had was C. By looking into the microscope after my gram staining I discovered that I had a gram-positive bacillus organism. I know this because the color was purple, which indicates that it was positive instead of negative. The organism was rod shaped indicating that it was bacillus instead of cocci. I looked at the sheet that was provided to us in class to figure out which test I should run to determine which unknown organism was in the tube labeled C. The confirmation test that I ran was VP+ and amylase+. For the VP+ test I incubated my organism and then added five drops of both VP reagent A and B. I shook the tube well, took the cap off, and placed it at a slant. After a few minutes I noticed that there was an orange color on the top layer of the liquid, which indicates that it is positive. I also used the starch agar plate. For this test I took my unknown organism and streaked it on the plate. After incubation I took iodine and covered the entire plate to see it’s interaction with the starch. The iodine turned a dark blue/black color and was clear around the bacterial growth, which indicates that the organism hydrolyzed the starch. This confirms that my organism is positive. After running the VP+ and amylase + test I determined that my unknown organism was Bacillus megatarium. Bacillus megaterium is a gram-positive spore forming bacterium found in many areas. It is one of the biggest known bacteria that grow at a temperature of 3 degrees Celsius to 45 degrees Celsius. Interestingly, it has been found as a potential agent for the biocontrol of plant diseases. It produces penicillin amidase used to make various amylases in the baking industry, and glucose dehydrogenase used in glucose blood tests. It is used for the production of pyruvate, vitamin B12, drugs with fungicidal and antiviral properties, enzymes for modifying corticosteroids, and other amino acid dehydrogenases.
  • 183.
    Bios 1030 Cardiovascular  Health       There  are  a  few  simple  things  that  young  people  can  do  to  help  prevent  cardiovascular  diseases.   It’s  very  important  for  one  to  avoid  smoking.  Smoking  is  very  dangerous  and  can  cause  serious   problems.  It  is  the  biggest  risk  factor  of  cardiovascular  disease.  It  is  also  important  to  maintain  a  healthy   weight.  Obesity  is  drastically  increasing  in  young  individuals,  which  is  very  harmful  to  our  health.  We   need  to  avoid  eating  foods  that  contain  a  lot  of  sodium  and  high  trans  fat.  These  foods  filled  with  salt   and  fat  are  not  healthy  for  ones  heart.  Some  of  these  foods  can  cause  high  cholesterol,  which  causes   heart  problems.  One  should  watch  what  they  are  consuming.  Eggs  are  extremely  high  in  cholesterol  but   this  does  not  mean  that  you  should  avoid  them  all  together.  They  contain  healthy  nutrients  that  your   body  needs.  You  should  not  eat  eggs  everyday  because  the  yolk  is  filled  with  cholesterol  but  I  think  they   are  okay  to  eat  in  moderation.  One  should  just  make  sure  to  watch  their  cholesterol.  One  should  get  it   checked  by  the  doctor  every  so  often.    Along  with  eating  nutritious  foods  such  as  fruits,  vegetables,   whole  grains,  and  lean  protein  it’s  also  beneficial  to  make  exercise  part  of  your  daily  routine.  Exercise   helps  to  reduce  stress  another  factor  of  heart  disease.  Oral  health  is  also  important.  People  with  gum   disease  are  at  risk  for  heart  problems  because  the  inflammation  in  the  body  causes  the  arteries  to  clog.        African  Americans  are  twice  as  likely  than  any  other  race  to  suffer  from  cardiovascular  disease.   This  is  because  they  carry  a  gene  that  makes  them  more  sensitive  to  salt.  This  gene  increases  their  risk  of   having  high  blood  pressure.  African  Americans  are  also  more  likely  to  be  obese  and  have  diabetes.  As   mentioned  above  this  is  terrible  for  the  heart.  It  does  not  help  that  they  are  less  likely  to  pay  visits  to  the   doctor.  They  should  be  visiting  the  doctor  regularly  so  that  they  can  be  put  on  certain  medications  if   need  be.  There  are  supplements  that  can  be  taken  to  help  cardiovascular  disease.  The  simplest   supplement  to  take  is  Aspirin  but  there  are  other  supplements  that  can  be  taken  as  well.  These  include:   fish  oils,  psyllium,  vitamin  C,  vitamin  E,  CoQ10,  B  complex,  Curcumin,  Turmeric,  Terminalia  Arjuna,  and   Danshen.     For  only  ninety-­‐nine  dollars  I  would  definitely  want  to  be  tested.  Although  it  may  be  difficult  to   receive  the  bad  news  it  can  also  be  very  helpful.  I  would  like  to  know  if  I  should  be  making  any  life   changing  habits  that  can  prolong  my  life.  If  there  is  anything  that  I  should  be  doing  to  help  my  body  I   would  like  to  know.  I  want  to  live  a  long  happy  life  and  if  there  is  something  that  I  can  do  to  make  this   happen  I  will  do  it.       Resources   http://www.webmd.com/heart-­‐disease/features/how-­‐can-­‐i-­‐prevent-­‐heart-­‐disease   http://www.medicinenet.com/script/main/art.asp?articlekey=161440  
  • 184.
  • 185.
    Bios 1300 Sydney Crowley Screening,assessment, and treatment of osteoporosis for the nurse practitioner: key questions and answers for clinical practice- A Canadian perspective Rice, P., Mehan, U Hamilton, C. and Kim, S. Background on relevant pathology: This study was done to determine treatment options for osteoporosis. Osteoporosis is a disease that diminishes bone material. Due to the declining bone structure, the bones eventually become so brittle and fragile they become likely to fracture. The areas that are most prone to break are located in the hip, wrist, and spine. Osteoporosis is a very common disease in men and especially woman. The onset of osteoporosis usually takes place between the ages of fifty and sixty-four. The disease usually occurs suddenly without notice due to the fact that one can not feel their bones gradually becoming weaker. It is painful and can cause many health related issues. There are a variety of different treatments depending on the severity of the disease. Those at high risk for fractures will greatly benefit from pharmacologic therapy. Those with a moderate risk will benefit from becoming educated and gaining knowledge on fracture prevention methods. Low risk individuals should participate in weight bearing activities and intake an adequate amount of calcium and vitamin D. Prevention and treatment methods are absolutely critical for everyone. Purpose and method of study: The author used a case based approach to answer questions about nurse practitioners regarding the screening, assessment, and treatment of osteoporosis in Canada. The author examined one specific
  • 186.
    Canadian woman, Mrs.X who is 69 years old. She does not have any family history of osteoporosis or any previous fragility fractures. However, she has shrunk 2.0cm in the past two years. Loosing height could be a result of tiny fractures in the vertebra. This is an early sign of osteoporosis. Summary of Results: When Mrs. X went in for her annual checkup the nurse noticed a decrease in her height. Due to the dramatic change in height Mrs. X was sent for a lateral thoracolumbar spine x-ray and biochemical testing. Her results came back normal, free of vertebral fractures. In Canada the Canadian association of radiologist and osteoporosis Canada (CAROC) and Fracture risk assessment (FRAX) tools both help in assessing ten year fracture risks. They take into account low body mass index, parental hip fracture, current smoking, alcohol intake, and rheumatoid arthritis. According the CAROC or FRAX tool Mrs. X is going to have a moderate risk for developing osteoporosis, putting her in the 10-20% category. Implications for Patient Care: The longevity of individuals in today’s society will result in a dramatic increase in osteoporosis. It is difficult to determine if one will develop this aching disease in their lifetime. Osteoporosis is unenjoyable and incredibly expensive. The case study indicates methods for clinical assessment. Nurse practitioners should be testing both men and women over the age of fifty not previously diagnosed with osteoporosis. They should be able to provide treatment options to all patients depending on the severity of their case. Furthermore, the nurse practitioner should also be assessing those who have previously suffered from a fragility fracture. They have the ability to significantly improve current screening, diagnosis, and treatment of osteoporosis. They could start recognizing signs sooner and start treating patents before fractures occur. Bios 2250
  • 187.
    Name:  Sydney  Crowley  Bios2250                         Pattern  of   inheritance   MAP   Autosomal   dominant     B   Autosomal   recessive     E   X-­‐linked   recessive       D   X-­‐linked   dominant     A   Y-­‐linked       F   Mitochondrial       C   A B C D E F
  • 188.
    EXPH 1490 Exercise Prescription,Evaluation and Programming Case Study AA is a 38 year-old emergency medical technician on an ambulance crew, which necessitates responding to calls at odd hours (high stress). He suffers from chronic low back pain for the past 2 years. This low back pain occasionally requires him to miss work. He was sent to you by his doctor to improve his general health and improve his work performance. Weight: 245 lbs Height: 5’9” Resting BP: 150/82 mmHg Resting HR: 83 bpm Sit’n Reach: 11 cm (box method) YMCA Submax VO2 Test: 4.05 L/min Bench press: 90kg for 1 rep Push-ups: 12 Partial curl-ups: 32 Body Composition: 35% Muscular Endurance Muscular Strength Cardiorespiratory Endurance Body Composition Flexibility Description 50 percentile group for partial curl up and 20 percentile for push ups Around 50% Average Between 30-50% Below average TYPE 2 obesity class Poor Recommendation Needs improvement Maintain but wouldn’t hurt to improve Needs improvement Needs improvement Needs improvement Days/week Continuously exercise or long distance. 40- 60% of max capacity for long distance. 2-3 days a week 3-5 days a week Energy consumed= energy expended Minimal 2-3 times a week. Ideal 5-7 days a week.
  • 189.
    Sets Several sets1-3 sets 20-60 minutes a Session Cut the amount of calories consumed Hold stretch for 15-30 seconds. Reps High number of repetition. Extensive: Repeat each exercise 20-30 times. Intensive: repeat each exercise 10-20 times. 3-20 reps 65-90% Heart rate max Increase physical activity Repeat stretch 2- 4 times. Tips/examples Interval training • Extensive: intensity 60- 80% max performance • Intensive: 80- 90% Repetition 8-10 exercises per session Endurance training Interval training Repetition Weight loss Stretch all major muscle groups (static, dynamic, PNF, yoga) Stretch before and after exercising. Using the data above calculate an Ideal Body Mass based on a Desired BF% of 25%. Use the powerpoint slides to help you calculate (on the back of this paper). Components of Fitness: Each of the components of fitness can be measured and given a description. Below is a list of ways that each component can be measured. Muscular Endurance: Timed Curl-up Test, push-up test.
  • 190.
    Muscular Strength: GripStrength, Bench Press
  • 191.
    Flexibility: Sit’n Reach CardiorespiratoryEndurance: VO2 max test, YMCA sub-max test, 1.5 mile run test, non- exercise predictions.
  • 192.
    Body Composition: BioelectricalImpedance, Skin Fold Calipers, Bod Pod, under water weighing, BMI.   BMI  (kg/m 2 )   Men  <  102  cm   Women  <  88  cm   Men  >  102  cm   Women  >  88  cm   Underweight   <  18.5   Low   Low   Normal   18.5  –  24.9   Normal     Normal     Overweight   25.0  –  29.9   Increased   High   Obesity,  class         I   30.0  –  34.9   High   Very  high   II   35.0  –  39.9   Very  high   Very  high   III   >  40.0   Extremely  high   Extremely  high  
  • 193.
  • 194.
    I have chosento write about a very famous piece of artwork that is here on campus. This piece of art is located at the Bicentennial Park, which is right across the street from the convocation center. This artwork is known as “input” and was created by Maya Lin in 2004. Maya Lin grew up in Athens, and both of her parents were professors at Ohio University. Maya’s goal was to create a piece of art that would have an effect on herself as well as anyone who has a connection with Athens. When Maya was in high school she took a computer programming class at Ohio University, which became her inspiration. Maya spent the majority of her time in computer programing class punching out data input cards. These punch cards are represented as triangles in her piece of art. Her artwork contains 21 different rectangles all of which are very unique. The denotation and connotation is represented by all of the different dimensions of the rectangles. There are height differences between the rectangles, which show an illusion of depth. Some are higher while some appear to be much lower. The architecture of the risen rectangles depicts a three dimensional space which really catches the viewer’s attention. The high value contrast that she portrayed really defines the rectangles and makes them easy to see. I recognize that all of the rectangles are randomly placed throughout the land and this is because this piece is a representation of punch cards, which do not have any specific pattern. After studying this piece of art I came to the conclusion that it is a focal, meaning that there is no focal point present. The value in this piece changes with each season. As the season changes so does the color of the grass. The piece of art looks different depending on the season. During the summer the grass is green and grows quickly and in the winter months the grass is less vibrant and has a more dull shade to it. One thing that I would like to know is if the grass is symbolic. Why did Maya choose to create a piece of art in grass? I want to know what her reasoning behind this decision was. All of the rectangles contain meaningful poems that were written by her brother Tan Lin. These poems are reflections of all of the memories in Athens that the two of them hold close to their heart. The
  • 195.
    poems are notonly significant to Maya and Tin Lin, but rather any individuals familiar with the town. There is meaning behind each poem and my goal is to understand all of them. It is a learning process but I am very intrigued by this piece of art. I am going to continue my learning by thinking and drawing connections behind the true meanings of each poem. To be totally honest I pass by the rectangles everyday and prior to learning about them not once did the thought of art cross my mind. I was always curious on what the rectangles represented. I thought that they were so random and I didn’t get the whole concept. I thought that they were very pointless and a waste of space. I am so glad that I had the opportunity to research and closely examine these rectangles because it truly altered my opinion. I now am aware of the history and story behind them. As I pass by them now I do not view them as pointless. I see them as beautiful works of art. I think that Maya was being very thoughtful when she created this piece of art. She not only made it significant to her life but she created it so that it has meaning for numerous individuals. She included everyone’s feelings and emotions into it. I find it to be so creative and interesting. I believe that Maya put a great deal of time into this piece of art and I would like to show my respect by putting in a lot of my time to try and fully recognize all of it’s beauty. Bibliography "MAYA LIN STUDIO." MAYA LIN STUDIO. N.p., n.d. Web. 16 Oct. 2013. This website was very helpful in finding out information about the artist Maya. It told me about her background and what inspired her to do her piece of art. This was probably the best website that I came across during my research. It was very helpful because I knew that everything in it was factual. "Ohio University Outlook." Ohio University Outlook. N.p., n.d. Web. 16 Oct. 2013.This website was great because it talked about the significance that the artwork had to Ohio University. It was really cool to see how much Maya affected OU. Her work influenced the lives of many people in Athens, which I think is awesome!
  • 196.
    "May Lin -Controversy." Public Art: Maya Lin's Input at Bicentennial Park. N.p., n.d. Web. 16 Oct. 2013. This website was not helpful at all. Most of the information that was given was opinion based so therefore I did not pay any attention to it. It was not at all a reliable resource. I feel like all they did on this site was talk about how much space and money Maya wasted for her artwork.